Users Guide

ManualsBrandsDell ManualsAccess PlatformsPowerSwitch S6000

Dell Command Line Reference Guide for the

S6000 System

9.11(2.0P1)

Summary of content (1727 pages)

PAGE 1
Dell Command Line Reference Guide for the S6000 System 9.11(2.
PAGE 2
Notes, cautions, and warnings NOTE: A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use of your product. CAUTION: A CAUTION indicates either potential damage to hardware or loss of data and tells you how to avoid the problem. WARNING: A WARNING indicates a potential for property damage, personal injury, or death. Copyright © 2017 Dell Inc. or its subsidiaries. All rights reserved. Dell, EMC, and other trademarks are trademarks of Dell Inc. or its subsidiaries.
PAGE 3
Contents 1 About this Guide........................................................................................................................................... 41 Objectives.......................................................................................................................................................................... 41 Audience......................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 4
Control and Monitoring................................................................................................................................86 banner exec...................................................................................................................................................................... 86 banner login....................................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 5
show software ifm..........................................................................................................................................................139 show system................................................................................................................................................................... 140 show tech-support.............................................................................................................................................
PAGE 6
clear counters ip access-group...............................................................................................................................183 feature aclrange........................................................................................................................................................ 184 ip access-group........................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 7
show ip prefix-list detail...........................................................................................................................................242 show ip prefix-list summary.................................................................................................................................... 243 Route Map Commands................................................................................................................................................. 244 continue...
PAGE 8
deny (for Standard MAC ACLs)...................................................................................................................................284 deny (for Extended MAC ACLs)..................................................................................................................................285 permit (for Standard IP ACLs).....................................................................................................................................
PAGE 9
show bootvar..................................................................................................................................................................337 show default-gateway...................................................................................................................................................338 show interface management ethernet........................................................................................................................
PAGE 10
deny bandwidth....................................................................................................................................................... 380 description................................................................................................................................................................ 380 maximum-paths........................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 11
show ip bgp community.......................................................................................................................................... 423 show ip bgp community-list................................................................................................................................... 425 show ip bgp dampened-paths................................................................................................................................427 show ip bgp detail..........
PAGE 12
show ip protocol-queue-mapping................................................................................................................................ 475 show ipv6 protocol-queue-mapping............................................................................................................................476 show mac protocol-queue-mapping............................................................................................................................
PAGE 13
Debugging and Diagnostics....................................................................................................................... 517 Diagnostics and Monitoring Commands...................................................................................................................... 517 logging coredump stack-unit...................................................................................................................................517 Offline Diagnostic Commands.............
PAGE 14
arp inspection...........................................................................................................................................................559 arp inspection-trust.................................................................................................................................................560 clear ip dhcp snooping............................................................................................................................................
PAGE 15
17 FIP Snooping............................................................................................................................................ 597 clear fip-snooping database interface vlan................................................................................................................. 597 clear fip-snooping statistics......................................................................................................................................... 598 debug fip snooping...
PAGE 16
21 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP)......................................................................................... 639 IGMP Commands.......................................................................................................................................................... 639 clear ip igmp groups................................................................................................................................................ 639 debug ip igmp....................
PAGE 17
keepalive................................................................................................................................................................... 686 monitor interface......................................................................................................................................................687 mtu.................................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 18
clear ip fib stack-unit.....................................................................................................................................................750 clear ip route...................................................................................................................................................................750 clear tcp statistics.......................................................................................................................................
PAGE 19
cam-ipv6 extended-prefix............................................................................................................................................. 810 clear ipv6 route................................................................................................................................................................ 811 maximum dynamic-routes-ipv6....................................................................................................................................
PAGE 20
graceful-restart t3......................................................................................................................................................... 854 hello padding.................................................................................................................................................................. 855 hostname dynamic...........................................................................................................................................
PAGE 21
lacp long-timeout...........................................................................................................................................................899 lacp port-priority............................................................................................................................................................900 lacp system-priority..........................................................................................................................................
PAGE 22
clear lldp counters.................................................................................................................................................... 941 clear lldp neighbors..................................................................................................................................................942 debug lldp interface.................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 23
32 Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP)................................................................................................. 981 debug spanning-tree mstp............................................................................................................................................ 981 disable............................................................................................................................................................................. 982 forward-delay..
PAGE 24
router–preference maximum................................................................................................................................ 1020 show config............................................................................................................................................................. 1021 show ipv6 nd ra–guard policy...............................................................................................................................
PAGE 25
graceful-restart grace-period............................................................................................................................... 1065 graceful-restart helper-reject............................................................................................................................... 1066 graceful-restart mode............................................................................................................................................
PAGE 26
timers spf................................................................................................................................................................. 1123 timers throttle lsa all................................................................................................................................................1124 timers throttle lsa arrival........................................................................................................................................
PAGE 27
IPv4 PIM-Sparse Mode Commands........................................................................................................................... 1174 clear ip pim rp-mapping.......................................................................................................................................... 1174 clear ip pim tib.........................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 28
protocol spanning-tree pvst.........................................................................................................................................1219 show spanning-tree pvst.............................................................................................................................................1220 spanning-tree pvst.......................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 29
show qos class-map...............................................................................................................................................1264 show qos policy-map............................................................................................................................................. 1265 show qos policy-map-input...................................................................................................................................
PAGE 30
redistribute isis...............................................................................................................................................................1310 redistribute ospf............................................................................................................................................................. 1311 router rip.............................................................................................................................................
PAGE 31
aaa authorization commands................................................................................................................................1354 aaa authorization config-commands................................................................................................................... 1355 aaa authorization exec...........................................................................................................................................
PAGE 32
dot1x authentication (Configuration)...................................................................................................................1396 dot1x authentication (Interface)........................................................................................................................... 1397 dot1x auth-fail-vlan.................................................................................................................................................1398 dot1x auth-server........
PAGE 33
ip dhcp snooping binding.......................................................................................................................................1436 ip dhcp snooping database renew........................................................................................................................ 1437 ip dhcp snooping trust...........................................................................................................................................
PAGE 34
snmp-server group................................................................................................................................................. 1478 snmp-server host...................................................................................................................................................1480 snmp-server location.............................................................................................................................................
PAGE 35
stack-unit stack-group................................................................................................................................................ 1528 upgrade system stack-unit..........................................................................................................................................1528 52 Storm Control........................................................................................................................................
PAGE 36
activity..................................................................................................................................................................... 1565 contact-company...................................................................................................................................................1565 contact-person.......................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 37
show ntp status............................................................................................................................................................1598 56 Tunneling ...............................................................................................................................................1600 ip unnumbered..............................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 38
ip route-import.............................................................................................................................................................. 1637 ipv6 route-export......................................................................................................................................................... 1638 ipv6 route-import............................................................................................................................................
PAGE 39
clear mac-address-table dynamic all..........................................................................................................................1675 controller........................................................................................................................................................................1675 debug vxlan............................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 40
debug vrrp ipv6....................................................................................................................................................... 1710 show vrrp ipv6..........................................................................................................................................................1711 vrrp-ipv6-group.......................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 41
1 About this Guide This guide provides information about the Dell Networking operating system (OS) command line interface (CLI). This book also includes information about the protocols and features supported in Dell Networking OS.
PAGE 42
x|y Keywords and parameters separated by a bar require you to choose one option. x||y Keywords and parameters separated by a double bar allow you to choose any or all of the options. Information Icons This guide uses the following information symbols: NOTE: The Note icon signals important operational information. CAUTION: The Caution icon signals information about situations that could result in equipment damage or loss of data.
PAGE 43
2 CLI Basics This chapter describes the command line interface (CLI) structure and command modes. The Dell Networking operating software commands are in a text-based interface that allows you to use the launch commands, change command modes, and configure interfaces and protocols.
PAGE 44
% Warning: The following users are currently configuring the system: User "" on line User "admin" on User "admin" on User "Irene" on Dell#conf console0 line vty0 ( 123.12.1.123 ) line vty1 ( 123.12.1.123 ) line vty3 ( 123.12.1.321 ) When another user enters CONFIGURATION mode, Dell Networking OS sends a message similar to the following: % Warning: User "admin" on line vty2 "172.16.1.210" is in configuration In this case, the user is “admin” on vty2.
PAGE 45
tcp telnet tftp unicast-host-route unknown-unicast vlan-flooding vrf global tcp settings Specify telnet options TFTP configuration commands Configuration for ip unicast address-family Enable IPv4 unknown-unicast packets to CPU Vlan flooding Configure VRF instance When entering commands, you can take advantage of the following timesaving features: • Commands are not case-sensitive. • Enter partial (truncated) command keywords.
PAGE 46
The CLI prompt changes as you move up and down the levels of the command structure. Starting with CONFIGURATION mode, the command prompt adds modifiers to further identify the mode. For more information about command modes, see Command Modes. Using the Keyword no Command To disable, delete or return to default values, use the no form of the commands. For most commands, if you type the keyword no in front of the command, you disable that command or delete it from the running configuration.
PAGE 47
Filtering the Command Output Multiple Times You can filter a single command output multiple times. To filter a command output multiple times, place the save option as the last filter. For example: command | grep regular-expression | except regular-expression | grep other-regularexpression | find regular-expression | no-more | save.
PAGE 48
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, and S6000.
PAGE 49
Command Modes To navigate and launch various CLI modes, use specific commands. Navigation to these modes is described in the following sections. BGP ADDRESS-FAMILY Mode To enable or configure IPv4 for BGP, use BGP ADDRESS-FAMILY mode. For more information, see Border Gateway Protocol IPv4 (BGPv4). To enter BGP ADDRESS-FAMILY mode: 1 Verify that you are logged in to ROUTER BGP mode. 2 Enter the address-family command. 3 Enter the protocol type: • For IPv4, enter the ipv4 multicast command.
PAGE 50
DHCP Mode To enable and configure Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP), use DHCP mode. For more information, see Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP). To enter DHCP mode: 1 Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2 Enter the ip dhcp server command. The prompt changes to include config-dhcp. You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. DHCP POOL Mode To create an address pool, use DHCP POOL mode.
PAGE 51
When you are in EXEC mode, the > prompt is displayed following the host name prompt, which is “Dell” by default. You can change the host name prompt using the hostname command. NOTE: Each mode prompt is preceded by the host name. EXEC Privilege Mode The enable command accesses EXEC Privilege mode. If an administrator has configured an “Enable” password, you are prompted to enter it.
PAGE 52
Prompt Interface Type Dell(conf-if)# INTERFACE mode Dell(conf-ifgi-0/0)# Gigabit Ethernet interface then the slot/port information Dell(conf-ifte-0/0)# Ten-Gigabit Ethernet interface then slot/port information Dell(conf-iffo-0/0)# Forty-Gigabit Ethernet interface then slot/port information Dell(conf-iflo-0)# Loopback interface number Dell(conf-ifnu-0)# Null Interface then zero Dell(conf-ifpo-0)# Port-channel interface number. The range is from 1 to 4096.
PAGE 53
LLDP Mode To enable and configure Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP), use LLDP mode. For more information, see Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP). To enter LLDP mode: 1 To enable LLDP globally, verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. To enable LLDP on an interface, verify that you are logged in to INTERFACE mode. 2 Enter the protocol lldp command. The prompt changes to include conf-lldp or conf-if-interface-lldp.
PAGE 54
1 Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2 Enter the monitor session command, and then the session ID. The prompt changes to include conf-mon-sess-sessionID. MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE (MSTP) Mode To enable and configure MSTP, use MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode. For more information, see Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP). To enter MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode: 1 Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2 Enter the protocol spanning-tree mstp command.
PAGE 55
PREFIX-LIST Mode To configure a prefix list, use PREFIX-LIST mode. To enter PREFIX-LIST mode: 1 Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2 Enter the ip prefix-list command and the name for the prefix list. The prompt changes to include conf-nprefixl. You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. PROTOCOL GVRP Mode To enable and configure GARP VLAN Registration Protocol (GVRP), use PROTOCOL GVRP mode. For more information, see GARP VLAN Registration (GVRP).
PAGE 56
1 Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2 Use the router bgp command, and then enter the AS number. The prompt changes to include conf-router_bgp. You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. ROUTER ISIS Mode To enable and configure Intermediate System to Intermediate System (ISIS), use ROUTER ISIS mode. For more information, see Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS). To enter ROUTER ISIS mode: 1 Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode.
PAGE 57
SPANNING TREE Mode To enable and configure the Spanning Tree protocol, use SPANNING TREE mode. For more information, see Spanning Tree Protocol (STP). To enter SPANNING TREE mode: 1 Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2 Enter the protocol spanning-tree stp-id command. The prompt changes to include conf-stp. You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. SupportAssist Mode To enable and configure the SupportAssist, use SupportAssist mode.
PAGE 58
2 58 Enter the vrrp-group command, and then enter the VRRP group ID. The prompt changes to include conf-if-interfacetype-slot/port-vrid-vrrp-group-id.
PAGE 59
3 File Management This section contains command line interface (CLI) commands needed to manage the configuration files, as well as other file management commands.
PAGE 60
stack-unit Enter the keywords stack-unit to specify the stack unit number. all Enter the keyword all for all the stack units. stack-unit-number Enter the stack-unit number. default Enter the keyword default to specify the default Dell Networking OS image. primary Enter the keyword primary to specify the primary Dell Networking OS image. secondary Enter the keyword secondary to specify the secondary Dell Networking OS image. ftp: Enter the keyword FTP: to retrieve the image from an FTP server.
PAGE 61
cd Change to a different working directory. Syntax Parameters cd [flash: | usbflash:] flash: Use the keyword flash: to change the current directory to internal flash and its sub directories. usbflash: Use the keyword usbflash: to change the current directory to the inserted USB.
PAGE 62
Source file name []: sample_file User name to login remote host: x Password to login remote host: Destination file name [sample_file]: Defaults None. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.3(0.1) Introduced on the S6000, Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. copy http://admin:admin123@10.16.206.77/sample_file flash://sample_file copy Copy one file to another location.
PAGE 63
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 64
Dell Networking OS supports copying the running-configuration to a TFTP server, an FTP server, or a remote NFS file system. For example: • copy running-config tftp: • copy running-config ftp: • copy running-config nfsmount:///filepath You can compress the running configuration by grouping all the VLANs and the physical interfaces with the same property.
PAGE 65
delete Delete a file from the flash. After deletion, files cannot be restored. Syntax Parameters delete {flash: | nfsmount: | usbflash:} [no-confirm] flash: To delete a file or directory on the internal flash, enter flash:// then the filename or directory name ([flash://]filepath). nfsmount: To delete a file or directory on the NFS-mounted file system, enter nfsmount:// then the mount point and the file path (nfsmount://filepath).
PAGE 66
dir Display the files in a file system. The default is the current directory. Syntax dir [flash: | nfsmount: | usbflash:] Parameters flash: For a directory on the internal Flash, enter flash:// directory name. nfsmount: For a file or directory on an NFS-mounted file system, enter nfsmount:// then the mount point and file path. NOTE: While displaying a file directory on a remote NFS file system, it is mandatory to specify the mount-point that indicates the working directory on the NFS file system.
PAGE 67
9 drwx 4096 May 31 2013 02:49:46 +00:00 CONFD_LOG_DIR flash: 2056916992 bytes total (2052784128 bytes free) Dell# Example (NFS Mount) Dell# dir nfsmount: Directory of nfsmount: 1 2 drwx drwx 512 512 Jun 15 2015 02:47:57 +00:00 . Jun 15 2015 02:47:57 +00:00 .. nfsmount: 1463410688 bytes total (585719808 bytes free) Dell# Related Commands • cd — changes the working directory. format Erase all existing files and reformat the file system. After the file system is formatted, files cannot be restored.
PAGE 68
fsck flash Checks the flash file system for errors. Syntax fsck {flash: | usbflash:} Parameters flash: For a directory on the internal Flash, enter flash:// directory name. usbflash: For a directory on the external USB flash, enter usbflash:// directory name. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 69
Command History Example Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series. Dell# mkdir nfsmount:/nfs-mountpoint/guest Dell# • rmdir — remove a directory. mount nfs Mounts an NFS file system to a device.
PAGE 70
rmdir Removes a directory from the NFS mounted file system. Syntax rmdir nfsmount://mount-point/usrname Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 71
stack-unit all Enter the keyword stack-unit followed by the keyword all to sync the image on all stack-units. tftp: file-url Enter the keyword tftp: and specify the location of the image file in the format // host-ip/filepath or press Enter to launch a prompt sequence. usbflash: file-url Enter the keyword usbflash: and specify the location of the source file in the format //directory-path to upgrade form an external flash device or press Enter to launch a prompt sequence.
PAGE 72
rename Rename a file in the local file system. Syntax rename url url Parameters url Enter the following keywords and a filename: • For a file on the internal Flash, enter flash:// followed by the filename. • For a file on an NFS mounted file system, enter nfsmount:// followed by the mount point and file path. • For a file on an external USB drive, enter usbflash:// followed by the filename. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 73
• Command History Example EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 74
Example Version Description 8.3.11.4 Output expanded to display current reload mode (normal or Jumpstart). 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Dell# show bootvar PRIMARY IMAGE FILE = system://B SECONDARY IMAGE FILE = tftp://10.16.127.35/Dell-SI-9-0-2-0.
PAGE 75
Example Dell#show file-systems Size(b) 4286574592 2032525312 Dell# Command Fields Feature Type FAT32 USERFLASH unformatted USERFLASH Unknown NFSMOUNT network network network network Flags rw rw rw rw rw rw rw Prefixes flash: fcmfs: nfsmount: ftp: tftp: scp: http: Field Description size(b) Lists the size (in bytes) of the storage location. If the location is remote, no size is listed. Free(b) Lists the available size (in bytes) of the storage location. If the location is remote, no size is listed.
PAGE 76
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command.
PAGE 77
communitylist for the current community-list configuration ecmp-group for the current ECMP group configuration eis for the current EIS configuration ethernet for the current Ethernet CFM configuration fefd for the current FEFD configuration ftp for the current FTP configuration frrp for the current FRRP configuration fvrp for the current FVRP configuration gvrp for the current GVRP configuration host for the current host configuration hardwaremonitor for hardware-monitor action-on-error
PAGE 78
configured 78 File Management pim for the current PIM configuration policy-mapinput for the current input policy map configuration policy-mapoutput for the current output policy map configuration po-failovergroup for the current port-channel failover-group configuration prefix-list for the current prefix-list configuration privilege for the current privilege configuration qos-policyinput for the current input QoS policy configuration qos-policyoutput for the current output QoS policy confi
PAGE 79
status (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword status to display the checksum for the running configuration and the start-up configuration. compressed (Optional) Enter the keyword compressed to display the compressed group configuration. Displays the compressed configuration by grouping all similar configurations. The compression is done only for interface related configurations. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 80
redundancy disable-auto-reboot stack-unit 3 redundancy disable-auto-reboot stack-unit 4 redundancy disable-auto-reboot stack-unit 5 ! hardware watchdog stack-unit 0 hardware watchdog stack-unit 1 hardware watchdog stack-unit 2 Example Dell# show running-config status running-config bytes 10257, checksum 0xFD33339F startup-config bytes 10257, checksum 0xFD33339F Usage Information The status option allows you to display the size and checksum of the running configuration and the startup configuration.
PAGE 81
! redundancy auto-synchronize full redundancy disable-auto-reboot stack-unit ... Related Commands • show running-config – displays the current (running) configuration. show version Display the current Dell Networking Operating System (OS) version information on the system. Syntax show version Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 82
Example (S6000) Lines Beginning With Description System image... Image file name System Type: System name Control Processor:... Control processor information and amount of memory on processor 128K bytes... Amount and type of memory on system 1 Route Processor... Hardware configuration of the system, including the number and type of physical interfaces available Dell# show version Dell Real Time Operating System Software Dell Operating System Version: 2.
PAGE 83
A: Enter the keyword A to upgrade the bootflash partition A:. B: Enter the keyword B to upgrade the bootflash partition B:. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.0.2.
PAGE 84
stack-unit-id Enter the stack–unit–id to upgrade only the mentioned stack-unit . all Enter the keywords all to upgrade the member stack-units. booted Enter the keyword booted to upgrade from the current image on the device. ftp: Enter the keyword ftp to follow it with the location of the source file in this form: // userid:password@hostip/filepath, or press Enter to launch a prompt sequence.
PAGE 85
verify Validate the software image on the flash drive after the image has been transferred to the system, but before the image has been installed. Syntax Parameters verify { md5 | sha256 }[ flash:// ] img-file [hash-value] md5 Enter the md5 keyword to use the MD5 message-digest algorithm. sha256 Enter the sha256 keyword to use the SHA256 Secure Hash Algorithm flash:// (Optional). Enter the flash:// keyword. The default is to use the flash drive. You can just enter the image file name.
PAGE 86
4 Control and Monitoring This section contains command information to configure and monitor the system, including Telnet, file transfer protocol (FTP), and trivial file transfer protocol (TFTP). banner exec Configure a message that is displayed when your enter EXEC mode. Syntax banner exec c line c To delete a banner, use the no banner exec command. Parameters c Enter the keywords banner exec, then enter a character delineator, represented here by the letter c. Press ENTER.
PAGE 87
Usage Information After entering the banner login command, type one or more spaces and a delineator character. Enter the banner text then the second delineator character. When the user is connected to the router, if a message of the day banner is configured, it displays first. If no message of the day banner is configured, the login banner and prompt appear. After the user has logged in, the banner EXEC (if configured) displays.
PAGE 88
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.2.1.0 Introduced the keyword keyboard-interactive. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 89
banner motd Set a message of the day (MOTD) banner. Syntax banner motd c line c To delete a Message of the Day banner, enter no banner motd. Parameters c Enter a delineator character to specify the limits of the text banner. The delineator is a percent character (%). line Enter a text string for your MOTD banner the message with your delineator. The delineator is a percent character (%). Defaults No banner is configured.
PAGE 90
cam-acl Allocate content addressable memory (CAM) for IPv4 and IPv6 ACLs.
PAGE 91
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.2(0.2) Added support for the fcoe parameter on the S4810 and S4820T. 9.1.(0.0) Added support for OpenFlow on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Added the keywords fcoeacl and iscsioptacl on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.
PAGE 92
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command.
PAGE 93
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command.
PAGE 94
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. do Allows the execution of most EXEC-level commands from all CONFIGURATION levels without returning to the EXEC level.
PAGE 95
Example • disable • exit • config Dell(conf-if-te-5/1)# do clear counters Clear counters on all interfaces [confirm] Dell(conf-if-te-5/1)# Dell(conf-if-te-5/1)# do clear logging Clear logging buffer [confirm] Dell(conf-if-te-5/1)# Dell(conf-if-te-5/1)# do reload System configuration has been modified. Save? [yes/no]: n Proceed with reload [confirm yes/no]: n enable Enter EXEC Privilege mode or any other privilege level configured. After entering this command, you may need to enter a password.
PAGE 96
Usage Information Users entering EXEC Privilege mode or any other configured privilege level can access configuration commands. To protect against unauthorized access, use the enable password command to configure a password for the enable command at a specific privilege level. If no privilege level is specified, the default is privilege level 15. NOTE: If you are authorized for the EXEC Privilege mode by your role, you do not need to enter an enable password.
PAGE 97
end Return to EXEC Privilege mode from other command modes (for example, CONFIGURATION or ROUTER OSPF modes). Syntax Command Modes Command History Related Commands end • CONFIGURATION • SPANNING TREE • MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE • LINE • INTERFACE • TRACE-LIST • VRRP • ACCESS-LIST • PREFIX-LIST • AS-PATH ACL • COMMUNITY-LIST • ROUTER OSPF • ROUTER RIP • ROUTER ISIS • ROUTER BGP This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 98
exec-timeout Set a time interval that the system waits for input on a line before disconnecting the session. Syntax exec-timeout minutes [seconds] To return to default settings, use the no exec-timeout command. Parameters minutes Enter the number of minutes of inactivity on the system before disconnecting the current session. The range is from 0 to 35791. The default is 10 minutes for the console line and 30 minutes for the VTY line. seconds (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of seconds.
PAGE 99
exit Return to the lower command mode. Syntax Command Modes Command History Related Commands exit • EXEC Privilege • CONFIGURATION • LINE, INTERFACE • TRACE-LIST • PROTOCOL GVRP • SPANNING TREE • MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE • MAC ACCESS LIST • ACCESS-LIST • AS-PATH ACL • COMMUNITY-LIST • PREFIX-LIST • ROUTER OSPF • ROUTER RIP • ROUTER ISIS • ROUTER BGP This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 100
ftp-server enable Enable FTP server functions on the system. Syntax ftp-server [vrf vrf-name] enable Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to enable the FTP server to listen to that VRF instance. NOTE: Use this attribute to specify the VRF that is used by the FTP server to accept client connections. If no VRF is specified, then the default VRF is used. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 101
-------- ------ ------ -------512 Jul-20-2004 18:15:00 tgtimg 512 Jul-20-2004 18:15:00 diagnostic 512 Jul-20-2004 18:15:00 other 512 Jul-20-2004 18:15:00 tgt 226 Transfer complete 329 bytes received in 0.018 seconds (17.95 Kbytes/s) ftp> ftp-server topdir Specify the top-level directory to be accessed when an incoming FTP connection request is made. Syntax Parameters ftp-server topdir directory directory Enter the directory path. Defaults The internal flash is the default directory.
PAGE 102
ftp-server username Create a user name and associated password for incoming FTP server sessions. Syntax ftp-server username username password [encryption-type] password To delete a user name and its password, use the no ftp-server username username command. Parameters username Enter a text string up to 40 characters long as the user name. password password Enter the keyword password then a string up to 40 characters long as the password.
PAGE 103
hostname Set the host name of the system. Syntax Parameters hostname name name Enter a text string, up to 32 characters long. Defaults Dell Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 104
password Enter a string up to 40 characters as the password. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 105
• For a port-channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then the portchannel ID. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. • For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel. Defaults The IP address on the system that is closest to the Telnet address is used in the outgoing packets. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 106
Command History Usage Information Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z9000.
PAGE 107
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Configure a password with the ip ftp password command. • ip ftp password — sets the password for FTP connections. ip ftp vrf Configures an FTP client with a VRF that is used to connect to the FTP server.
PAGE 108
To disable the Telnet server, use the no ip telnet server enable command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 109
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z9000.
PAGE 110
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.2.1.0 Increased number of VLANs on ExaScale to 4094 (was 2094). 8.
PAGE 111
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z9000. Use this command to make the TFTP clients VRF aware. The VRF name that you specify is used by the TFTP client to reach the TFTP server. If no VRF is specified, then the default VRF is used. • ftp-server topdir — sets the directory to be used for incoming FTP connections. • ftp-server username — sets a username and password for incoming FTP connections.
PAGE 112
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description E-Series Original command You cannot delete a terminal connection. • access-class — restricts the incoming connections to a particular IP address in an IP access control list (ACL). • password — specifies a password for users on terminal lines. login concurrent-session Configures the limit of concurrent sessions for all users on console and virtual terminal lines.
PAGE 113
Example The following example shows how to limit the number of concurrent sessions that any user can have to four: Dell(conf)# login concurrent-session limit 4 Dell(conf)# The following example shows how to use the login concurrent-session clear-line enable command. Dell(conf)# login concurrent-session clear-line enable Dell(conf)# When you try to log in, the following message appears with all your existing concurrent sessions, providing an option to close any one of the existing sessions: $ telnet 10.11.
PAGE 114
time-period days Sets the number of days the system stores user login statistics; range is from 1 to 30. Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 115
There were 3 unsuccessful login attempt(s) for user admin in last 12 day(s). There were 1 successful login attempt(s) for user admin in the last 30 day(s). The preceding message shows that the user had previously logged in to the system using the console line. It also displays the number of unsuccessful login attempts since the last login and the number of unsuccessful login attempts during a custom time period.
PAGE 116
ping Test connectivity between the system and another device by sending echo requests and waiting for replies.
PAGE 117
Default is No. Defaults Command Modes Command History outgoing-interface (IPv6 link-local address) Enter the outgoing interface for ping packets to a destination link-local address. pattern pattern (IPv4 only) Enter the IPv4 data pattern. Range: 0-FFFF. Default: 0xABCD. sweep-min-size Enter the minimum size of datagram in sweep range. The range is from 52 to 15359 bytes. sweep-max-size Enter the maximum size of datagram in sweep range. The range is from 53 to 15359 bytes.
PAGE 118
Usage Information Version Description 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards. 8.4.1.0 IPv6 pinging available on management interface. 8.3.1.0 Introduced extended ping options. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series (IPv6). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series (IPv4). 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6 address on the E-Series.
PAGE 119
reload Reboot the system. Syntax Parameters reload [conditional nvram-cfg-change | no-confirm [discard-running]] conditional nvramcfg-change (OPTIONAL) Reload into the Dell Networking Operating System (OS) if the condition is true. A configuration change to the NVRAM requires a switch reload. To reload the switch, select nvram-cfg-change. no-confirm [discard-running] Reload the chassis without prompting for further confirmation.
PAGE 120
send Send messages to one or all terminal line users. Syntax send [*] | [line ] | [console] | [vty] Parameters * Enter the asterisk character * to send a message to all tty lines. line Send a message to a specific line. The range is from 0 to 11. console Enter the keyword console to send a message to the primary terminal line. vty Enter the keyword vty to send a message to the virtual terminal. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 121
To disable timestamping, use the no service timestamps [debug | log] command. Parameters debug (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword debug to add timestamps to debug messages. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to add timestamps to log messages with severity from 0 to 6. datetime (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword datetime to have the current time and date added to the message. localtime (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword localtime to include the localtime in the timestamp.
PAGE 122
show alarms View alarms currently active in the system. Syntax show alarms [threshold] Parameters Command Modes Command History Example threshold • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword threshold to display the temperature thresholds in Celsius for each level. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 123
show cpu-traffic-stats View the CPU traffic statistics. Syntax Parameters show cpu-traffic-stats [port number | all | cp ] port number (OPTIONAL) Enter the port number to display traffic statistics on that port only. The range is from 1 to 1568. all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to display traffic statistics on all the interfaces receiving traffic, sorted based on the traffic. cp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword cp to display traffic statistics on the specified CPU.
PAGE 124
Unicast:100, Multicast:0, Broadcast:0 Processor : RP1 --------------Received 62% traffic on TenGigabitEthernet 8/2 Total packets:500 LLC:0, SNAP:0, IP:500, ARP:0, other:0 Unicast:500, Multicast:0, Broadcast:0 Received 37% traffic on TenGigabitEthernet 8/1 Total packets:300 LLC:0, SNAP:0, IP:300, ARP:0, other:0 Unicast:300, Multicast:0, Broadcast:0 Processor : RP2 --------------No CPU traffic statistics.
PAGE 125
Example Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series E-Series Original command.
PAGE 126
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.8.1.
PAGE 127
0 1 up AC up 6504 Dell#show environment thermal-sensor -- Thermal Sensor Readings (deg C) -- Unit Sensor0 Sensor1 Sensor2 Sensor3 Sensor4 Sensor5 Sensor6 ------------------------------------------------------------------0 39 36 37 37 31 31 46 show inventory Display the switch type, components (including media), and Dell Networking Operating System (OS), including hardware identification numbers and configured protocols.
PAGE 128
Usage Information If there are no fiber ports in the unit, just the header under show inventory media displays. If there are fiber ports but no optics inserted, the output displays Media not present or accessible. Example (S6000) Dell# show inventory System Type System Mode Software Version : S6000 : 1.
PAGE 129
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 Media Media Media Media Media Media Media Media Media Media Media Media Media Media Media Media Media Media Media Media Media Media not not not not not not not not not not not not not not not not not not not not not not present present present present present present present present present present present present present present present present present present present present present present o
PAGE 130
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the successful-attempts keyword. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820, S5000, S6000, S6000-ON, and Z9500.
PAGE 131
Unsuccessful login attempt(s) since the last successful login: 0 Unsuccessful login attempt(s) in last 30 day(s): 3 Successful login attempt(s) in last 30 day(s): 2 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------User: admin2 Last login time: 12:49:27 UTC Tue Mar 22 2016 Last login location: Line vty0 ( 10.16.127.
PAGE 132
show memory View current memory usage on the switch. Syntax show memory [stack-unit id] Parameters Command Modes Command History stack-unit id • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword stack-unit then the stack unit ID to display memory information on the designated stack member. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON.
PAGE 133
Parameters management-unit [1-99 | details] (OPTIONAL) Display processes running in the control processor. The 1-99 variable sets the number of tasks to display in order of the highest CPU usage in the past five (5) seconds. Add the keyword details to display all running processes (except sysdlp). Refer to Example (management-unit). stack-unit id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword stack-unit then the stack member ID.
PAGE 134
CPU utilization of sysdlp for five seconds: 2%/0%; one minute: 3%; PID Runtime(ms) Invoked uSecs 5Sec 1Min 0xbb773000 5950 595 10000 1.00% 2.25% 0xbab2a000 4030 403 10000 1.00% 1.33% 0xbacf3000 10 1 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0xbad0c000 710 71 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0xbad24000 30 3 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0xbad44000 50 5 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0xbad58000 650 65 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0xbad6e000 50 5 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0xbad85000 1190 119 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0xbad9a000 0 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0xbadb4000 30 3 10000 0.00% 0.
PAGE 135
• show hardware stack-unit — displays the data plane or management plane input and output statistics of the designated component of the designated stack member. • show hardware system-flow — displays Layer 3 ACL or QoS data for the selected stack member and stack member port-pipe. • show interfaces stack-unit — displays information on all interfaces on a specific S-Series stack member. • show processes memory (S-Series) — displays CPU usage information based on processes running in an SSeries.
PAGE 136
Field Description Destination QID/Rx Process Destination Service Identifier Cur Len Current number of messages enqueued High Mark Highest number of packets in the queue at any time #of to / Timeout Timeout count #of Retr /Retries Number of retransmissions #msg Sent/Msg Sent/ Number of messages sent #msg Ackd/Ack Rcvd Number of messages acknowledged Retr /Available Retra Number of retries left Total/ Max Retra Number of retries allowed Important Points: Example • The SWP provides flow
PAGE 137
show processes memory Display memory usage information based on processes running in the S-Series or Z-Series system. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information show processes memory {management-unit | stack unit {unit-id | all | summary}} management-unit Enter the keyword management-unit for CPU memory usage of the stack management unit.
PAGE 138
show processes memory output Description Process Process Name ResSize Actual resident size of the process in memory Size Process test, stack, and data size Allocs Total dynamic memory allocated Frees Total dynamic memory freed Max Maximum dynamic memory allocated Current Current dynamic memory in use Field The output for the show process memory command displays the memory usage statistics running on CP part (sysd) of the system.
PAGE 139
273 acl 5005312 512000 239564 149076 123616 272 topoDPC 117927936 0 0 0 0 271 bcmNHOP 117927936 0 0 0 0 270 bcmDISC 117927936 0 0 0 0 269 bcmATP-RX 117927936 0 0 0 0 268 bcmATP-TX 117927936 0 0 0 0 267 bcmSTACK 117927936 0 0 0 0 266 bcmRX 117927936 0 0 0 0 265 bcmLINK.0 117927936 0 0 0 0 !----------- output truncated --------------! Dell# 90488 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 show software ifm Display interface management (IFM) data.
PAGE 140
Example Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced for the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 141
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Added support for the disabled-ports parameter . 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.4 The brief parameter no longer displays the current Reload mode. To display Reload mode, use the show reload-type command.
PAGE 142
-- Unit 0 -Unit Type : Management Unit Status : online Next Boot : online Required Type : S6000 - 32-port TE/FG (SI) Current Type : S6000 - 32-port TE/FG (SI) Master priority : 0 Hardware Rev : 4.
PAGE 143
flash: Save to local flash drive (flash://filename. A maximum of 20 characters. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 144
Example (S-Series) • show command-history (last 20 commands) • show log Dell# show tech-support ? page Page through output stack-unit Unit Number | Pipe through a command Dell#show tech-support stack-unit 1 ? | Pipe through a command Dell# show tech-support stack-unit 1 | ? except Show only text that does not match a pattern find Search for the first occurrence of a pattern grep Show only text that matches a pattern no-more Don't paginate output save Save output to a file Dell# show tech-supp
PAGE 145
redundancy auto-synchronize full redundancy disable-auto-reboot stack-unit ! redundancy disable-auto-reboot stack-unit redundancy disable-auto-reboot stack-unit redundancy disable-auto-reboot stack-unit redundancy disable-auto-reboot stack-unit redundancy disable-auto-reboot stack-unit redundancy disable-auto-reboot stack-unit ! hardware watchdog stack-unit 0 hardware watchdog stack-unit 1 hardware watchdog stack-unit 2 hardware watchdog stack-unit 3 hardware watchdog stack-unit 4 hardware watchdog stack-un
PAGE 146
telnet Connect through Telnet to a server. The Telnet client and server in Dell Networking support IPv4 and IPv6 connections. You can establish a Telnet session directly to the router or a connection can be initiated from the router. NOTE: The Telnet server and client are VRF-aware. Using the vrf parameter in this command, you can make a Telnet server or client to listen to a specific VRF. This capability enables a Telent server or client to look up the correct routing table and establish a connection.
PAGE 147
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Added support for source-interface for link-local IPv6 addressing. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series (IPv6). Increased the number of VLANs to 4094 (was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series (IPv4). 7.9.1.
PAGE 148
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the S-Series. terminal length Configure the number of lines displayed on the terminal screen.
PAGE 149
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. traceroute View a packet’s path to a specific device. Syntax Parameters traceroute {host | vrf instance | ip-address | ipv6-address} host Enter the name of device. vrf instance (Optional) E-Series Only: Enter the keyword vrf then the VRF Instance name. ip-address Enter the IP address of the device in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 150
Usage Information Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series (IPv4 only). 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF. 7.6.1.0 Added support for the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6 address on the E-Series. E-Series Original command.
PAGE 151
undebug all Disable all debug operations on the system. Syntax undebug all Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 152
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.
PAGE 153
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
PAGE 154
5 802.1X 802.1X is a port-based Network Access Control (PNAC) that provides an authentication mechanism to devices wishing to attach to a LAN or WLAN. Until the authentication, only extensible authentication protocol over LAN (EAPOL) traffic is allowed through the port to which a client is connected. After authentication is successful, normal traffic passes through the port. The Dell Networking OS supports remote authentication dial-in service (RADIUS) and active directory environments using 802.
PAGE 155
• dot1x max-supplicants • dot1x port-control • dot1x quiet-period • dot1x reauthentication • dot1x reauth-max • dot1x server-timeout • dot1x supplicant-timeout • dot1x tx-period • mac • show dot1x cos-mapping interface • show dot1x interface • show dot1x profile debug dot1x Display 802.1X debugging information. Syntax Parameters debug dot1x [all | auth-pae-fsm | backend-fsm | eapol-pdu] [interface interface] all Enable all debugs in dot1x.
PAGE 156
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. dot1x auth-fail-vlan Configure an authentication failure VLAN for users and devices that fail 802.1X authentication. Syntax dot1x auth-fail-vlan vlan-id [max-attempts number] To delete the authentication failure VLAN, use the no dot1x auth-fail-vlan vlan-id [maxattempts number] command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 157
• dot1x guest-vlan — configure a guest VLAN for limited access users or for devices that are not 802.1X capable. • show dot1x interface — display the 802.1X configuration of an interface. dot1x auth-server Configure the authentication server to RADIUS. Syntax dot1x auth-server radius Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 158
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. The prerequisites for enabling MAB-only authentication on a port are: • Enable 802.
PAGE 159
Related Commands Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. • dot1x authentication (Interface) — enable dot1x on an interface. dot1x authentication (Interface) Enable dot1x on an interface. Enable dot1x both globally and at the interface level.
PAGE 160
dot1x critical-vlan Configure critical-VLAN for users or devices when authentication server is not reachable. Syntax [no] dot1x critical-vlan vlan-id Parameters vlan-id Defaults Not Configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Enter the VLAN identifier. The VLAN-ID range is from 1 to 4094. INTERFACE (BATCH MODE) Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 161
Auth PAE State: Backend State: Authenticated Idle dot1x profile Configure a dot1x profile to define a list of trusted supplicant MAC addresses. Syntax Parameters [no] dot1x profile profile-name profile-name Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Enter a dot1x profile-name. The profile name length is limited to 32 characters. CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Error Strings NONE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 162
Command Modes INTERFACE INTERFACE (BATCH MODE) Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3100 series, S4048–ON, S4048–ON, S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010, Z9100–ON, and Z9500. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
PAGE 163
To disable the guest VLAN, use the no dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier. The range is from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 164
dot1x host-mode Enable single-host or multi-host authentication. Syntax dot1x host-mode {single-host | multi-host | multi-auth} Parameters single-host Enable single-host authentication. multi-host Enable multi-host authentication. multi-auth Enable multi-supplicant authentication. Defaults single-host Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 165
dot1x mac-auth-bypass Enable MAC authentication bypass. If 802.1X times out because the host did not respond to the Identity Request frame, Dell Networking OS attempts to authenticate the host based on its MAC address. Syntax dot1x mac-auth-bypass To disable MAC authentication bypass on a port, use the no dot1x mac-auth-bypass command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 166
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 167
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. • dot1x host-mode — enable single-host or multi-host authentication. dot1x port-control Enable port control on an interface. Syntax Parameters dot1x port-control {force-authorized | auto | force-unauthorized} force-authorized Enter the keywords force-authorized to forcibly authorize a port.
PAGE 168
dot1x quiet-period Set the number of seconds that the authenticator remains quiet after a failed authentication with a client. Syntax dot1x quiet-period seconds To disable quiet time, use the no dot1x quiet-time command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 60. Defaults 60 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 169
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 170
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x server-timeout Configure the amount of time after which exchanges with the server time-out. Syntax dot1x server-timeout seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x server-timeout command. Parameters seconds Enter a time-out value in seconds.
PAGE 171
and calculated according to the following formula: dot1x server-timeout seconds > (radius-server retransmit seconds + 1) * radius-server timeout seconds. Where the default values are as follows: dot1x server-timeout (30 seconds), radius-server retransmit (3 seconds), and radius-server timeout (5 seconds). Example Dell(conf)# radius-server host 10.11.197.105 timeout 6 Dell(conf)# radius-server host 10.11.197.
PAGE 172
dot1x tx-period Configure the intervals at which EAPOL PDUs the Authenticator PAE transmits. Syntax dot1x tx-period seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x tx-period command. Parameters seconds Enter the interval time, in seconds, that EAPOL PDUs are transmitted. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 30. Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 173
CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3100 series, S4048–ON, S4048–ON, S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010, Z9100–ON, and Z9500. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
PAGE 174
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 175
show dot1x interface Display the 802.1X configuration of an interface. Syntax Parameters show dot1x interface interface [mac-address mac-address] interface mac-address Defaults Command Modes Command History Enter one of the following keywords and the interface information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information.
PAGE 176
Port Control: Port Auth Status: Re-Authentication: Untagged VLAN id: Guest VLAN: Guest VLAN id: Auth-Fail VLAN: Auth-Fail VLAN id: Auth-Fail Max-Attempts: Mac-Auth-Bypass: Mac-Auth-Bypass Only: Tx Period: Quiet Period: ReAuth Max: Supplicant Timeout: Server Timeout: Re-Auth Interval: Max-EAP-Req: Host Mode: Auth PAE State: Backend State: Dell# Example (macaddress) AUTO AUTHORIZED(MAC-AUTH-BYPASS) Disable 400 Enable 100 Disable NONE NONE Enable Enable 3 seconds 60 seconds 2 30 seconds 30 seconds 3600 second
PAGE 177
Auth-Fail VLAN: Auth-Fail VLAN id: Auth-Fail Max-Attempts: Mac-Auth-Bypass: Mac-Auth-Bypass Only: Tx Period: Quiet Period: ReAuth Max: Supplicant Timeout: Server Timeout: Re-Auth Interval: Max-EAP-Req: Host Mode: Max-Supplicants: Disable NONE NONE Enable Enable 3 seconds 60 seconds 2 30 seconds 30 seconds 3600 seconds 2 MULTI_AUTH 128 Port status and State info for Supplicant: 00:00:00:00:00:11 Port Auth Status: Untagged VLAN id: Auth PAE State: Backend State: Dell# AUTHORIZED(GUEST-VLAN) 100 Authenticat
PAGE 178
6 Access Control Lists (ACL) Access control lists (ACLs) are supported by the Dell Networking OS.
PAGE 179
• permit icmp (for Extended IP ACLs) • permit udp (for Extended IP ACLs) • permit (for Extended IP ACLs) • permit (for Standard MAC ACLs) • seq (for Standard MAC ACLs) • permit tcp (for Extended IP ACLs) • seq arp (for Extended MAC ACLs) • seq ether-type (for Extended MAC ACLs) • seq (for IP ACLs) • seq (for IPv6 ACLs) • permit udp (for IPv6 ACLs) • permit tcp (for IPv6 ACLs) • permit icmp (for IPv6 ACLs) • permit (for IPv6 ACLs) • deny udp (for IPv6 ACLs) • deny arp (for Exte
PAGE 180
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.1.
PAGE 181
Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.
PAGE 182
ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 to configure an IPv6 access class. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Added the ipv4 and ipv6 parameters to the command. 9.7(0.
PAGE 183
aclrange profile-name Create ACL range profiles for L4 ports. Syntax aclrange profile-name After entering the configuration mode of the ACL range, enter the following: type [inverse value] lower threshold upper-threshold Parameters profile-name Enter a valid name for the range profile. type Specify the type of the L4 port as source or destination. inverse Enter the keyword inverse followed by a value. This is used as a negative (not equal to) match.
PAGE 184
Parameters access-list-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a configured access-list, up to 140 characters. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 185
Usage Information After enabling the range option, create the range profiles using the aclrange profile-name command. Reboot the system for the range profiles to come up. Related Commands aclrange profile-name — Create range profiles. ip access-group Assign an IP access list (IP ACL) to an interface.
PAGE 186
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 187
vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan then the ID numbers of the VLANs. The range is from 1 to 4094 (you can use IDs from 1 to 4094). optimized (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword optimized to enable ACL optimization. Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command-Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.11(0.
PAGE 188
show aclrange Display the list of ACL ranges configured and ACLs using the range profiles. Syntax show aclrange [access-list] Parameters access-list Default None Command Modes EXEC Enter the keyword access-list to display the ACLs that are using the range profiles configured. EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON, S6100-ON, Z9100-ON. Use the show aclrange to display the list of ACL ranges configured.
PAGE 189
Command Modes Command History Usage Information cam_count List the count of the CAM rules for this ACL. interface interface Enter the keyword interface then the one of the following keywords and the interface information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information.
PAGE 190
show ip accounting access-lists Description “Extended IP...” Displays the name of the IP ACL. “seq 5...” Displays the filter. If the keywords count or byte were configured in the filter, the number of packets or bytes the filter processes is displayed at the end of the line. “order 4” Displays the QoS order of priority for the ACL entry. Field Example Dell# show ip accounting access-list ! Standard Ingress IP access list test on TenGigabitEthernet 0/88 Total cam count 2 seq 5 permit 1.1.1.
PAGE 191
bytes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword bytes to count the bytes. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enter ACL matches in the log. dscp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dcsp to match the IP DSCP values. The range is from 0 to 63. ecn (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ecn to match the ECN bits. The range is from 0 to 3. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS order for the ACL entry.
PAGE 192
Usage Information Version Description 7.4.1.0 Added support for the non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. 6.5.1.0 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only. For more information, see the Quality of Service section in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. The software cannot count both packets and bytes; when you enter the count byte options, only bytes increment.
PAGE 193
Usage Information Version Description 7.4.1.0 Added support for the non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. 6.5.1.0 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. Dell Networking OS supports one ingress and one egress IP ACL per interface. Prior to Dell Networking OS version 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. The number of entries allowed per ACL is hardware-dependent.
PAGE 194
monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor then the session–ID to describe the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. The session–ID range is from 0 to 65535. NOTE: For more information, see “Flow-based Monitoring” in the Port Monitoring section of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. fragments Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments.
PAGE 195
resequence access-list Re-assign sequence numbers to entries of an existing access-list. Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information resequence access-list {ipv4 | ipv6 | mac} {access-list-name StartingSeqNum Step-to-Increment} ipv4 | ipv6 | mac Enter the keyword ipv4or mac to identify the access list type to resequence. access-list-name Enter the name of a configured IP access list. StartingSeqNum Enter the starting sequence number to resequence.
PAGE 196
seq Assign a sequence number to a deny or permit filter in an IP access list while creating the filter. Syntax seq sequence-number {deny | permit} {source [mask] | any | host ip-address}} [count [byte] | log] [dscp value] [ecn value] [fragments] [monitor [sessionID]] [no-drop] [order] To delete a filter, use the no seq sequence-number command. Parameters sequence-number Enter a number from 0 to 4294967290. deny Enter the keyword deny to configure a filter to drop packets meeting this condition.
PAGE 197
Command History Usage Information Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Added support for session–ID to the monitor parameter. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Added the no-drop parameter. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 198
The following commands configure extended IP ACLs, which in addition to the IP address, also examine the packet’s protocol type. The platform supports both Ingress and Egress IP ACLs. NOTE: Also refer to the Commands Common to all ACL Types and Common IP ACL Commands sections. deny Configure a filter that drops IP packets meeting the filter criteria.
PAGE 199
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.11(0.0) Added support for session–ID to the monitor parameter. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Added the no-drop parameter.
PAGE 200
• ip access-list extended — create an extended ACL. deny icmp To drop all or specific internet control message protocol (ICMP) messages, configure a filter. Syntax deny icmp {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [type] [dscp] [count [byte] [order] [fragments] [monitor [sessionID]] [no-drop] To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 201
dscp Enter this keyword dscp to deny a packet based on the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry.
PAGE 202
Usage Information Version Description 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added support for non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. 6.5.1.0 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only. For more information, see the Quality of Service section of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 203
You cannot use established along with the other control flags While using the established flag in an ACL rule, all the other TCP control flags are masked, to avoid redundant TCP control flags configuration in a single rule. When you use any TCP control flag in an ACL rule, established is masked and other control flags are available.
PAGE 204
Usage Information Version Description 9.11(2.0P0) Added the established parameter on the on the S6000, S6000–ON, S6100–ON, Z9100–ON. 9.11(0.0) Added support for session–ID to the monitor parameter. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 205
Example An ACL rule with a TCP port range of 4000–8000 uses eight entries in the CAM.
PAGE 206
• lt = less than • range = inclusive range of ports (you must specify two ports for the port command) port port Enter the application layer port number. Enter two port numbers if using the range logical operand. The range is from 0 to 65535. destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous.
PAGE 207
Usage Information Version Description 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added support for non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. Deprecated the keyword established. 6.5.1.0 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only.
PAGE 208
ip access-list extended Name (or select) an extended IP access list (IP ACL) based on IP addresses or protocols. Syntax ip access-list extended access-list-name To delete an access list, use the no ip access-list extended access-list-name command. Parameters access-list-name Enter a string up to 140 characters long as the access list name. Defaults All access lists contain an implicit “deny any”; that is, if no match occurs, the packet is dropped.
PAGE 209
permit To pass IP packets meeting the filter criteria, configure a filter. Syntax permit {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ipaddress} [count [bytes]] [dscp value] [order] [fragments] [monitor [sessionID]] [no-drop] To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no deny {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} command.
PAGE 210
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Added the no-drop parameter. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Add the DSCP value for ACL matching. 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.
PAGE 211
Parameters source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or noncontiguous. any Enter the keyword any to match and drop specific Ethernet traffic on the interface. host ip-address Enter the keyword host and then enter the IP address to specify a host IP address.
PAGE 212
NOTE: For more information, refer to the Flow-based Monitoring section in the Port Monitoring chapter of the FTOS Configuration Guide. fragments Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments. no-drop Enter the keywords no-drop to match only the forwarded packets. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.11(2.
PAGE 213
To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no permit tcp {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} command. source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous.
PAGE 214
• 169 = SNMP destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets the filter processes. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes the filter processes. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry.
PAGE 215
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Added the keyword dscp. 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added support for non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. Deprecated the keyword established. 6.5.10 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry.
PAGE 216
permit udp To pass UDP packets meeting the filter criteria, configure a filter. Syntax permit udp {source mask | any | host ip-address} [operator port [port]] {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [dscp] [operator port [port]] [count [byte] [order] [fragments] [monitor [session-ID]] [no-drop] To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters 216 • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 217
no-drop Enter the keywords no-drop to match only the forwarded packets. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.11(0.0) Added support for session–ID to the monitor parameter. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 218
Example An ACL rule with a TCP port range of 4000–8000 uses eight entries in the CAM.
PAGE 219
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series (IPv4). 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 220
host ip-address Enter the keyword host and then enter the IP address to specify a host IP address or hostname. operator (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following logical operands: portnumber • eq = equal to • neq = not equal to • gt = greater than • lt = less than • range = inclusive range of ports (you must specify two ports for the port parameter.) (OPTIONAL) Enter the application layer port number. Enter two port numbers if you are using the range logical operand. The range is from 0 to 65535.
PAGE 221
bootps Bootstrap Protocol (BOOTP) server (67) discard Discard (9) dnsix DNSIX security protocol auditing (195) domain Domain Name Service (DNS, 53) echo Echo (7) isakmp Internet Security Association and Key Management Protocol (500) mobile-ip Mobile IP registration (434) nameserver IEN116 name service (obsolete, 42) netbios-dgm NetBios datagram service (138) netbios-ns NetBios name service (137) netbios-ss NetBios session service (139) non500-isakmp Internet Security Association and Key Management Protocol
PAGE 222
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(2.0P0) Included support for using logical names of a protocol to configure an IP access list in both TCP and UDP on the S6000, S6000–ON, S6100–ON, Z9100–ON. 9.11(0.0) Added support for session–ID to the monitor parameter. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.
PAGE 223
• If you configure sequence-number, the sequence-number is used as a tie breaker for rules with the same order. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs details about the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details. If you configure the sequence-number, the sequence-number is used as a tie breaker for rules with the same order.
PAGE 224
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. mac access-group Apply a MAC ACL to traffic entering or exiting an interface. You can apply a MAC ACL on a physical, port-channel, or VLAN interface.
PAGE 225
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters.
PAGE 226
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 227
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.
PAGE 228
Parameters any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. mac-sourceaddress Enter a MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. mac-sourceaddress-mask (OPTIONAL) Specify which bits in the MAC address must match. If no mask is specified, a mask of 00:00:00:00:00:00 is applied (in other words, the filter allows only MAC addresses that match). count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter.
PAGE 229
mac access-list standard To configure a standard MAC ACL, name a new or existing MAC access control list (MAC ACL) and enter MAC ACCESS LIST mode. Also refer to the Commands Common to all ACL Types section and the Common MAC Access List Commands section. Syntax mac access-list standard mac-list-name To delete a MAC access list, use the no mac access-list standard mac-list-name command. Parameters mac-list-name Enter a text string as the name of the standard MAC access list (140 character maximum).
PAGE 230
permit To forward packets from a specific source MAC address, configure a filter. Syntax permit {any | mac-source-address [mac-source-address-mask]} [count [byte]] | [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no permit {any | mac-source-address mac-source-address-mask} command.
PAGE 231
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs details about the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details.
PAGE 232
interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The threshold range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. For more information, see “Flow-based Monitoring” in the Port Monitoring section in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 233
Extended MAC ACL Commands When an access-list is created without any rule and then applied to an interface, ACL behavior reflects implicit permit. The following commands configure Extended MAC ACLs. The platform supports both Ingress and Egress MAC ACLs. NOTE: For more information, also refer to the Commands Common to all ACL Types and Common MAC Access List Commands sections. deny To drop packets that match the filter criteria, configure a filter.
PAGE 234
• snap - is the IEEE 802.3 SNAP frame format count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to include ACL messages in the log.
PAGE 235
Related Commands • permit — configure a MAC address filter to pass packets. • seq — configure a MAC address filter with a specified sequence number. mac access-list extended Name a new or existing extended MAC access control list (extended MAC ACL). Syntax mac access-list extended access-list-name [cpu-qos] To delete a MAC access list, use the no mac access-list extended access-list-name command. Parameters access-list-name Enter a text string as the MAC access list name, up to 140 characters.
PAGE 236
Example Dell(conf)# mac-access-list access-list extended TestMATExt Dell(config-ext-macl)# remark 5 IPv4 Dell(config-ext-macl)# seq 10 permit any any ev2 eq 800 count bytes Dell(config-ext-macl)# remark 15 ARP Dell(config-ext-macl)# seq 20 permit any any ev2 eq 806 count bytes Dell(config-ext-macl)# remark 25 IPv6 Dell(config-ext-macl)# seq 30 permit any any ev2 eq 86dd count bytes Dell(config-ext-macl)# seq 40 permit any any count bytes Dell(config-ext-macl)# exit Dell(conf)# do show mac accounting access
PAGE 237
The MAC ACL supports an inverse mask; therefore, a mask of ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff allows entries that do not match and a mask of 00:00:00:00:00:00 only allows entries that match exactly. ethertype operator (OPTIONAL) To filter based on protocol type, enter one of the following Ethertypes: • ev2 - is the Ethernet II frame format • llc - is the IEEE 802.3 frame format • snap - is the IEEE 802.3 SNAP frame format count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets the filter processes.
PAGE 238
Usage Information When you use the log option, the CP processor logs details about the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details. NOTE: When you configure the ACL logging and byte counters simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead. Related Commands • deny — configure a MAC ACL filter to drop packets.
PAGE 239
Related Commands Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. • ip prefix-list — configure a prefix list. deny To drop packets meeting the criteria specified, configure a filter. Syntax deny ip-prefix [ge min-prefix-length] [le max-prefix-length] To delete a drop filter, use the no deny ip-prefix command. Parameters ip-prefix Specify an IP prefix in the network/length format. For example, 35.0.0.
PAGE 240
Usage Information Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Sequence numbers for this filter are automatically assigned starting at sequence number 5. If you do not use the ge or le options, only packets with an exact match to the prefix are filtered. ip prefix-list Enter the PREFIX-LIST mode and configure a prefix list. Syntax ip prefix-list prefix-name To delete a prefix list, use the no ip prefix-list prefix-name command.
PAGE 241
• show ip prefix-list summary — display a summary of the configured prefix lists. seq To a deny or permit filter in a prefix list while configuring the filter, assign a sequence number. Syntax seq sequence-number {deny | permit} {any} | [ip-prefix /nn {ge min-prefixlength} {le max-prefix-length}] | [bitmask number] To delete a specific filter, use the no seq sequence-number {deny | permit} {any} | [ipprefix {ge min-prefix-length} {le max-prefix-length}] | [bitmask number].
PAGE 242
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Added the bit mask option. If you do not use the ge or le options, only packets with an exact match to the prefix are filtered. show config Display the current PREFIX-LIST configurations. Syntax show config Command Modes PREFIX-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 243
Parameters Command Modes Command History Example prefix-name • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Enter a text string as the name of the prefix list, up to 140 characters. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.
PAGE 244
• Command History Example EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 245
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.
PAGE 246
Related Commands • set community — specify a COMMUNITY attribute. • set as-path — configure a filter to modify the AS path. description Add a description to this route map. Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters description Enter a description to identify the route map (80 characters maximum). Defaults None Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 247
Parameters as-path-name Enter the name of an established AS-PATH ACL, up to 140 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON.
PAGE 248
Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.
PAGE 249
Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.
PAGE 250
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.
PAGE 251
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.
PAGE 252
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.
PAGE 253
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 254
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. match route-type To match routes based on the how the route is defined, configure a filter.
PAGE 255
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. • match interface — redistribute routes that match the next-hop interface. • match ip address — redistribute routes that match an IP address.
PAGE 256
Related Commands Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. • match interface — redistribute routes that match the next-hop interface. • match ip address — redistribute routes that match an IP address. • match ip next-hop — redistribute routes that match the next-hop IP address.
PAGE 257
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 258
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. You can prepend up to eight AS numbers to a BGP route. This command influences best path selection in BGP by inserting a tag or AS number into the AS_PATH attribute.
PAGE 259
Related Commands Version Description pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. • set level — specify the OSPF area for route redistribution. • set metric — specify the metric value assigned to redistributed routes. • set metric-type — specify the metric type assigned to redistributed routes. • set tag — specify the tag assigned to redistributed routes. set comm-list delete To remove the specified community list from the BGP route’s COMMUNITY attribute, configure a filter.
PAGE 260
Usage Information The community list used in the set comm-list delete command must be configured so that each filter contains only one community. For example, the filter deny 100:12 is acceptable, but the filter deny 120:13 140:33 results in an error. If the set comm-list delete command and the set community command are configured in the same route map sequence, the deletion command (set comm-list delete) is processed before the insertion command (set community).
PAGE 261
Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.
PAGE 262
Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Dell Networking OS Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 263
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 264
Related Commands Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. • set automatic-tag — compute the tag value of the route. • set level — specify the OSPF area for route redistribution.
PAGE 265
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Implemented the keyword internal. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. • set automatic-tag — compute the tag value of the route. • set level — specify the OSPF area for route redistribution.
PAGE 266
Usage Information Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. If you configure the set next-hop command, its configuration takes precedence over the neighbor nexthop-self command in the ROUTER BGP mode. If you configure the set next-hop command with the interface’s IP address (either Loopback or physical), the software declares the route unreachable.
PAGE 267
Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. set tag To specify a tag for redistributed routes, configure a filter. Syntax set tag tag-value To delete a setting, use the no set tag command. Parameters tag-value Enter a number as the tag. The range is from zero (0) to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 268
set weight To add a non-RFC compliant attribute to the BGP route to assist with route selection, configure a filter. Syntax set weight weight To delete a weight specification, use the no set weight weight command. Parameters weight Enter a number as the weight used by the route meeting the route map specification. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is router-originated = 32768 and all other routes = 0.
PAGE 269
show config Display the current route map configuration. Syntax show config Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 270
Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 271
Command Modes mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or noncontiguous. any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. host ip-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address. destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. udf-pkt-format name Enter the keywords udf-pkt-format then the UDF ACL profile name.
PAGE 272
Version Description 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S6000, Z9500. key Configure UDF data context for parsing the different header location offset and required bytes. Syntax key description udf-id id packetbase PacketBase offset bytes length bytes To return to the default settings, use the no key description udf-id id packetbase PacketBase offset bytes length bytes command. Parameters description Enter the key name for reference, up to 64 characters.
PAGE 273
match Configure the packet type to match for which the UDF offset bytes have to be parsed. Syntax match l2ethertype ipv4 ipprotocol value vlantag tagStatus To return to the default settings, use the no match l2ethertype ipv4 ipprotocol value vlantag tagStatus command. Parameters l2ethertype Enter the keyword l2ethertype to match the L2 Ethertype. ipv4 Enter the keyword ipv4 to match the IPv4 packet. ipprotocol value Enter the keyword ipprotocol then the option to match the IPv4 protocol.
PAGE 274
permit ip Associate the UDF in IP access-list. Syntax permit ip {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} udf-pkt-format name udf-qualifier-value name To remove this filter, use the no seq sequence-number command. Parameters Command Modes source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.
PAGE 275
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S6000, Z9500, and S4048-ON.
PAGE 276
udf-qualifier-value Create a UDF qualifier value to assign values for all UDF IDs. Syntax udf-qualifier-value name To return to the default settings, use the no udf-qualifier-value name command. Parameters name Enter the UDF qualifier value profile name, up to 64 characters. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION-UDF TCAM Example Dell(conf-udf-tcam)# udf-qualifier-value ipnip_val1 Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 277
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S6000, Z9500. deny (for Standard IP ACLs) To drop packets with a certain IP address, configure a filter.
PAGE 278
Usage Information Version Description 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero.
PAGE 279
monitor Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled.
PAGE 280
seq (for Standard IPv4 ACLs) Assign a sequence number to a deny or permit filter in an IP access list while creating the filter. Syntax seq sequence-number {deny | permit} {source [mask] | any | host ip-address}} [count [bytes]] [dscp value] [order] [fragments] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To delete a filter, use the no seq sequence-number command. Parameters Defaults log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages.
PAGE 281
can configure ACL logging only on ACLs that are applied to ingress interfaces; you cannot enable logging for ACLs that are associated with egress interfaces. You can activate flow-based monitoring for a monitoring session by entering the flow-based enable command in the Monitor Session mode. When you enable this capability, traffic with particular flows that are traversing through the ingress and egress interfaces are examined and, appropriate ACLs can be applied in both the ingress and egress direction.
PAGE 282
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4(0.0) Added the support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.
PAGE 283
• Parameters Defaults Use the no deny ether-type protocol-type-number {destination-mac-address macaddress-mask | any} vlan vlan-id {source-mac-address mac-address-mask | any} command. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages.
PAGE 284
copies all incoming or outgoing packets on one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port. The source port is the monitored port (MD) and the destination port is the monitoring port (MG). deny (for Standard MAC ACLs) To drop packets with a the MAC address specified, configure a filter.
PAGE 285
count for that new interval commences from zero. If ACL logging was stopped previously because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled for this new interval. If ACL logging is stopped because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled after the logging interval period elapses. ACL logging is supported for standard and extended IPv4 ACLs, IPv6 ACLs, and MAC ACLs.
PAGE 286
The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-EXTENDED Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 287
• Parameters Defaults Use the no permit {source [mask] | any | host ip-address} command. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages. threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100.
PAGE 288
mechanism copies all incoming or outgoing packets on one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port. The source port is the monitored port (MD) and the destination port is the monitoring port (MG). Related Commands • deny — assign a IP ACL filter to deny IP packets. • ip access-list standard — create a standard ACL. permit arp (for Extended MAC ACLs) Configure a filter that forwards ARP packets meeting this criteria.
PAGE 289
Usage Information Version Description 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero.
PAGE 290
The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4(0.
PAGE 291
Defaults threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes.
PAGE 292
permit udp (for Extended IP ACLs) To pass UDP packets meeting the filter criteria, configure a filter. Syntax permit udp {source mask | any | host ip-address} [operator port [port]] {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [dscp] [operator port [port]] [count [byte]] [order] [fragments] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters Defaults • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 293
count for that new interval commences from zero. If ACL logging was stopped previously because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled for this new interval. If ACL logging is stopped because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled after the logging interval period elapses. ACL logging is supported for standard and extended IPv4 ACLs, IPv6 ACLs, and MAC ACLs.
PAGE 294
The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 295
Parameters Defaults • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no permit {any | mac-source-address mac-source-address-mask} command. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages.
PAGE 296
This mechanism copies all incoming or outgoing packets on one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port. The source port is the monitored port (MD) and the destination port is the monitoring port (MG). Related Commands • deny — configure a MAC ACL filter to drop packets. • seq —configure a MAC ACL filter with a specified sequence number. seq (for Standard MAC ACLs) To a deny or permit filter in a MAC access list while creating the filter, assign a sequence number.
PAGE 297
Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero. If ACL logging was stopped previously because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled for this new interval.
PAGE 298
The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 299
Syntax seq sequence-number {deny | permit} arp {destination-mac-address mac-addressmask | any} vlan vlan-id {ip-address | any | opcode code-number} [count [byte]] [order] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, use the no seq sequence-number command. Parameters Defaults log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages.
PAGE 300
egress direction. Flow-based monitoring conserves bandwidth by monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface. This feature is particularly useful when looking for malicious traffic. It is available for Layer 2 and Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic. You may specify traffic using standard or extended access-lists. This mechanism copies all incoming or outgoing packets on one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port.
PAGE 301
Usage Information Version Description 9.3.0.0 Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, Z9000, and MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module platforms. When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero.
PAGE 302
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.
PAGE 303
permit Enter the keyword permit to configure a filter to forward packets meeting this criteria. ipv6-protocolnumber Enter a number to filter based on the protocol identified in the IPv6 protocol header. icmp Enter the keyword icmp to configure an ICMP access list filter. ip Enter the keyword ip to configure a generic IP access list. The keyword ip specifies that the access list permits all IP protocols. tcp Enter the keyword tcp to configure a TCP access list filter.
PAGE 304
kshell login lpd nntp pim-rp-disc pop2 pop3 smtp sunrpc tacacs talk telnet time uucp whois www Kerberos shell (544) Login (rlogin, 513) Printer service (515) Network News Transport Protocol (119) PIM-RP-DISC(496) Post Office Protocol v2 (109) Post Office Protocol v3 (110) Simple Mail Transport Protocol (25) Sun Remote Procedure Call (111) TAC Access Control System (49) Talk (517) Telnet (23) Time (37) Unix-to-Unix Copy Program (540) Nicname (43) World Wide Web (HTTP, 80) The following logical names are su
PAGE 305
monitor Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 306
permit udp (for IPv6 ACLs) Configure a filter to pass UDP packets meeting the filter criteria. Syntax permit udp {source address mask | any | host ipv6-address} [operator port [port]] {destination address | any | host ipv6-address} [operator port [port]] [count [byte]] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters Defaults • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 307
Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero. If ACL logging was stopped previously because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled for this new interval.
PAGE 308
Use the established flag to match only ACK and RST flags of established TCP session. You cannot use established along with the other control flags While using the established flag in an ACL rule, all the other TCP control flags are masked, to avoid redundant TCP control flags configuration in a single rule. When you use any TCP control flag in an ACL rule, established is masked and other control flags are available.
PAGE 309
Usage Information Version Description 9.11(2.0P0) Added the established parameter on the S6000, S6000–ON, S6100–ON, Z9100– ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.
PAGE 310
Parameters source address mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous. any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. host ip-v6address Enter the keyword host then the IPv6 address to specify a host IP address. destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. type Enter the ICMP packet type.
PAGE 311
The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.11(2.0P1) Added the type parameter to filter the ICMP packets based on the type and code on the S6000, S6000–ON, S6100–ON, Z9100–ON. 9.8(1.
PAGE 312
Parameters Defaults • Use the no seq sequence-number command syntax if you know the filter’s sequence number • Use the no permit {ipv6-protocol-number | icmp | ipv6 | tcp | udp} command log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages.
PAGE 313
You can activate flow-based monitoring for a monitoring session by entering theflow-based enable command in the Monitor Session mode. When you enable this capability, traffic with particular flows that are traversing through the ingress and egress interfaces are examined and, appropriate ACLs can be applied in both the ingress and egress direction. Flow-based monitoring conserves bandwidth by monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface.
PAGE 314
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module platforms. 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, Z9000, and MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module platforms. When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped.
PAGE 315
monitor Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled.
PAGE 316
To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters • Use the no seq sequence-number command syntax if you know the filter’s sequence number • Use the no deny tcp {source address mask | any | host ipv6-address} {destination address | any | host ipv6-address} command source address mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x). any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter.
PAGE 317
Defaults byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes the filter processes. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages. threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated. with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100.
PAGE 318
egress direction. Flow-based monitoring conserves bandwidth by monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface. This feature is particularly useful when looking for malicious traffic. It is available for Layer 2 and Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic. You may specify traffic using standard or extended access-lists. This mechanism copies all incoming or outgoing packets on one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port.
PAGE 319
port-unreachable count The ICMP packets cannot be filtered using mirroring ACL. Defaults log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages. threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated. with the seq, permit, or deny commands. You can enter a threshold in the range of 1-100.
PAGE 320
If ACL logging is stopped because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled after the logging interval period elapses. ACL logging is supported for standard and extended IPv4 ACLs, IPv6 ACLs, and MAC ACLs. You can configure ACL logging only on ACLs that are applied to ingress interfaces; you cannot enable logging for ACLs that are associated with egress interfaces.
PAGE 321
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Added the no-drop parameter. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms.
PAGE 322
7 Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) Bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) is a detection protocol that provides fast forwarding path failure detection.
PAGE 323
ROUTER OSPFv3 ROUTER BGP ROUTER ISIS Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.
PAGE 324
ip route bfd Enable BFD for all neighbors configured through static routes. Syntax ip route bfd [prefix-list prefix-list-name] [interval interval min_rx min_rx multiplier value role {active | passive}] To disable BFD for all neighbors configured through static routes, use the no ip route bfd [prefix-list prefix-list-name] [interval interval min_rx min_rx multiplier value role {active | passive}] command.
PAGE 325
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. neighbor bfd Explicitly enable a BFD session with a BGP neighbor or a BGP peer group. Syntax Parameters neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} bfd ip-address Enter the IP address of the BGP neighbor that you want to explicitly enable for BFD sessions in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D).
PAGE 326
neighbor bfd disable Explicitly disable a BFD session with a BGP neighbor or a BGP peer group. Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} bfd disable Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the BGP neighbor that you want to explicitly disable for BFD sessions in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group that you want to explicitly disable for BFD sessions. Defaults None Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 327
show bfd neighbors Display BFD neighbor information on all interfaces or a specified interface. Syntax Parameters show bfd neighbors [interface] [detail] interface detail Defaults Command Modes Command History (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information.
PAGE 328
Example The following example shows the show bfd vrf neighbors command output. Dell# show bfd neighbors * Ad Dn B C I O O3 R M V VT * * * * * * Example (Detail) - Active session role Admin Down BGP CLI ISIS OSPF OSPFv3 Static Route (RTM) MPLS VRRP Vxlan Tunnel LocalAddr 1.0.1.1 3.3.3.3 3.3.3.3 3.3.3.3 3.3.3.3 3.3.3.3 RemoteAddr 1.0.1.2 192.168.122.135 192.168.122.136 192.168.122.137 192.168.122.138 192.168.122.
PAGE 329
8 Boot Command Line Interface To access this BOOT_USER mode, first boot your Dell Networking platform. When you see the “Press ESC to stop auto-boot”, press the ESC key to log into BCLI You enter BOOT_USER mode immediately, as indicated by the BOOT_USER# prompt. NOTE: All commands in this chapter are in Boot_User mode. These commands are supported on the Dell Networking platform. You cannot use the Tab key to complete commands in this mode.
PAGE 330
secondary Enter the keyword secondary to configure boot parameters used if the primary operating system boot selection is not available. default Enter the keyword default to configure boot parameters used if the secondary operating system boot parameter selection is not available. You can configure this option to any of the available type, for example flash/usb/ftp/tftp. Defaults None Command Modes BOOT_USER Command History Usage Information Version Descriptiion 9.8(1.
PAGE 331
boot message Use this command to enable/disable boot logs during reload. S6000 Syntax Parameters boot message on | off on Enter the keyword on to turn on boot logs during reload. off Enter the keyword off to suppress the boot logs during reload. NOTE: By default, watchdog is disabled. Defaults None Command Modes BOOT_USER Command History Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 332
boot write net config retries Set the number of retries for network boot configuration failure. S6000 Syntax boot write net config retries Command Modes BOOT_USER Command History Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. BOOT_USER # boot write net config retries 2 Updated number of Network Boot Config retries to 2 BOOT_USER # boot zero Erase the configured primary, secondary, or default boot image parameters.
PAGE 333
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. This command reverses changes made with the boot change command.
PAGE 334
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Usage Information Use the show default-gateway command to view the current default gateway. Related Commands show_default-gateway— Change the primary, secondary, or default boot image configuration. etheraddr Assign the management port MAC address. S6000 Syntax etheraddr Parameters Command Modes Command History mac-address Enter a MAC address in standard format. BOOT_ADMIN Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 335
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. When you enter the reload command and the system reboots, you will not be prompted for a password to enter the EXEC Privilege mode (normally you are required to enter the enable command). If your console or Telnet session expires after you used the ignore enable-password command, you are prompted for an enable password when you re-establish the session Related Commands reload — Exit from this mode and reload FTOS.
PAGE 336
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. In the runtime CLI, use the ip address command in INTERFACE mode to change the Management interface’s IP address. To view the current IP address configured on the Management interface, enter the show interfaces management ethernet command Related Commands show_default-gateway — Display the IP address configured for the default gateway.
PAGE 337
Command History Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. serial console Use the serial console to set the serial console baud rate. S6000 Syntax Parameters serial console serial console [unit] [baud] Enter the keyword to set the serial port baud rate. The supported values for serial console: • Unit - 0 • Baud rate -9600,115200 No defaults. Command Modes Command History Example Serial BOOT_USER Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 338
Example Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. BOOT_USER # show bootvar PRIMARY OPERATING SYSTEM BOOT PARAMETERS: ======================================== No Operating System boot parameters specified! SECONDARY OPERATING SYSTEM BOOT PARAMETERS: ======================================== boot device : flash file name : systema (FTOS system://A Partition) DEFAULT OPERATING SYSTEM BOOT PARAMETERS: ======================================== boot device : tftp file name : PS-SI-9-0-0-566.
PAGE 339
Example Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. BOOT_USER # show default-gateway Gateway IP address: 10.16.100.254 BOOT_USER # Related Commands default-gateway— Configure the IP address for the default gateway. interface_management_ethernet_ip_address — Assign an IP address to the Management Ethernet interface. show interface management ethernet Display the IP address configured for the Management interface.
PAGE 340
show serial console baud rate Use the show serial console to show the values of the serial console baud rate. S6000 Syntax show serial console baudrate Command Modes BOOT_USER Command History Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. BOOT_USER # show serial console baudrate Serial console baudrate = 9600 watchdog Enable the watchdog timer, when the enabled watchdog timer is set to 60 seconds.
PAGE 341
Example Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 342
9 Border Gateway Protocol BGP is an external gateway protocol that transmits interdomain routing information within and between autonomous systems (AS). BGP version 4 (BGPv4) supports classless inter-domain routing (CIDR) and the aggregation of routes and AS paths. Basically, two routers (called neighbors or peers) exchange information including full routing tables and periodically sent messages to update those routing tables.
PAGE 343
ipv6 unicast Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to enable BGPv6 mode. vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to install the IPv6 route in that VRF. NOTE: It will not be possible to enable VRF mode for IPv6 unicast without configuring the corresponding IPv4 unicast mode for the same VRF. While deletion, whenever the IPv4 VRF mode is deleted for the VRF, it will automatically delete the IPv6 VRF configurations as well. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 344
AS_SET includes AS_PATH and community information from the routes included in the aggregated route. Defaults attribute-map mapname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords attribute-map then the name of a configured route map to modify attributes of the aggregate, excluding AS_PATH and NEXT_HOP attributes. summary-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary-only to advertise only the aggregate address. Specific routes are not advertised.
PAGE 345
In the show ip bgp command, aggregates contain an ‘a’ in the first column and routes suppressed by the aggregate contain an ‘s’ in the first column. When an aggregate address is denied using a peer's outbound route-map, individual routes suppressed by the aggregate address are advertised to that peer.
PAGE 346
bgp always-compare-med Allows you to enable comparison of the MULTI_EXIT_DISC (MED) attributes in the paths from different external ASs. Syntax bgp always-compare-med To disable comparison of MED, enter no bgp always-compare-med. Defaults Disabled (that is, the software only compares MEDs from neighbors within the same AS). Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 347
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced the dynamic application of AS notation changes. 8.2.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 348
bgp bestpath as-path ignore Ignore the AS PATH in BGP best path calculations. Syntax bgp bestpath as-path ignore To return to the default, enter the no bgp bestpath as-path ignore command. Defaults Disabled (that is, the software considers the AS_PATH when choosing a route as best). Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 349
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.4 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. The bestpath router bgp configuration mode command changes the default bestpath selection algorithm.
PAGE 350
bgp bestpath med missing-as-best During path selection, indicate preference to paths with missing MED (MULTI_EXIT_DISC) over paths with an advertised MED attribute. Syntax bgp bestpath med missing-as-best To return to the default selection, use the no bgp bestpath med missing-as-best command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 351
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced Configuring this option retains the current best-path.
PAGE 352
Usage Information Related Commands Route reflection to clients is not necessary if all client routers are fully meshed. • bgp cluster-id — assign an ID to a BGP cluster with two or more route reflectors. • neighbor route-reflector-client — configure a route reflector and clients. bgp cluster-id Assign a cluster ID to a BGP cluster with more than one route reflector. Syntax bgp cluster-id {ip-address | number} To delete a cluster ID, use the no bgp cluster-id {ip-address | number} command.
PAGE 353
• neighbor route-reflector-client — configure a route reflector and clients. • show ip bgp cluster-list — view paths with a cluster ID. bgp confederation identifier Configure an identifier for a BGP confederation. Syntax bgp confederation identifier as-number To delete a BGP confederation identifier, use the no bgp confederation identifier as-number command. Parameters as-number Enter the AS number. The range is from 0 to 65535 (2 byte), from 1 to 4294967295 (4 byte), or from 0.1 to 65535.
PAGE 354
If the neighbor is an eBGP neighbor, then BGP performs a check on the first AS number. In this scenario, it is mandatory that the first sequence in the AS path is of type AS_SEQUENCE or AS_CONFED_SEQUENCE (in the case of confederations). If the first entry appears as an AS_CONFED_SET and the neighbor is not in the local AS, then this is strictly a problem with the neighbor node. This command automatically restarts the BGP instance for the configuration to take effect.
PAGE 355
After specifying autonomous systems numbers for the BGP confederation, recycle the peers to update their configuration. Related Commands • bgp confederation identifier — configure a confederation ID. • bgp four-octet-as-support — enable 4-byte support for the BGP process. bgp dampening Enable BGP route dampening and configure the dampening parameters.
PAGE 356
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. If you enter the bgp dampening command, the default values for half-life, reuse, suppress, and maxsuppress-time are applied.
PAGE 357
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. All routers apply the bgp default local-preference command setting within the AS. To set the local preference for a specific route, use the set local-preference command in ROUTE-MAP mode. • set local-preference — assign a local preference value for a specific route. bgp dmzlink-bw Enables BGP Link Bandwidth.
PAGE 358
This command must be performed on the router which is attaching link bandwidth to prefixes (typically a border router) as well as the router which is expected to load share traffic proportional to the bandwidth of the external links. bgp enforce-first-as Disable (or enable) enforce-first-as check for updates received from EBGP peers. Syntax bgp enforce-first-as To turn off the default, use the no bgp enforce-first-as command.
PAGE 359
bgp fast-external-fallover Enable the fast external fallover feature, which immediately resets the BGP session if a link to a directly connected external peer fails. S6000 Syntax bgp fast-external-fallover To disable fast external fallover, use the no bgp fast-external-fallover command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 360
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 361
role receiver-only Enter the keyword role receiver-only to designate the local router to support graceful restart as a receiver only. Defaults as above Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.
PAGE 362
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. In Non-Deterministic mode, paths are compared in the order in which they arrive.
PAGE 363
When you enable outbound optimization, all peers receive the same update packets. Also, the next-hop address, which is chosen as one of the addresses of the neighbor's reachable interface, is the same for all peers. bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop Enable next-hop resolution through other routes learned by BGP. Syntax bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop To disable next-hop resolution, use the no bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop command.
PAGE 364
bgp regex-eval-optz-disable Disables the Regex Performance engine that optimizes complex regular expression with BGP. Syntax bgp regex-eval-optz-disable To re-enable optimization engine, use the no bgp regex-eval-optz-disable command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP (conf-router_bgp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 365
Router Id is set to 10.10.10.0 Fast-external-fallover enabled Regular expression evaluation optimization enabled Capable of ROUTE_REFRESH For Address Family IPv4 Unicast BGP table version is 0, main routing table version 0 Distance: external 20 internal 200 local 200 Dell(conf-router_bgp)# Related Commands • show ip protocols — view information on all routing protocols enabled and active on the E-Series. bgp router-id Assign a user-given ID to a BGP router.
PAGE 366
clear ip bgp Reset BGP sessions. The soft parameter (BGP Soft Reconfiguration) clears the policies without resetting the TCP connection. S6000 Syntax clear ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [* | <1–4294967295> | <0.1–65535.65535> | A.B.C.D {soft {in | out}} | X:X:X:X::X {soft {in | out}} | dampening | flap-statistics | ipv4 | ipv6 | peer-group] Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to clear all BGP sessions corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 367
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.
PAGE 368
ipv6–address mask (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address and the network mask to clear information on IPv6 route dampening. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 369
ipv4 multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to clear information related only to ipv4 multicast routes. ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword unicast to clear information related only to ipv4 unicast routes. ipv6 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to clear information related only to ipv6 unicast routes.
PAGE 370
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. If you enter the clear ip bgp flap-statistics command without any parameters, all statistics are cleared. • show debugging — view the enabled debugging operations. • show ip bgp flap-statistics — view the BGP flap statistics. • undebug all — disable all debugging operations. clear ip bgp peer-group Reset a peer-group’s BGP sessions.
PAGE 371
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added the ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 372
keepalives Enter the keyword keepalives to view BGP keepalives. notifications Enter the keyword notifications to view BGP notifications. soft-reconfiguration Enter the keywords soft-reconfiguration to view only information on inbound BGP soft reconfiguration. updates Enter the keyword updates to view BGP updates. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 373
debug ip bgp dampening View information on routes being dampened. S6000 Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {unicast | multicast} | ipv6 unicast] dampening To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp dampening command. Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view information on dampened routes corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 374
debug ip bgp events Display information on local BGP state changes and other BGP events. S6000 Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group peer-group-name] events [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group peer-group-name] events [in | out] command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display BGP state changes corresponding to that VRF. A.B.C.
PAGE 375
debug ip bgp keepalives Display information about BGP keepalive messages. S6000 Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group peer-group-name] keepalives [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group peer-group-name] keepalives [in | out] command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display BGP keepalive information corresponding to that VRF. A.B.C.
PAGE 376
debug ip bgp notifications Allows you to view information about BGP notifications received from neighbors. Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group peer-group-name] notifications [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group peer-group-name] notifications [in | out] command.
PAGE 377
debug ip bgp soft-reconfiguration Enable soft-reconfiguration debug. S6000 Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group-name] softreconfiguration To disable, use the debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-groupname] soft-reconfiguration command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to enable softreconfiguration debugging on that VRF. A.B.C.
PAGE 378
debug ip bgp updates Allows you to view information about BGP updates. S6000 Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group peer-group-name] updates [in | out | prefix-list prefix-list-name] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group peer-group-name] updates [in | out | prefix-list prefix-list-name] command.
PAGE 379
Usage Information Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To remove all configured debug commands for BGP, enter the no debug ip bgp command. default-metric Allows you to change the metric of redistributed routes to locally originated routes. Use this command with the redistribute command. S6000 Syntax default-metric number To return to the default setting, use the no default-metric command.
PAGE 380
Related Commands • bgp always-compare-med — enable comparison of all BGP MED attributes. • redistribute — redistribute routes from other routing protocols into BGP. deny bandwidth Enables you to specify link band width extended-community attribute as the matching criteria to deny incoming or outgoing traffic. Syntax deny bandwidth To disable this setting, enter the no deny bandwidth command.
PAGE 381
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-7.7.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 382
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Support from 2 to 64 paths on the S4810. Command syntax changed to max-path (was maximum-paths). 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 383
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. By default, when you create a neighbor/peer group configuration in the Router BGP context, this enables IPv4/ Unicast AFI/SAFI. When you use activate in the new context, the neighbor/peer group enables for AFI/SAFI. It is not possible to de-activate a peer from the IPv4 unicast address family.
PAGE 384
Related Commands • bgp add-path — allow the advertisement of multiple paths for the same address prefix without the new paths implicitly replacing any previous ones. neighbor advertisement-interval Set the advertisement interval between BGP neighbors or within a BGP peer group. Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} advertisement-interval seconds To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} advertisement-interval command.
PAGE 385
neighbor advertisement-start To send BGP routing updates, set the minimum interval before starting. Syntax neighbor {ip-address} advertisement-start seconds To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address} advertisement-start command. Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. seconds Enter a number as the time interval, in seconds, before BGP route updates are sent. The range is from 0 to 3600 seconds.
PAGE 386
number Enter a number of times to allow this neighbor ID to use the AS path. The range is from 1 to 10. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 387
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.
PAGE 388
Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group. text Enter a continuous text string up to 80 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 389
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.
PAGE 390
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 391
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced When you enable failover, BGP keeps track of IP or IPv6 ability to reach the peer remote address and the peer local address. Whenever either address becomes unreachable (for example, no active route exists in the routing table for the peer IP or IPv6 destination/local address), BGP brings down the session with the peer.
PAGE 392
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. If a local-as is configured, BGP does not allow for the configuration of BGP confederation. Similarly, if BGP confederation is configured, then BGP does not allow the configuration of local-as. This command automatically restarts the neighbor session for the configuration to take effect.
PAGE 393
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 394
Usage Information Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. If you configure the set next-hop command in ROUTE-MAP mode, the configuration takes precedence over the neighbor next-hop-self command. If you do not use the all keyword, the next hop of only eBGP-learned routes is updated by the route reflector. If you use the all keyword, the next hop of both eBGP- and iBGP-learned routes are updated by the route reflector.
PAGE 395
Usage Information Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. This command automatically restarts the neighbor session for the configuration to take effect. Configure the same password on both BGP peers or a connection does not occur. When you configure MD5 authentication between two BGP peers, each segment of the TCP connection between them is verified and the MD5 digest is checked on every segment sent on the TCP connection.
PAGE 396
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added the dmzlink-bw parameter. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. You can assign up to 256 peers to one peer group.
PAGE 397
Parameters peer-group-name Enter a text string up to 16 characters long as the name of the peer group. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 398
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced the limit keyword on the S4810. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 399
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Added 4-byte support.
PAGE 400
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Added 4-byte support. Applies to EBGP neighbors only. Configure your system to accept 4-byte formats before entering a 4 byte AS Number.
PAGE 401
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 402
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 403
peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to send a COMMUNITY attribute to all routers within the peer group. extended (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword extended to send extended community attribute. standard (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword standard to send standard community attribute. Defaults Not configured and COMMUNITY attributes are not sent to neighbors. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 404
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.
PAGE 405
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 406
Defaults • keepalive = 60 seconds • holdtime = 180 seconds Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 407
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 408
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 409
• set community • set local-preference • set metric • set next-hop • set origin • set weight If the route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 410
network backdoor Specify this IGP route as the preferred route. Syntax network ip-address mask backdoor To remove a network, use the no network ip-address mask backdoor command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format of the network. mask Enter the mask of the IP address in the slash prefix length format (for example, /24). The mask appears in command outputs in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 411
Parameters bandwidth Enter the keyword bandwidth to specify extended-community attribute as the matching criteria for permitting traffic. The range is from 0 to 102400. Defaults N/A Command Modes EXTENDED COMMUNITY LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON.
PAGE 412
• set weight If the route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON.
PAGE 413
redistribute ospf Redistribute OSPF routes into BGP. S6000 Syntax redistribute ospf process-id [[match external {1 | 2}] [match internal]] [route-map map-name] To stop redistribution of OSPF routes, use the no redistribute ospf process-id command. Parameters process-id Enter the number of the OSPF process. The range is from 1 to 65535. match external {1 | 2} (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match external to redistribute OSPF external routes. You can specify 1 or 2 to redistribute those routes only.
PAGE 414
Usage Information You can use the redistribute command to advertise the IGP cost as the MED on redistributed routes. When you set the route-map with metric-type internal and apply outbound to an EBGP peer/peer-group, the advertised routes corresponding to those peer/peer-groups have the IGP cost set as MED. When you enter the redistribute isis process-id command without any other parameters, Dell Networking OS redistributes all OSPF internal routes, external type 1 routes, and external type 2 routes.
PAGE 415
Example Dell(conf)# router bgp 3 Dell(conf-router_bgp)# shutdown all Disables all the BGP neighbors. Syntax shutdown all Use the no shutdown all command to enable all the configured BGP neighbors. Command Modes Command History Usage Information ROUTER BGP Version Description 9.11.0.0 Introduced on the S-Series, Z-Series, MXL, and IOM. You can use this command to disable all the configured BGP neighbors. This command is global for all VRFs.
PAGE 416
Use the no shutdown address-family-ipv4–unicast command to enable all the configured BGP neighbors corresponding to the unicast IPv4 address families. Command Modes ROUTER BGP CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.11.0.0 Introduced on the S-Series, Z-Series, MXL, and IOM. You can use this command to disable all the configured BGP neighbors corresponding to the unicast IPv4 address families. This command is global for all VRFs.
PAGE 417
Defaults N/A Command Modes ROUTER MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 418
Example Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced. Dell(conf-router_bgp)# show capture bgp-pdu neighbor 20.20.20.2 Incoming packet capture enabled for BGP neighbor 20.20.20.
PAGE 419
Example Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Dell(conf-router_bgp)# show config ! router bgp 100 network 1.1.11.1/32 network 1.1.12.1/32 network 1.1.13.1/32 neighbor 10.1.1.2 remote-as 200 neighbor 10.1.1.2 no shutdown Dell(conf-router_bgp)# show ip bgp View the current BGP IPv4 routing table for the system.
PAGE 420
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Added the add-path option to the S4810. Output on the S4810 shows the ADDPATH parameters. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 421
All the show and debugs commands display the link band width extended-community prefixed with DMZ-Link-bw along with other extended communities. Dell# show ip bgp 3.3.3.0/24 BGP routing table entry for 3.3.3.0/24 Paths: (1 available, table Default-IP-Routing-Table.) Not advertised to any peer Received from : 1.1.1.2 (3.3.3.1) Best AS_PATH : Next-Hop : 1.1.1.
PAGE 422
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added the ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The following describes the show ip bgp cluster-list command shown in the following example.
PAGE 423
show ip bgp community View information on all routes with Community attributes or view specific BGP community groups. S6000 Syntax Parameters show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {multicast | unicast} | ipv6 unicast] community [community-number] [local-as] [no-export] [no-advertise] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords vrf and then the name of the VRF to view information either on all routes with community attributes or specific BGP community routes corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 424
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added the ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 425
*> 66.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 0 200 i Dell# show ip bgp community no-advertise BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 BGP local router ID is 192.168.11.5 Status codes: s suppressed, S stale, d dampened, h history, * valid, > best Path source: I - internal, a - aggregate, c - confed-external, r - redistributed n - network, D - denied, S - stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network *> 66.0.0.0/24 Dell# Next Hop 172.16.0.
PAGE 426
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The show ip bgp community-list command without any parameters lists BGP routes matching the Community List and the output is the same as for the show ip bgp command output.
PAGE 427
show ip bgp dampened-paths View BGP routes that are dampened (non-active). S6000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {multicast | unicast} | ipv6 unicast] dampened-paths vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords vrf and then the name of the VRF to view routes that are affected by a specific community list corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 428
Usage Information To determine a BGP session flap, both a route-down event and a subsequent route-up event corresponding to a single route are considered. As a result, a flap event is penalized only one time during the route-down event. The subsequent route-up event corresponding to the same route is not considered as a flap and is not penalized. The history paths that the show ip bgp command displays contain only the prefix and the next-hop information.
PAGE 429
Example Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 430
show ip bgp extcommunity-list View information on all routes with Extended Community attributes. S6000 Syntax show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {multicast | unicast} | ipv6 unicast] extcommunity-list [list name] Parameters Command Modes Command History 430 vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords vrf and then the name of the VRF to view information on all routes with extended community attributes corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 431
Usage Information To view the total number of COMMUNITY attributes found, use the show ip bgp summary command. The text line above the route table states the number of COMMUNITY attributes found. The show ip bgp community command without any parameters lists BGP routes with at least one BGP community attribute and the output is the same as for the show ip bgp command output.
PAGE 432
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added the ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.
PAGE 433
show ip bgp flap-statistics View flap statistics on BGP routes. S6000 Syntax Parameters show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {multicast | unicast} | ipv6 unicast] flapstatistics [ip-address [mask]] [filter-list as-path-name] [regexp regularexpression] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords vrf and then the name of the VRF to view flap statistics on BGP routes corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 434
Command History Usage Information Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added the ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.
PAGE 435
Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information Example vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to view routes corresponding to the VRF that contain inconsistent originating AS numbers. ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 436
* *> *> 3.18.135.0/24 * * * *> 4.0.0.0/8 * * * * 6.0.0.0/20 * *> * * 9.2.0.0/16 * --More-- 63.114.8.60 63.114.8.33 63.114.8.60 63.114.8.34 63.114.8.33 63.114.8.33 63.114.8.60 63.114.8.34 63.114.8.33 63.114.8.33 63.114.8.60 63.114.8.34 63.114.8.33 63.114.8.33 63.114.8.60 63.114.8.
PAGE 437
ipv6 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv6 unicast routes. ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor to view only BGP information exchanged with that neighbor. advertised-routes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords advertised-routes to view only the routes the neighbor sent. dampened-routes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords dampened-routes to view information on dampened routes from the BGP neighbor.
PAGE 438
Usage Information Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Added the detail option. Output now displays the default MED value. 7.2.1.0 Added the received and denied route options. 6.3.10 The output is changed to display the total number of advertised prefixes. After a peer reset, the contents of the notification log messages is displayed in hex values for debugging.
PAGE 439
Example The Lines Beginning with: Description accepted prefixes Displays the number of network prefixes the router accepts and the amount of memory used to process those prefixes. Prefix advertised Displays the number of network prefixes advertised, the number rejected, and the number withdrawn from the BGP routing table. Connections established Displays the number of TCP connections established and dropped between the two peers to exchange BGP information.
PAGE 440
Dell# Related Commands • show ip bgp — view the current BGP routing table. show ip bgp next-hop View all next hops (using learned routes only) with current reachability and flap status. This command only displays one path, even if the next hop is reachable by multiple paths.
PAGE 441
Example Field Description RefCount Displays the number of BGP routes using this next hop. Cost Displays the cost associated with using this next hop. Flaps Displays the number of times the next hop has flapped. Flaps Displays the number of times the next hop has flapped. Dell# show ip bgp next-hop Next-hop Resolved 172.16.0.2 YES Dell# show ip bgp paths View all the BGP path attributes in the BGP database.
PAGE 442
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF for the S4810, S4820T, and S6000. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.
PAGE 443
show ip bgp paths community View all unique COMMUNITY numbers in the BGP database. S6000 Syntax Parameters show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] paths community vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf to view all unique COMMUNITY numbers in the BGP database corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: You can use this attribute to view information on unique COMMUNITY numbers in a BGP database that correspond to either a default or a nondefault VRF.
PAGE 444
Example Field Description Community Displays the community attributes in this BGP path. Dell# show ip bgp paths community Total 2 communities Refcount Community 1 NO-ADVERTISE 1 200:1 1000:1 Dell# 3000:1 show ip bgp peer-group Allows you to view information on the BGP peers in a peer group.
PAGE 445
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added the ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. Introduced on S6000–ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Added the add-path option to the S4810. Output on the S4810 shows the ADDPATH parameters. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 446
• neighbor peer-group (creating group) — create a peer group. show ip bgp regexp Display the subset of the BGP routing tables matching the regular expressions specified. S6000 Syntax show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] regexp regular-expression [character] Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to view the subset of BGP routing tables that match the regular expression specified on that VRF.
PAGE 447
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The following describes the show ip bgp regexp command shown in the following example. Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route.
PAGE 448
ipv6 unicast Command Modes Command History Usage Information • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv6 unicast routes. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.
PAGE 449
Field Description paths Displays the number of paths and the amount of memory used. denied paths Displays the number of denied paths and the amount of memory used. BGP path attribute entries Displays the number of BGP path attributes and the amount of memory used to process them. BGP AS-PATH entries Displays the number of BGP AS_PATH attributes processed and the amount of memory used to process them.
PAGE 450
2 network entrie(s) using 152 bytes of memory 2 paths using 208 bytes of memory BGP-RIB over all using 210 bytes of memory 2 BGP path attribute entrie(s) using 144 bytes of memory 1 BGP AS-PATH entrie(s) using 10 bytes of memory 2 neighbor(s) using 16384 bytes of memory Neighbor 172.16.0.2 192.168.10.2 Dell# AS 200 100 MsgRcvd 10 0 MsgSent 8 22 TblVer 0 0 InQ 0 0 OutQ Up/Down State/Pfx 0 00:05:34 2 0 00:00:00 (shut) show running-config bgp To display the current BGP configuration, use this feature.
PAGE 451
timers bgp Adjust the BGP Keep Alive and Hold Time timers. S6000 Syntax timers bgp keepalive holdtime To return to the default, use the no timers bgp command. Parameters keepalive Enter a number for the time interval, in seconds, between keepalive messages sent to the neighbor routers. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 60 seconds. holdtime Enter a number for the time interval, in seconds, between the last keepalive message and declaring the router dead. The range is from 3 to 65535.
PAGE 452
BGPv4 is supported in the following: Dell Networking OS Version Platform Support 7.8.1.0, MBGP for IPv4 Multicast Only S-Series debug ip bgp dampening View information on routes being dampened. S6000 Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {unicast | multicast} | ipv6 unicast] dampening To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp dampening command. Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view information on dampened routes corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 453
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP support for the E-Series. distance bgp Define an administrative distance for routes. Syntax distance bgp external-distance internal-distance local-distance To return to default values, use the no distance bgp command. Parameters Defaults external-distance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from a neighbor external to the AS. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 20.
PAGE 454
neighbor auto-local-address Enable BGP to pick the next hop IPv6 address automatically for IPv6 prefix advertised over an IPv4 neighbor. Syntax neighbor {neighbor-ipv6–address | peer-group name} auto-local-address To disable this feature, use the no neighbor {neighbor-ipv6–address | peer-group name} auto-local-address command. Parameters neighbor-ipv6– address Enter the neighbor IPv6 address. peer-group name Enter the name of the peer group. Defaults Disabled.
PAGE 455
• Command History Usage Information EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added the ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 456
10 Content Addressable Memory (CAM) You can use content addressable memory (CAM) commands to configure the amount of memory allocated to CAM memory partitions. NOTE: Not all CAM commands are supported on all platforms. Be sure to note the platform when looking for a command. WARNING: If you are using these features for the first time, contact Dell Networking Technical Assistance Center (TAC) for guidance.
PAGE 457
• Configure more Layer 2 forwarding information base (FIB) entries when the system is deployed as a switch. • Configure more Layer 3 FIB entries when the system is deployed as a router. • Configure more access control lists (ACLs) (when IPv6 is not employed). • Hash multi-protocol label switching (MPLS) packets based on source and destination IP addresses for link aggregation groups (LAGs). • Hash based on bidirectional flow for LAGs.
PAGE 458
• FcoeAcl : 0 • iscsiOptAcl : 0 • ipv4pbr : 0 • ipv4udfmirracl: 0 • vrfv4Acl :0 • Openflow : 0 • fedgovacl : 0 l2acl number Enter the keyword l2acl and then the number of l2acl blocks. The range is from 1 to 8. ipv4acl number Enter the keyword ipv4acl and then the number of FP blocks for IPv4. The range is from 0 to 8. ipv6acl number Enter the keyword ipv6acl and then the number of FP blocks for IPv6. The range is from 0 to 4.
PAGE 459
Iscsioptacl number Enter the keyword iscsioptacl and then the number of FP blocks for iSCSI optimization ACL. The range is from 0 to 2. vrfv4acl number Enter the keyword vrfv4acl and then the number of FP blocks for VRF IPv4 ACL. The range is from 0 to 2.
PAGE 460
Usage Information Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Save the new CAM settings to the startup-config (write-mem or copy run start) then reload the system for the new settings to take effect. The total amount of space allowed is 16 FP Blocks. System flow requires three blocks; these blocks cannot be reallocated. Only 13 number of blocks can be configured by the user . The ipv6acl allocation must be a factor of 2.
PAGE 461
cam-optimization Optimize CAM utilization for QoS Entries by minimizing require policy-map CAM space. S6000 Syntax Parameters cam-optimization [qos] qos Optimize CAM usage for QoS. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 462
show cam-acl Display the details of the CAM profiles on the chassis and all stack units. S6000 Syntax show cam-acl Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON.
PAGE 463
-- stack-unit 0 -Current Settings(in block sizes) 1 block = 128 entries L2Acl : 6 Ipv4Acl : 4 Ipv6Acl : 0 Ipv4Qos : 2 L2Qos : 1 L2PT : 0 IpMacAcl : 0 VmanQos : 0 VmanDualQos : 0 EcfmAcl : 0 FcoeAcl : 0 iscsiOptAcl : 0 ipv4pbr : 0 vrfv4Acl : 0 Openflow : 0 fedgovacl : 0 nlbclusteracl: 0 -- stack-unit 1 -Current Settings(in block sizes) 1 block = 128 entries L2Acl : 6 Ipv4Acl : 4 Ipv6Acl : 0 Ipv4Qos : 2 L2Qos : 1 L2PT : 0 IpMacAcl : 0 VmanQos : 0 VmanDualQos : 0 EcfmAcl : 0 FcoeAcl : 0 iscsiOptAcl : 0 ipv4pbr
PAGE 464
Usage Information Version Description 9.11.0.0 The show cam-usage command is updated to display ECMP count information. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000 and Z9000. The following regions must be provided in the show cam-usage output: • L3AclCam • L2AclCam • V6AclCam The following table describes the output fields of the show cam-usage command. Table 1.
PAGE 465
test cam-usage Verify that enough CAM space is available for the IPv6 ACLs you have created. S6000 Syntax Parameters test cam-usage service-policy input input policy name stack-unit {number | all} policy-map name Enter the name of the policy-map to verify. Maximum is 32 characters. number Enter all to get information for all the stack-units or enter the stack-unit number to get information for a specific stack-unit.
PAGE 466
Example Term Explanation Portpipe Lists the portpipe (port-set) or port pipes (port-sets) that are checked. Entering all shows the status for stack-units and port-pipes in the chassis. The port set value is from 0 to 0. CAM Partition Shows the CAM profile of the CAM. Available CAM Identifies the amount of CAM space remaining for that profile. Estimated CAM per Port Estimates the amount of CAM space the listed policy will require.
PAGE 467
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000, S6000-ON, and Z9500 switch.. Usage Information This command takes effect only after reboot. Related Commands show hardware forwarding-table mode — displays the hardware forwarding table mode in the current boot and in the next boot.
PAGE 468
11 Control Plane Policing (CoPP) Control plane policing (CoPP) uses access control list (ACL) rules and quality of service (QoS) policies to create filters for a system’s control plane. The CoPP filters prevent traffic that is not identified as legitimate from reaching the control plane, and rate-limit traffic to an acceptable level.
PAGE 469
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. cpu-protocol-group Creates or removes a protocol group. Syntax cpu-protocol-group group-name Use the no cpu-protocol-group group-name command to remove the protocol-group. Command Modes Parameters CONFIGURATION group-name Enter the unique protocol-group name that you want to create.
PAGE 470
Example Dell(conf)#copp-profile COPP Dell(conf-copp-profile)#show config ! copp-profile COPP Dell(conf-copp-profile)# cpu-queue Configures queue parameters. Syntax cpu-queue queue-number {protocol-group group-name [qos-policy policy-name] | qos-policy policy-name} Use the no cpu-queue queue-number command to remove the queue parameter configuration. Command Modes Parameters Command History COPP-PROFILE queue-number Enter the queue number that you want to configure. The range is from 0 to 11.
PAGE 471
Command Modes Parameters CONTROL-PLANE-CPUQOS profile-name Enter the unique profile name for the CoPP policy that you want to create. NOTE: The length of the profile name that you specify cannot exceed 32 characters. Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.11.0.0 Introduced on the S6000, S6000–ON, Z9100–ON, and S6100–ON. Following are the prerequisite for applying a CoPP policy: • Ensure that the protocols are not running.
PAGE 472
Usage Information When a new set of protocols is configured in the protocol-group over an existing set of protocols, the new set replaces the existing list of protocols in the protocol-group.
PAGE 473
Parameters policy-name Enter the service-policy name, using a string up to 32 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONTROL-PLANE-CPUQOS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 474
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. This command applies the service-policy based on the type of protocol defined in the ACL rules. Create ACL and QoS policies prior to enabling this command.
PAGE 475
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. This command applies the service-policy based on the type of protocol defined in the ACL rules. Create ACL and QoS policies prior to enabling this command.
PAGE 476
Example Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 477
Example Dell# show ipv6 protocol-queue-mapping Protocol Src-Port Dst-Port TcpFlag Queue EgPort Rate (kbps) -------- -------- -------- ------- ----- ------ ----------TCP (BGP) any/179 179/any _ Q9 _ _ ICMPV6 NA any any _ Q6 _ _ ICMPV6 RA any any _ Q6 _ _ ICMPV6 NS any any _ Q5 _ _ ICMPV6 RS any any _ Q5 _ _ ICMPV6 any any _ Q6 _ _ VRRPV6 any any _ Q10 _ _ OSPFV3 any any _ Q9 _ _ Dell# show mac protocol-queue-mapping Display the queue mapping for the MAC protocols.
PAGE 478
show running-config copp-profile Displays the configured CoPP profiles. Syntax show running-config copp-profile Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.11.0.0 Introduced on the S6000, S6000–ON, Z9100–ON, and S6100–ON.
PAGE 479
12 Data Center Bridging (DCB) Data center bridging (DCB) refers to a set of IEEE Ethernet enhancements that provide data centers with a single, robust, converged network to support multiple traffic types, including local area network (LAN), server, and storage traffic. The Dell Networking OS commands for data center bridging features include 802.1Qbb priority-based flow control (PFC), 802.1Qaz enhanced transmission selection (ETS), and the data center bridging exchange (DCBX) protocol.
PAGE 480
dcb-enable Enable data center bridging. Syntax dcb enable[pfc-queues 1–4] To disable DCB, use the no dcb enable command. Parameters pfc-queues Enter the pfc-queue range. To disable DCB, use the no dcb enable command. The range is from 1 to 4. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 481
Parameters Command Modes stack-unit stackunit-number Enter the keywords stack-unit and the stack unit number. port-set port-pipe Enter the keywords port-set and port-pipe number. The port-pipe number is 0. EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9100–ON and S6100–ON. pfc-nodrop-priority l2-dlf drop — configures to drop the unknown unicast packets flooding on lossless priorities.
PAGE 482
pfc-nodrop-priority l2-dlf drop Configure to drop the unknown unicast packets flooding on lossless priorities. Syntax pfc-nodrop-priority l2-dlf drop To disable the feature, use the no pfc-nodrop-priority l2-dlf drop command. Parameters l2-dlf Enter the keywords l2-dlf to drop flooding traffic on lossless priorities. drop Enter the keyword drop to enable the drop action. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 483
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. • • When you configure lossless queues on an interface, PFC priority configuration is not allowed on the dcb-map profile applied on the interface. The maximum number of lossless queues globally supported on the switch is two. The following lists the dot1p priority-queue assignments.
PAGE 484
PFC Port Count : 56 (current), 56 (configured) PFC Queue Count : 2 (current), 2 (configured) Dell# show hardware pfc-nodrop-priority View the packets drop count corresponding to the priority. Syntax show hardware pfc-nodrop-priority l2-dlf drops stack-unit stack-unit-number port-set port-pipe Parameters Command Modes stack-unit stackunit-number Enter the keywords stack-unit and the stack unit number. port-set port-pipe Enter the keywords port-set and port-pipe number. The port-pipe number is 0.
PAGE 485
NOTE: This command also enables you to view information corresponding to a range of ports. However, for Open Networking (ON) platforms the notation for specifying port range in the command is different from how you specify in non-ON platforms. Command Modes • For non-ON platforms, you can specify multiple ports as slot/port-range. For example, if you want to display information corresponding to all ports between 1 and 4, specify the port range as show interfaces interface-type 1/1 - 4.
PAGE 486
Field Description • Recommend: Remote PFC configuration parameters were received from the peer. • Internally propagated: PFC configuration parameters were received from the configuration source. PFC DCBX Oper status Operational status for the exchange of the PFC configuration on the local port: match (up) or mismatch (down). State Machine Type Type of state machine used for DCBX exchanges of the PFC parameters: Feature — for legacy DCBX versions; Symmetric — for an IEEE version.
PAGE 487
State Machine Type is Feature TLV Tx Status is enabled PFC Link Delay 45556 pause quantams Application Priority TLV Parameters : -------------------------------------FCOE TLV Tx Status is disabled ISCSI TLV Tx Status is disabled Local FCOE PriorityMap is 0x8 Local ISCSI PriorityMap is 0x10 Remote FCOE PriorityMap is 0x8 Remote ISCSI PriorityMap is 0x8 Dell# show interfaces tengigabitethernet 1/4 pfc detail Interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/4 Admin mode is on Admin is enabled Remote is enabled Remote Willing St
PAGE 488
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Enabled to display the command output even without enabling DCB. 9.9(0.0) Added support to display the interface configurations corresponding to a range of ports. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.
PAGE 489
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON and Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module.
PAGE 490
show interface ets Displays the ETS configuration applied to egress traffic on an interface, including priority groups with priorities and bandwidth allocation. Syntax show interface port-type slot/port[] ets {summary | detail} Parameters port-type slot/ port[] ets Enter the port-type slot and port ETS information. {summary | detail} Enter the keyword summary for a summary list of results or enter the keyword detail for a full list of results.
PAGE 491
TC-grp Priority# Bandwidth TSA -----------------------------------------------0 1 0,1,2 100% ETS 2 3 0 % SP 3 4,5,6,7 0 % SP 4 5 6 7 Remote Parameters : ------------------Remote is disabled Local Parameters : -----------------Local is enabled TC-grp Priority# Bandwidth TSA -----------------------------------------------0 1 0,1,2 100% ETS 2 3 0 % SP 3 4,5,6,7 0 % SP 4 5 6 7 Oper status is init ETS DCBX Oper status is Down State Machine Type is Asymmetric Conf TLV Tx Status is enabled Reco TLV Tx Status is en
PAGE 492
TC-grp Priority# Bandwidth TSA -----------------------------------------------0 1 0,1,2 100% ETS 2 3 0 % SP 3 4,5,6,7 0 % SP 4 5 6 7 Oper status is init ETS DCBX Oper status is Down State Machine Type is Asymmetric Conf TLV Tx Status is enabled Reco TLV Tx Status is enabled 0 Input Conf TLV Pkts, 1955 Output Conf TLV Pkts, 0 Error Conf TLV Pkts 0 Input Reco TLV Pkts, 1955 Output Reco TLV Pkts, 0 Error Reco TLV Pkts Dell# show interfaces tengigabitethernet 1/1 ets detail Interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/1 Max
PAGE 493
7 12% ETS Oper status is init Conf TLV Tx Status is disabled Traffic Class TLV Tx Status is disabled 0 Input Conf TLV Pkts, 0 Output Conf TLV Pkts, 0 Error Conf TLV Pkts 0T LIVnput Traffic Class TLV Pkts, 0 Output Traffic Class TLV Pkts, 0 Error Traffic Class Pkts Example (Detail) Dell(conf)# show interfaces tengigabitethernet 1/1 ets detail Interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/1 Max Supported TC Groups is 4 Number of Traffic Classes is 8 Admin mode is on Admin Parameters : -----------------Admin is enabled TC-g
PAGE 494
Traffic Class TLV Pkts DCBX Commands The following DCBX commands are supported on the Dell Networking OS. advertise dcbx-tlv On a DCBX port with a manual role, configure the PFC and ETS TLVs advertised to DCBX peers. Syntax advertise dcbx-tlv {ets-conf | ets-reco | pfc} [ets-conf | ets-reco | pfc] [ets-conf | ets-reco | pfc] To remove the advertised ETS TLVs, use the no advertise dcbx-tlv command.
PAGE 495
Configure DCBX operation at the INTERFACE level on a switch or globally on the switch. To verify the DCBX configuration on a port, use the show interface dcbx detail command. dcbx port-role Configure the DCBX port role the interface uses to exchange DCB information. Syntax dcbx port-role {config-source | auto-downstream | auto-upstream | manual} To remove DCBX port role, use the no dcbx port-role {config-source | auto-downstream | auto-upstream | manual} command.
PAGE 496
dcbx version Configure the DCBX version used on the interface. Syntax dcbx version {auto | cee | cin | ieee-v2.5} To remove the DCBX version, use the dcbx version {auto | cee | cin | ieee-v2.5} command. Parameters auto | cee | cin | ieee-v2.5 Enter the DCBX version type used on the interface, where: • auto: configures the port to operate using the DCBX version received from a peer. • cee: configures the port to use CDD (Intel 1.01). • cin: configures the port to use Cisco-Intel-Nuova (DCBX 1.0).
PAGE 497
Parameters {all | auto-detecttimer | configexchng | fail | mgmt | resource | sem | tlv} Enter the type of debugging, where: • all: enables all DCBX debugging operations. • auto-detect-timer: enables traces for DCBX auto-detect timers. • config-exchng: enables traces for DCBX configuration exchanges. • fail: enables traces for DCBX failures. • mgmt: enables traces for DCBX management frames. • resource: enables traces for DCBX system resource frames.
PAGE 498
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. This command is available at the global level only. iscsi priority-bits Configure the iSCSI priority advertised for the iSCSI protocol in application priority TLVs. Syntax iscsi priority-bits priority-bitmap To remove the configured iSCSI priority, use the no iscsi priority-bits command.
PAGE 499
• For non-ON platforms, you can specify multiple ports as slot/port-range. For example, if you want to display information corresponding to all ports between 1 and 4, specify the port range as show interfaces interface-type 1/1 - 4. • For ON platforms, you can specify multiple ports as slot/port/[subport] - slot/port/ [subport]. For example, if you want to display information corresponding to all ports between 1 and 4, specify the port range as show interfaces interface-type 1/1/1 - 1/1/4.
PAGE 500
Example Field Description Local DCBX Status: DCBX Operational Version DCBX version advertised in Control TLVs. Local DCBX Status: DCBX Max Version Supported Highest DCBX version supported in Control TLVs. Local DCBX Status: Sequence Number Sequence number transmitted in Control TLVs. Local DCBX Status: Acknowledgment Number Acknowledgement number transmitted in Control TLVs. Local DCBX Status: Protocol State Current operational state of the DCBX protocol: ACK or IN-SYNC.
PAGE 501
DCBX Operational Status is Enabled Is Configuration Source? TRUE Local DCBX Compatibility mode is CEE Local DCBX Configured mode is CEE Peer Operating version is CEE Local DCBX TLVs Transmitted: ErPfi Local DCBX Status ----------------DCBX Operational Version is 0 DCBX Max Version Supported is 0 Sequence Number: 2 Acknowledgment Number: 2 Protocol State: In-Sync Peer DCBX Status: ---------------DCBX Operational Version is 0 DCBX Max Version Supported is 255 Sequence Number: 2 Acknowledgment Number: 2 Total
PAGE 502
Use the dcb-map command to create a DCB map to specify PFC and ETS settings and apply it on Ethernet ports. After you apply a DCB map to an interface, the PFC and ETS settings in the map are applied when the Ethernet port is enabled. DCBx is enabled on Ethernet ports by default. The dcb-map command is supported only on physical Ethernet interfaces. To remove a DCB map from an interface, enter the no dcb-map map-name command in Interface configuration mode.
PAGE 503
priority-group bandwidth pfc Configure the ETS bandwidth allocation and PFC mode used to manage port traffic in an 802.1p priority group. Syntax Parameters priority-group group-num {bandwidth percentage| strict-priority} [[committed | peak ] | [peak | committed] {<0-10000>} [<0-10000>]] pfc {on | off} priority-group group-num Enter the keyword priority-group followed by the number of an 802.1p priority group. Use the priority-pgid command to create the priority groups in a DCB map.
PAGE 504
If you configure more than one priority group as strict priority, the higher numbered priority queue is given preference when scheduling data traffic. If a priority group does not use its allocated bandwidth, the unused bandwidth is made available to other priority groups. To remove a priority-group configuration in a DCB map, enter the no priority-group bandwidth pfc command. By default, equal bandwidth is assigned to each dot1p priority in a priority group.
PAGE 505
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON and Z9500. 9.6(0.0) Introduced on the S5000. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, and S6000 platforms. Configure the maximum shared buffer available for PFC traffic.
PAGE 506
Usage Information When you enter the profile name, you enter the DCB buffer threshold configuration mode. You can specify the shared buffer threshold limit, the ingress buffer size, buffer limit for pausing the acceptance of packets, and the buffer offset limit for resuming the acceptance of received packets.
PAGE 507
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, and S6000 platforms. For each priority, you can specify the shared buffer threshold limit, the ingress buffer size, buffer limit for pausing the acceptance of packets, and the buffer offset limit for resuming the acceptance of received packets. When PFC detects congestion on a queue for a specified priority, it sends a pause frame for the 802.
PAGE 508
threshold-value Buffer limit at which the port sends the pause to peer in KB. Enter a number in the range of 0 to 7787. The default is 10 KB. resume-offset Buffer offset limit for resuming in KB threshold-value Buffer offset limit at which the port resumes the peer in KB. Enter a number in the range of 1 to 7787. The default is 10 KB. shared-thresholdweight Buffer shared threshold weight size Weightage of the priorities on the shared buffer size in the system. Enter a number in the range of 0 to 9.
PAGE 509
dcb-policy buffer-threshold (Interface Configuration) Assign the DCB policy to the DCB buffer threshold profile on interfaces. This setting takes precedence over the global buffer-threshold setting. Syntax Parameters dcb-policy buffer-threshold profile-name buffer-threshold Configure the profile name for the DCB buffer threshold profile-name Enter the name of the profile, which can be a string of up to 32 characters in length.
PAGE 510
Command Modes CONFIGURATION mode Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S6000 and the S6000–ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.6(0.0) Introduced on the S5000. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and S4820T platforms. Usage Information You can configure up to a maximum of four lossless (PFC) queues.
PAGE 511
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON and Z9500. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000 platform. dcb pfc-total-buffer-size Configure the total buffer size for PFC in kilobytes. Syntax Parameters dcb pfc-total—buffer—size buffer-size buffer-size Enter a number in the range of 0 to 7787. Default The default is 6592KB.
PAGE 512
PFC Shared Buffer: Buffer used by ingress priority groups for shared usage. PFC Headroom Buffer: Buffer used by ingress priority group for shared headroom usage. PFC Available Buffer: Current buffer available for new lossless queues to be Provisioned. stack-unit Total Buffer PFC Total Buffer PFC Shared Buffer PFC Headroom Buffer PFC Avail PP (KB) (KB) (KB) (KB) ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1 0.0 3399 2800 1040 1040 711 1 0.
PAGE 513
dcb-buffer-threshold test1 pfc priority 0 buffer-size pfc priority 3 buffer-size ! dcb-buffer-threshold test2 pfc priority 0 buffer-size ! dcb-buffer-threshold test3 pfc priority 0 buffer-size 40 50 80 pause-threshold 50 80 pause-threshold 60 resume-threshold 30 On interface on which PFC is enabled: Show interface tengigabitethernet 1/1 pfc buffer-threshold --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Queue# Lossless Buffer-size Pause-threshold Resume-offset
PAGE 514
Default The default threshold weight on the shared buffer for each queue is 9. Therefore, each queue can consume up to 66.67 percent of available shared buffer by default. Command Modes INTERFACE mode Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.9(0.
PAGE 515
Parameters value Enter the number of PFC queues in the range of 0 through 4. The number of ports supported based on lossless queues configured will depend on the buffer. Default The default number of PFC queues in the system is 2 for S4810 and 1 for S6000 platforms. Command Modes CONFIGURATION mode Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 516
Limitations 516 • “dcb-map” CLI on interface is mutually exclusive to “no dcb ets enable” and “no dcb pfc enable”. • “pfc priority” CLI is mutually exclusive to “no dcb pfc enable” command.
PAGE 517
13 Debugging and Diagnostics The basic debugging and diagnostic commands are supported by the Dell Networking OS. Topics: • Diagnostics and Monitoring Commands • Offline Diagnostic Commands • Hardware Commands Diagnostics and Monitoring Commands The following section describes the diagnostics and monitoring commands. For similar commands, refer to the Control and Monitoring chapter. logging coredump stack-unit Enable coredump on a stack.
PAGE 518
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. The Kernel core dump can be large and may take up to 5 to 30 minutes to upload. Dell Networking OS does not overwrite application core dumps so you should delete them as necessary to conserve space on the flash; if the flash is out of memory, the coredump is aborted. On the S-Series, if the FTP server is not reachable, the application coredump is aborted.
PAGE 519
through those components. These diagnostics also perform snake tests using VLAN configurations. To test 10G links, physically remove the unit from the stack. verbose Enter the keyword verbose to run the diagnostic in Verbose mode. Verbose mode gives more information in the output than Standard mode. testname Enter the keyword testname to run a specific test case. Enclose the test case name in double quotes (“ “). For example: diag stack-unit 1 level1 testname “first”.
PAGE 520
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added a warning message to the off-line diagnostic. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. You cannot enter this command on a Master or Standby unit. The system reboots when the off-line diagnostics complete.
PAGE 521
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. You cannot enter this command on a Master or Standby unit. The system reboots when the off-line diagnostics complete. This reboot is an automatic process. A warning message appears when the offline stack-unit command is implemented. Warning - Diagnostic execution will cause stack-unit to reboot after completion of diags.
PAGE 522
stack-port Enter the keywords stack-port then the port number of the stacking port to clear the statistics of the particular stacking port. The range is from 0 to 127. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 523
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. • show hardware stack-unit — display the data plane or management plane input and output statistics of the designated component of the designated stack member.
PAGE 524
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.
PAGE 525
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. The unit numbers given are internal port numbers. show hardware ip Display ACL or QoS data for the selected stack member and stack member port-pipe. Syntax Parameters show hardware layer3 {acl | qos} stack-unit number port-set 0–0 acl | qos Enter either the keyword acl or the keyword qos to select between ACL or QoS data.
PAGE 526
Parameters stack-unit stackunit-number {command-option} Enter the keywords stack-unit to select a particular stack member and then enter one of the following command options to display a collection of data based on the option entered. The range is from 0 to 5. buffer Enter the keyword buffer. To display the total buffer statistics for the stack unit, enter the keyword total-buffer. To display buffer statistics for a all interface, enter the keyword interface followed by the keyword all.
PAGE 527
Example (DataPlane) Version Description 9.2(0.2) Modified the drops keyword range, unit keyword range and added the buffer and cpu management statistics options. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.5 Added i2c statistics and sata-interfaces statistics. 8.3.11.4 Added user port information. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 528
ge7 !ena ge8 !ena ge9 !ena ge10 !ena ge11 !ena ge12 !ena ge13 !ena ge14 !ena ge15 !ena ge16 !ena ge17 !ena ge18 !ena ge19 !ena ge20 !ena ge21 !ena ge22 !ena ge23 !ena hg0 up 12G FD hg1 up 12G FD hg2 down 10G FD hg3 down 10G FD 0 Dell# Example (Register) 528 Dell# show 0x0068003c 0x0068003d 0x00680017 0x0060004c 0x0060104c 0x0060204c 0x0060304c 0x0060404c 0x0060504c 0x0060604c 0x0060704c 0x0060804c 0x0060904c 0x0060a04c 0x0060b04c 0x0060c04c 0x0060d04c 0x0060e04c 0x0060f04c 0x0061004c 0x0061104c 0x0061204
PAGE 529
0x0e712102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK.ge18 = 0x00000000 0x0e713102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK.ge19 = 0x00000000 0x0e714102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK.ge20 = 0x00000000 0x0e715102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK.ge21 = 0x00000000 0x0e716102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK.ge22 = 0x00000000 0x0e717102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK.ge23 = 0x00000000 0x0e718102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK.hg0 = 0x00000000 0x0e719102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK.hg1 = 0x00000000 0x0e71a102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK.hg2 = 0x00000000 0x0e71b102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK.hg3 = 0x00000000 0x0e71c102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK.
PAGE 530
RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX - Debug Counter 0 Debug Counter 1 Debug Counter 2 Debug Counter 3 Debug Counter 4 Debug Counter 5 Debug Counter 6 Debug Counter 7 Debug Counter 8 64 Byte Frame Counter 65 to 127 Byte Frame Counter 128 to 255 Byte Frame Counter 256 to 511 Byte Frame Counter 512 to 1023 Byte Frame Counter 1024 to 1518 Byte Frame Counter 1519 to 1522 Byte Good VLAN Fra
PAGE 531
RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX - 128 to 255 Byte Frame Counter 256 to 511 Byte Frame Counter 512 to 1023 Byte Frame Counter 1024 to 1518 Byte Frame Counter 1519 to 1522 Byte Good VLAN Frame Counter 1519 to 2047 Byte Frame Counter 2048 to 4095 Byte Frame Counter 4096 to 9216 Byte Frame Counter Good Packet Counter Packet/Frame Counter
PAGE 532
TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX Example (Details) - PFC Frame Priority PFC Frame Priority PFC Frame Priority PFC Frame Priority PFC Frame Priority Debug Counter 0 Debug Counter 1 Debug Counter 2 Debug Counter 3 Debug Counter 4 Debug Counter 5 Debug Counter 6 Debug Counter 7 Debug Counter 8 Debug Counter 9 Debug Counter 10 Debug Counter 11 3 4 5 6 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Dell# show hardware stack-unit 1 unit 1 details ******************************************************
PAGE 533
The linkStatus of Hg Port 25 is TRUE The linkStatus of Hg Port 26 is FALSE The linkStatus of Hg Port 27 is FALSE !------------------ output truncated ---------------! Example (TotalBuffer) Dell# show hardware stack-unit 1 buffer total-buffer Example displaying queue range Dell# show hardware stack-unit 0 buffer unit 0 info Buffer Stats for Front End Ports ================================ ----- Buffer Stats for Interface Te 1/0 Queue Maximum Shared Limit: 7667 Default Packet Buffer allocate for the Queue:
PAGE 534
EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the S6000, S6000–ON, S6100–ON and Z9100–ON. Usage Information Use this command to view the buffer details of lossy and lossless traffic in the service pool.
PAGE 535
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Removed the keywords stack-unit. Introduced on the Z9500. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(0.2) Modified the drops keyword range, unit keyword range and added the buffer and cpu management statistics options. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 536
HOL DROPS on COS16 HOL DROPS on COS17 TxPurge CellErr Aged Drops --- Egress MAC counters--Egress FCS Drops --- Egress FORWARD PROCESSOR IPv4 L3UC Aged & Drops TTL Threshold Drops INVALID VLAN CNTR Drops L2MC Drops PKT Drops of ANY Conditions Hg MacUnderflow TX Err PKT Counter --- Error counters--Internal Mac Transmit Errors Unknown Opcodes Internal Mac Receive Errors --- Error Ratio Counters --Ingress FCS Drops Error Ratio : : : : 0 0 0 0 : 0 Drops : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 --- : 0 : 0 : 0 : 5.
PAGE 537
RX - IPV4 L3 Unicast Frame Counter RX - IPV4 L3 Routed Multicast Packets RX - IPV6 L3 Unicast Frame Counter RX - IPV6 L3 Routed Multicast Packets RX - Unicast Packet Counter RX - 64 Byte Frame Counter RX - 65 to 127 Byte Frame Counter RX - 128 to 255 Byte Frame Counter RX - 256 to 511 Byte Frame Counter RX - 512 to 1023 Byte Frame Counter RX - 1024 to 1518 Byte Frame Counter RX - 1519 to 1522 Byte Good VLAN Frame Counter RX - 1519 to 2047 Byte Frame Counter RX - 2048 to 4095 Byte Frame Counter RX - 4096 to
PAGE 538
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 539
, MASK=0x00000000 00000000 00000000 ffffffff ffff0000 00000000 00000000 0x00 action={act=Drop, param0=0(0x00), param1=0(0x00)}, action={act=CosQCpuNew, param0=7(0x07), param1=0(0x00)}, action={act=CopyToCpu, param0=0(0x00), param1=0(0x00)}, action={act=UpdateCounter, param0=1(0x01), param1=0(0x00)}, meter=NULL, counter={idx=2, mode=0x01, entries=1} ################# FP Entry for redirecting GVRP traffic to RSM ########### EID 2044: gid=1, slice=15, slice_idx=0x03, prio=0x7fc, flags=0x82, Installed tcam: c
PAGE 540
Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced this command. Dell# show hardware vlan-counters 1 Counters for vlanid: 1 -----------------------Total number of inpackets: 0 Total number of inbytes: 0 Total number of outpackets: 0 Total number of outbytes: 0 Dell# Related Commands • clear hardware system-flow — clear the statistics from selected hardware components.
PAGE 541
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9000, Z9500. Usage Information -Queue ucast/mcast — Displays the total unicast/multicast buffer usage on per-port per-queue basis. For CPU port, counters for queues 0 to 11 displays and there is no differentiation between unicast and multicast queues.
PAGE 542
UCAST UCAST Example displaying egress queue-level snapshot for multicast packets for the specific interface 10 11 0 0 Dell# show hardware buffer-stats-snapshot resource interface fortyGigE 0/0 queue mcast 3 Unit 1 unit: 0 port: 1 (interface Fo 0/0) --------------------------------------Q# TYPE Q# TOTAL BUFFERED CELLS --------------------------------------MCAST 3 0 Dell# show hardware buffer-stats-snapshot resource interface fortyGigE 0/0 queue mcast all Unit 0 unit: 0 port: 1 (interface Fo 0/0) ---------
PAGE 543
Parameters Command Modes stack-unit stackunit-number Unique ID of the stack unit to select a particular stack member and then enter one of the following command options to display a collection of data based on the option entered. buffer-statssnapshot unit number Display the historical snapshot of buffer statistical values unit Enter the keyword unit along with a port-pipe number. The range is from 0 to 0.
PAGE 544
Dell# show hardware buffer-stats-snapshot resource interface fortyGigE 0/0 priority-group 7 Unit 0 unit: 0 port: 1 (interface Fo 0/0) -------------------------------------------------PG# PRIORITIES SHARED CELLS HEADROOM CELLS -------------------------------------------------0 0 0 1 0 0 2 0 0 3 7 0 0 4 6 0 0 5 4 0 0 6 3 0 0 7 0-2,5 0 0 544 Debugging and Diagnostics
PAGE 545
14 Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) Dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) is an application layer protocol that dynamically assigns IP addresses and other configuration parameters to network end-stations (hosts) based on the configuration policies the network administrators determine.
PAGE 546
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Press Enter after the clear ip dhcp binding command clears all the IPs from the binding table. debug ip dhcp server Display Dell OS debugging messages for DHCP.
PAGE 547
debug ipv6 dhcp To enable debug logs for DHCPv6 relay agent transactions. Syntax debug ipv6 dhcp To disable the debug logs for dhcpv6 relay agent transactions, use the debug ipv6 dhcp command. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.
PAGE 548
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. disable Disable the DHCP server. S6000 Syntax disable DHCP Server is disabled by default. To enable the system to be a DHCP server, use the no disable command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION DHCP Command History 548 This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 549
dns-server Assign a DNS server to clients based on address pool. S6000 Syntax Parameters dns-server address [address2...address8] address Enter a list of DNS servers that may service clients on the subnet. You may list up to eight servers, in order of preference. Defaults None Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 550
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 551
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. hardware-address For manual configurations, specify the client hardware address. S6000 Syntax Parameters hardware-address address address Enter the hardware address of the client. Defaults None Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 552
host For manual (rather than automatic) configurations, assign a host to a single-address pool. S6000 Syntax host address Parameters address/mask Enter the host IP address and subnet mask. Defaults None Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 553
infinite Specify that the lease never expires. Defaults 24 hours Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 554
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. netbios-node-type Specify the NetBIOS node type for a Microsoft DHCP client. Dell Networking recommends specifying clients as hybrid. S6000 Syntax netbios-node-type type Parameters type Enter the NETBIOS node type: • Broadcast: Enter the keyword b-node.
PAGE 555
network Specify the range of addresses in an address pool. S6000 Syntax network network /prefix-length Parameters network/ prefixlength Specify a range of addresses. Prefix-length range is from 17 to 31. Defaults None Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 556
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 557
show ip dhcp configuration Display the DHCP configuration. S6000 Syntax Parameters show ip dhcp configuration [global | pool name] pool name Display the configuration for a DHCP pool. global Display the DHCP configuration for the entire system. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 558
show ip dhcp conflict Display the address conflict log. S6000 Syntax show ip dhcp conflict address Parameters address Display a particular conflict log entry. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 559
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Commands to Configure Secure DHCP DHCP, as defined by RFC 2131, provides no authentication or security mechanisms.
PAGE 560
Related Commands Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. • arp inspection-trust — specify a port as trusted so that ARP frames are not validated against the binding table. arp inspection-trust Specify a port as trusted so that ARP frames are not validated against the binding table. S6000 Syntax arp inspection-trust Defaults Disabled Command Modes Command History Related Commands • INTERFACE • INTERFACE PORT-CHANNEL This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 561
Parameters binding Clears the binding table. source-addressvalidation discardcounters Clears discard counters from all the interfaces configured with IP Source Guard. interface interface (OPTIONAL) Specifies an interface to clear the discard counters. Enter any of the following keywords and the interface information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 562
The following example shows how to clear the discard counters on a port channel interface: Dell> clear ip dhcp snooping source-address-validation discard-counters interface portchannel 1 Related Commands • show ip dhcp snooping — display the contents of the DHCP binding table. clear ipv6 dhcp snooping binding Clear all the DHCPv6 snooping binding database entries. Syntax clear ipv6 dhcp snooping binding Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 563
circuit-id port Enter the keywords circuit-id port to configure the port as the circuit-is in option-82. circuit-id hostname:port Enter the keywords circuit-id hostname:port to configure the circuit-id format that is sent to the server. circuit-id mac Enter the keywords circuit-id mac to configure the chassis MAC address as the circuit-id in option–82. trust-downstream Configure the system to trust Option 82 when it is received from the previous-hop router.
PAGE 564
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and S4820T. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series on Layer 2 interfaces. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series on Layer 3 interfaces. When enabled, no learning takes place until you enable snooping on a VLAN.
PAGE 565
To disable the ipv6 dhcp snooping on VLAN basis or range of VLAN, use the no ipv6 dhcp snooping vlan command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the name of a VLAN id or list of the VLANs to enable DHCP Snooping. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 566
• Command History Related Commands EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.
PAGE 567
Defaults Command Modes Command History interface number Enter the number of the interface. lease value Enter the keyword lease then the amount of time the IPv6 address are leased. The range is from 1 to 4294967295. None • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 568
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ipv6 dhcp snooping database write-delay To set time interval for storing the snooping binding entries in a file. Syntax [no] ipv6 dhcp snooping database write-delay value To disable the storing of snooping binding entries in a file, use the no ipv6 dhcp snooping write-delay command. Parameters value The range is from 5 to 21600.
PAGE 569
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 570
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 571
Parameters ipmac Enable IP+MAC Source Address Validation. vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) SAV validates the source IP address along with the source VLAN ID against the DHCP snooping binding table. Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE INTERFACE PORTCHANNEL Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 572
Parameters remote-id Enter the keyword remote-id to configure the system to enable the remote-id string in option-82. remote-id hostname Enter the keywords remote-id hostname to configure the port as the remote id in option–82. remote-id mac Enter the keywords remote-id mac to configure the chassis MAC address as the remote-id in option–82. remote-id WORD Enter the remote-id WORD option to configure the system to enable the remote-id string in option 82.
PAGE 573
ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address Validate a DHCP packet’s source hardware address against the client hardware address field (CHADDR) in the payload. S6000 Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 574
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, S6000-ON, and Z-Series. ip helper-address Configures the destination broadcast address or the host address for DHCP server requests. Syntax ip helper-address [vrf vrf-name] ip-address To disable the destination broadcast address or the host address for DHCP server requests, use the ip helperaddress [vrf vrf-name] ip-address command.
PAGE 575
Parameters ipv6-address Enter the keywordipv6–address through which the server address can be reached. Default Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 576
show ip dhcp snooping Display the contents of the DHCP binding table or display the interfaces configured with IP Source Guard. Syntax show ip dhcp snooping [binding | source-address-validation [discard-counters [interface interface]]] Parameters Parameters Description binding Display the binding table. source-addressvalidation Display the interfaces configured with IP Source Guard. discard-counters (OPTIONAL) Display the number of dropped packets.
PAGE 577
Example Version Description 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. The following example displays the interfaces configured with IP Source Guard: Dell> show ip dhcp snooping source-address-validation ip sav access-list on TenGigabitEthernet 1/1 Total cam count 3 permit host 0.0.0.0 count (0 packets) permit host 10.1.1.252 count (0 packets) permit host 10.1.1.
PAGE 578
The following example displays the SAV discard counters on a port channel interface: Dell> show ip dhcp snooping source-address-validation discard-counters interface portchannel 10 deny access-list on Port-channel 10 on stack-unit 0 Total cam count 1 deny vlan 10 count (0 packets) deny access-list on Port-channel 10 on stack-unit 1 Total cam count 1 deny vlan 10 count (0 packets) deny access-list on Port-channel 10 on stack-unit 2 Total cam count 1 deny vlan 10 count (0 packets) NOTE: The output for port-ch
PAGE 579
Commands to Configure DNS To configure the Domain Names Systems (DNS) on the system, use the following commands: ip name-server Configures one or more name server (DNS) IP addresses. You can configure up to six IP addresses. Syntax ip name-server [vrf vrf-name] ip-address [ip-address2] [ip-address3] [ipaddress4] [ip-address5] [ip-address6] To undo the name server ip address configuration for VRF, use the no ip name-server [vrf vrf-name] ip-address command.
PAGE 580
ip domain-name Configures the default domain corresponding to a specific VRF. This domain is appended to the in complete DNS requests corresponding to the specified VRF. Syntax ip domain-name [vrf vrf-name] name To undo the domain name configuration corresponding to a specific VRF, use the no ip domain-name [vrf vrf-name] name command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the key word vrf and then the name of the VRF to configure the domain corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 581
To remove a domain name from DNS list, use the no ip domain-list [vrf vrf-name] name command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the key word vrf and then the name of the VRF to add a domain name to the DNS list corresponding to that VRF. name Enter the name of the domain to be appended to the DNS list corresponding to the VRF. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 582
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series.
PAGE 583
Example Dell# clear host vrf jay dell Dell# clear host vrf jay * Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) 583
PAGE 584
15 Equal Cost Multi-Path (ECMP) Equal cost multi-path (ECMP) supports multiple "best paths" in next-hop packet forwarding to a destination device. Topics: • ecmp-group • hash-algorithm • ip ecmp-group • ip ecmp weighted • link-bundle-distribution trigger-threshold • link-bundle-monitor enable ecmp-group Provides a mechanism to monitor traffic distribution on an ECMP link bundle.
PAGE 585
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
PAGE 586
xor2 | xor4 | xor8 | xor16}|lsb | xor1 | xor2 | xor4 | xor8 | xor16 hg {crc16 | crc16cc | crc32MSB | crc32LSB | xor1 | xor2 | xor4 | xor8 | xor16} lag {crc16 | crc16cc | crc32MSB | crc32LSB | xor1 | xor2 | xor4 | xor8 | xor16} 586 crc16 |crc16cc |crc32MSB |crc32LSB |xor1 |xor2 |xor4 |xor8 | xor16 • lsb: Returns the LSB of the key as the hash • xor1: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR1 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor1 • xor2: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR2 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and
PAGE 587
linecard number (OPTIONAL) : Enter the keyword linecard then the linecard slot number. port-set number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword port-set then the port-set slot number. Defaults IPSA and IPDA mask value is FF for the stack-unit. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 588
the same for both stack-units when using multiple stack-units as ingress (where XX is any value from 00 to FF for both stack-units). For example, assume that traffic is flowing between linecard 1 and linecard 2: • hash-algorithm linecard 1 ip-sa-mask aa ip-da-mask 00 • hash-algorithm linecard 2 ip-sa-mask 00 ip-da-mask aa The different hash algorithms are based on the number of Port Channel members and packet values.
PAGE 589
Usage Information Related Commands You must save the new ECMP settings to the startup-config (write-mem) then reload the system for the new settings to take effect. • show ip cam stack-unit – display content-addressable memory (CAM) entries for an S-Series switch. ip ecmp weighted Enables weighted ECMP calculations. Syntax ip ecmp weighted To disable weighted ECMP calculations, enter the no ip ecmp weighted command.
PAGE 590
link-bundle-distribution trigger-threshold Provides a mechanism to set the threshold to trigger when traffic distribution begins being monitored on an ECMP link bundle. S6000 Syntax link-bundle-distribution trigger-threshold [percent] To exit from ecmp group mode, use the exit command. Parameters percent Indicate the threshold value when traffic distribution starts being monitored on an ECMP link bundle. The range is from 1 to 90%. The default is 60%.
PAGE 591
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.
PAGE 592
16 Flex Hash and Optimized Boot-Up This chapter describes the Flex Hash and fast-boot enhancements. Topics: • load-balance ingress-port enable • load-balance flexhash • reload-type fastboot • lacp fast-switchover • encapsulation dot1q load-balance ingress-port enable Enable the Flex hash functionality. This utility is supported on the S6000 platform. Syntax load-balance ingress-port enable To disable the Flex hash capability, use the no version of this command.
PAGE 593
load-balance flexhash Specify the parameters for the Flex Hash mechanism, such as whether IPv4 or IPv6 packets must be subject to Flex Hash functionality, a unique protocol number, the offset of hash fields from the start of the L4 header to be used for hash calculation, and a meaningful description to associate the protocol number with the name.
PAGE 594
bit hash fields are extracted from the start of the L4 header and provided as inputs (bins 2 and 3) for RTAG7 hash computation. You must specify the offset of hash fields from the start of the L4 header, which contains a flow identification field. You can cause the system to include the fields present at the offsets that you define (from the start of the L4 header) as a part of LAG and ECMP computation. Also, you can specify whether the IPv4 or IPv6 packets must be operated with the Flex Hash mechanism.
PAGE 595
To disable the capability of faster aggregation of the member ports of a LAG or a port-channel bundle, use the no version of this command. Defaults Not configured Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-po-number) Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. You can configure the optimal switchover functionality for LACP even if you do not enable the fast boot mode on the system.
PAGE 596
subinterface . If a Layer 3 interface is configured without the encapsulation 802.1Q VLAN ID or is an untagged interface in a VLAN , the dot1Q value is not preserved .
PAGE 597
17 FIP Snooping In a converged Ethernet network, a switch can operate as an intermediate Ethernet bridge to snoop on FIP packets during the login process on Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) forwarders (FCFs). Acting as a transit FIP snooping bridge, the switch uses dynamically created access control lists (ACLs) to permit only authorized FCoE traffic to transmit between an FCoE end-device and an FCF.
PAGE 598
clear fip-snooping statistics Clears the statistics on the FIP packets snooped on all VLANs, a specified VLAN, or a specified port interface. Syntax clear fip-snooping statistics [interface vlan vlan-id | interface port-type slot/port | interface port-channel port-channel-number] Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID of the FIP packet statistics to be cleared. port-type slot/port Enter the slot number and port-type of the FIP packet statistics to be cleared.
PAGE 599
ns Enter the keyword ns for name-server-specific debugging. rscn Enter the keyword rscn for RSCN-specific debugging. rx Enter the keyword rx for packet receive-specific debugging. tx Enter the keyword tx for packet transmit-specific debugging. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.
PAGE 600
• For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500 and S6000-ON. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the S4810 and S4820T.
PAGE 601
fip-snooping enable Enable FIP snooping on all VLANs or on a specified VLAN. Syntax fip-snooping enable To disable the FIP snooping feature on all or a specified VLAN, use the no fip-snooping enable command. Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information FIP snooping is disabled on all VLANs. • CONFIGURATION • VLAN INTERFACE This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 602
• Command History VLAN INTERFACE This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500 and S6000-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 603
fip-snooping port-mode fcf Configure the port for bridge-to-FCF links. Syntax fip-snooping port-mode fcf To disable the bridge-to-FCF link on a port, use the no fip-snooping port-mode fcf command. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 604
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. Usage Information NOTE: This command is deprecated from the Dell Networking OS. show fip-snooping config Display the FIP snooping status and configured FC-MAP values. Syntax show fip-snooping config Command Modes Command History Example • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 605
show fip-snooping enode Display information on the ENodes in FIP-snooped sessions, including the ENode interface and MAC address, FCF MAC address, VLAN ID and FC-ID. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information Example show fip-snooping enode [enode-mac-address] enode-macaddress • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Enter the MAC address of the ENodes to display. This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 606
show fip-snooping fcf Display information on the FCFs in FIP-snooped sessions, including the FCF interface and MAC address, FCF interface, VLAN ID, FC-MAP value, FKA advertisement period, and number of ENodes connected. Syntax show fip-snooping fcf [fcf-mac-address] Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information Example 606 fcf-mac-address • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Enter the MAC address of the FCF to display. This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 607
show fip-snooping statistics Display statistics on the FIP packets snooped on all interfaces, including VLANs, physical ports, and port channels. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information show fip-snooping statistics [interface vlan vlan-id | interface interface-type | interface port-channel port-channel-number] vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID of the FIP packet statistics displays. port-channelnumber Enter the port channel number of the FIP packet statistics displays.
PAGE 608
Example 608 Field Description Number of ENode Keep Alives Number of FIP-snoop ENode keep-alive frames received on the interface. Number of VN Port Keep Alives Number of FIP-snoop VN port (Virtual N-port) keep-alive frames received on the interface Number of Multicast Discovery Advertisements Number of FIP-snoop multicast discovery advertisements received on the interface. Number of Unicast Discovery Advertisements Number of FIP-snoop unicast discovery advertisements received on the interface.
PAGE 609
Number of FCF Discovery Timeouts :0 Number of VN Port Session Timeouts :0 Number of Session failures due to Hardware Config :0 Dell(conf)# Dell# show fip-snooping statistics int tengigabitethernet 1/11 Number of Vlan Requests :1 Number of Vlan Notifications :0 Number of Multicast Discovery Solicits :1 Number of Unicast Discovery Solicits :0 Number of FLOGI :1 Number of FDISC :16 Number of FLOGO :0 Number of Enode Keep Alive :4416 Number of VN Port Keep Alive :3136 Number of Multicast Discovery Advertisement
PAGE 610
• Command History Example EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500 and S6000-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 611
show fips status Display the FIPs status on the platform. Syntax show fips status Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 612
18 Force10 Resilient Ring Protocol (FRRP) FRRP is a proprietary protocol for that offers fast convergence in a Layer 2 network without having to run the spanning tree protocol (STP). The resilient ring protocol is an efficient protocol that transmits a high-speed token across a ring to verify the link status. All the intelligence is contained in the master node with practically no intelligence required of the transit mode. Important Points to Remember • FRRP is media- and speed-independent.
PAGE 613
Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.
PAGE 614
debug frrp Clear the FRRP statistics counters. S6000 Syntax debug frrp {event | packet | detail} [ring-id] [count number] To disable debugging, use the no debug frrp {event | packet | detail} {ring-id} [countnumber] command. Parameters event Enter the keyword event to display debug information related to ring protocol transitions. packet Enter the keyword packet to display brief debug information related to control packets.
PAGE 615
description Enter an identifying description of the ring. S6000 Syntax description Word To remove the ring description, use the no description [Word] command. Parameters Word Enter a description of the ring. Maximum: 255 characters. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 616
To enable the Resilient Ring Protocol, use the no disable command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 617
control-vlan vlan-id • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. Enter the keyword control-vlan then the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 618
Parameters vlan-range Enter the member VLANs using VLAN IDs (separated by commas), a range of VLAN IDs (separated by a hyphen), a single VLAN ID, or a combination. For example: VLAN IDs (comma-separated): 3, 4, 6. Range (hyphen-separated): 5-10. Combination: 3, 4, 5-10, 8. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 619
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 620
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced This command places you into the resilient ring protocol. After executing this command, the command line prompt changes to conf-frrp. show frrp Display the resilient ring protocol configuration.
PAGE 621
Usage Information Usage Information Executing this command without the optional ring-id command clears the statistics counters on all the available rings. Dell Networking OS requires a command line confirmation before the command executes. This command clears the following counters: • hello Rx and Tx counters • Topology change Rx and Tx counters • The number of state change counters Executing this command without the optional ring-id command clears the statistics counters on all the available rings.
PAGE 622
timer Set the hello interval or dead interval for the Ring control packets. S6000 Syntax timer {hello-interval milliseconds}| {dead-interval milliseconds} To remove the timer, use the no timer {hello-interval [milliseconds]}| {dead-interval milliseconds} command. Parameters hello-interval milliseconds Enter the keyword hello-interval then the time, in milliseconds, to set the hello interval of the control packets.
PAGE 623
Usage Information The hello interval command is the interval at which ring frames are generated from the primary interface of the master node. The dead interval command is the time that elapses before a time-out occurs.
PAGE 624
19 GARP VLAN Registration (GVRP) The Dell Networking operating system supports the basic GVRP commands on the Dell Networking OS. The generic attribute registration protocol (GARP) mechanism allows the configuration of a GARP participant to propagate through a network quickly. A GARP participant registers or de-registers its attributes with other participants by making or withdrawing declarations of attributes.
PAGE 625
Topics: • clear gvrp statistics • debug gvrp • disable • garp timers • gvrp enable • gvrp registration • protocol gvrp • show config • show garp timers • show gvrp • show gvrp statistics clear gvrp statistics Clear GVRP statistics on an interface.
PAGE 626
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series • show gvrp statistics — display the GVRP statistics. debug gvrp Enable debugging on GVRP. S6000 Syntax debug gvrp {config | events | pdu} To disable debugging, use the no debug gvrp {config | events | pdu} command. Parameters config Enter the keyword config to enable debugging on the GVRP configuration.
PAGE 627
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series disable Globally disable GVRP. S6000 Syntax disable To re-enable GVRP, use the no disable command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-GVRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 628
garp timers Set the intervals (in milliseconds) for sending GARP messages. S6000 Syntax garp timers {join | leave | leave-all} To return to the previous setting, use the no garp timers {join | leave | leave-all} command. Parameters join Enter the keyword join then the number of milliseconds to configure the join time. The range is from 100 to 147483647 milliseconds. The default is 200 milliseconds. NOTE: Designate the milliseconds in multiples of 100.
PAGE 629
Usage Information Related Commands • Join Timer — Join messages announce the willingness to register some attributes with other participants. For reliability, each GARP application entity sends a Join message twice and uses a join timer to set the sending interval. • Leave Timer — Leave announces the willingness to de-register with other participants. Together with Join, Leave messages help GARP participants complete attribute reregistration and de-registration.
PAGE 630
Related Commands • disable — globally disable GVRP. gvrp registration Configure the GVRP register type. S6000 Syntax gvrp registration {fixed | normal | forbidden} To return to the default, use the gvrp register normal command. Parameters fixed Enter the keyword fixed then the VLAN range in a comma-separated VLAN ID set. normal Enter the keyword normal then the VLAN range in a comma-separated VLAN ID set. This setting is the default.
PAGE 631
Normal registration is the default registration. The port’s membership in the VLAN depends on GVRP. The interface becomes a member of a VLAN after learning about the VLAN through GVRP. If the VLAN is removed from the port that sends GVRP advertisements to this device, the port stops being a member of the VLAN. To advertise or learn about VLANs through GVRP, use the forbidden command when you do not want the interface.
PAGE 632
show config Display the global GVRP configuration. S6000 Syntax show config Command Modes CONFIGURATION-GVRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 633
Command History Example Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 634
Defaults None Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 635
show gvrp statistics Display the GVRP configuration statistics. S6000 Syntax Parameters show gvrp statistics {interface interface | summary} interface interface summary Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface then one of the interface keywords and the interface information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 636
• The attribute that was being parsed had an invalid VLAN ID. The valid range is from 1 to 4095. A failed registration can occur for the following reasons: Example • Join requests were received on a port that was blocked from learning dynamic VLANs (GVRP Blocking state). • An entry for a new GVRP VLAN could not be created in the GVRP database.
PAGE 637
20 ICMP Message Types This section lists and describes the possible ICMP message type resulting from a ping. The first three columns list the possible symbol or type/code. For example, you would receive a ! or 03 as an echo reply from your ping. Table 2. ICMP messages and their definitions Symbol Type Code . Query Error Timeout (no reply) ! 0 U 3 C Description 3 echo reply . destination unreachable: 0 network unreachable . 1 host unreachable . 2 protocol unreachable .
PAGE 638
Symbol Type & 11 Code Query Error time exceeded: 0 time-to-live equals 0 during transit . 1 time-to-live equals 0 during reassembly . 12 638 Description parameter problem: 1 IP header bad (catchall error) . 2 required option missing . 13 0 timestamp request . 14 0 timestamp reply . 15 0 information request (obsolete) . 16 0 information reply (obsolete) . 17 0 address mask request . 18 0 address mask reply .
PAGE 639
21 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) The IGMP commands are supported on the Dell Networking OS. Topics: • IGMP Commands • IGMP Snooping Commands IGMP Commands Dell Networking OS supports IGMPv1/v2/v3 and is compliant with RFC-3376. Important Points to Remember • Dell Networking OS supports protocol-independent multicast-sparse (PIM-SM) and protocol-independent source-specific multicast (PIM-SSM) include and exclude modes. • IGMPv2 is the default version of IGMP on interfaces.
PAGE 640
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 641
NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP multicast group address in dotted decimal format. interface interface Enter the following keywords and the interface information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information.
PAGE 642
To remove the feature, use the no ip igmp access-group access-list command. Parameters access-list Enter the name of the extended ACL (139 characters maximum). Defaults Not configured Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.
PAGE 643
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 644
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) For IGMP version 2, the Interval range is from 100 to 25599. Introduced on the S6000ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.
PAGE 645
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Maximum range of the Hello interval value is changed to 18000. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 646
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator.
PAGE 647
source-address Specify the multicast source address to which the groups are mapped. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 648
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Changed the default IGMP from version 2 to version 3. Introduced on the S6000-ON 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 649
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 650
225.0.0.4 Example (VLT) Vlan 100 00:00:05 00:02:04 NOTE: The asterisk (*) after the port channel number (Po 2) highlighted in the following example indicates the port channel is VLT, that the local VLT port channel is down and the remote VLT port is up. Dell# show ip igmp groups Total Number of Groups: 5 IGMP Connected Group Membership Group Address Interface Mode Uptime Expires Last Reporter 225.0.0.0 Vlan 100 IGMPv2 00:00:05 00:02:04 3.0.0.51 Example (Details) 225.0.0.
PAGE 651
• Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF.
PAGE 652
Example (VRF) Dell# show ip igmp vrf BLUE interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/20 Inbound IGMP access group is not set Internet address is 50.10.4.1/24 IGMP is up on the interface IGMP query interval is 60 seconds IGMP querier timeout is 0 seconds IGMP max query response time is 10 seconds IGMP last member query response interval is 1000 ms IGMP immediate-leave is disabled IGMP activity: 0 joins IGMP querying router is 50.10.4.
PAGE 653
Example Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 654
Important Points to Remember for IGMP Querier • The IGMP snooping Querier supports version 2. • You must configure an IP address to the VLAN interface for IGMP snooping Querier to begin. The IGMP snooping Querier disables itself when a VLAN IP address is cleared, and then it restarts itself when an IP address is reassigned to the VLAN interface. • When enabled, IGMP snooping Querier does not start if there is a statically configured multicast router interface in the VLAN.
PAGE 655
debug ip igmp snooping Enable debugging of IGMP snooping packets on interfaces and groups. S6000 Syntax Parameters debug ip igmp snooping [group address | interface] • To disable debugging of IGMP snooping, use the no debug ip igmp snooping [group address | interface] command. • To disable all debugging, use the undebug all command. snooping Enter the keyword snooping to enable debugging of IGMP snooping. group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP multicast group address in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 656
To disable IGMP snooping, use the no ip igmp snooping enable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes Command History Usage Information • CONFIGURATION • INTERFACE VLAN This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.
PAGE 657
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator.
PAGE 658
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Seris and S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information On the C-Series and S-Series, unregistered multicast data traffic drops when you disable flooding; they do not forward the packets to multicast router ports.
PAGE 659
Version Description 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information This last-member-query-interval is also the interval between successive Group-Specific Query messages.
PAGE 660
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command.
PAGE 661
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information This command enables the IGMP switch to send General Queries periodically.
PAGE 662
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, Z9000, and Z9500.
PAGE 663
• Command History EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 664
22 Interfaces To configure egress, port channel, time domain, and UDP, use these interface commands. Topics: • • • Basic Interface Commands Port Channel Commands ip http source-interface Basic Interface Commands The following commands are for Physical, Loopback, and Null interfaces. clear counters Clear the counters displayed in the show interfaces commands for all virtual router redundancy protocol (VRRP) groups, virtual local area networks (VLANs), and physical interfaces, or selected ones.
PAGE 665
between 1 and 4, specify the port range as show interfaces interfacetype 1/1 - 4. • For ON platforms, you can specify multiple ports as slot/port/[subport] slot/port/[subport]. For example, if you want to clear the port configurations corresponding to all ports between 1 and 4, specify the port range as show interfaces interface-type 1/1/1 - 1/1/4. vrrp [ipv6 {vr-id} | vr-id] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrrp to clear the counters of all VRRP groups.
PAGE 666
Example Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Updated the definition of the learning-limit option for clarity. Dell# clear counters Clear counters on all interfaces [confirm] Dell# Related Commands • mac learning-limit — allow aging of MACs even though a learning-limit is configured or disallow station move on learned MACs. clear dampening Clear the dampening counters on all the interfaces or just the specified interface.
PAGE 667
Example Related Commands Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell #clear dampening tegigabitethernet 1/10 Clear dampening counters on TeGi 1/10 [confirm] y Dell# • show interfaces dampening — display interface dampening information. • dampening — configure dampening on an interface. dampening Configure dampening on an interface.
PAGE 668
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. With each flap, Dell Networking OS penalizes the interface by assigning a penalty (1024) that decays exponentially depending on the configured half-life.
PAGE 669
corresponding to all ports between 1 and 4, specify the port range as show interfaces interface-type 1/1/1 - 1/1/4. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048-ON, S4048-ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, and Z9500.
PAGE 670
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 671
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
PAGE 672
tx on Enter the keywords tx on to send control frames from this port to the connected device when a higher rate of traffic is received. tx off Enter the keywords tx off so that flow control frames are not sent from this port to the connected device when a higher rate of traffic is received. pause-threshold Enter the buffer threshold limit for generating PAUSE frames. resume-offset Enter the offset value for generating PAUSE frames to resume traffic.
PAGE 673
When a port receives traffic at a higher rate than it can process, the frames are stored in the port buffer. As a result, buffer usage increases. When the buffer usage reaches the value specified in the “pause-threshold” argument, the port sends PAUSE frame to the connected link partner to stop sending the traffic. Eventually this reduces the buffer usage. When the buffer usage drops by the value specified in the “resume-threshold”, the port again sends a PAUSE frame with 0 as wait-time.
PAGE 674
on off off off on on off on off on on on off off on on off on off on LocNegRx off off off off LocNegTx RemNegRx RemNegTx off off off off off off off off off off off off off off off off off off on off off off on off off off off off off on on on off off on on off off on on off on on on off off on on off off on on off off on on off off on on interface Configure a physical or virtual interface on the switch. Syntax interface interface Parameters interface Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 675
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 676
• interface port-channel — configure a port channel. • interface vlan — configure a VLAN. interface group Create or delete group of VLANs with a single command. You can also use this command to apply a set of configurations on a group of interfaces. S6000 Syntax interface group [interface | vlan vlanid {- vlanid } ] To delete a range of VLANs, use the following command: no interface group vlan vlanid {- vlanid} Parameters interface, interface,...
PAGE 677
Usage Information The interface group command will create all the non-existent VLANs specified in the range. On successful command execution, the CLI switches to the interface group context. The configuration commands inside the group context will be the similar to that of the existing range command. Note: For release 9.4(0.0), the group command is supported only for VLANs and physical interfaces.
PAGE 678
Example Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.1.0 Introduced Dell(conf)# interface loopback 1655 Dell(conf-if-lo-1655)# Related Commands • interface — configure a physical interface. • interface null — configure a Null interface. • interface port-channel — configure a port channel. • interface vlan — configure a VLAN.
PAGE 679
Usage Information Version Description 6.4.1.0 Introduced You cannot delete a Management port. The Management port is enabled by default (no shutdown). To assign an IP address to the Management port, use the ip address command. Example Related Commands Dell(conf)# interface managementethernet 0/0 Dell(conf-if-ma-0/0)# • management route — configure a static route that points to the Management interface or a forwarding router.
PAGE 680
Version Description 6.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information You cannot delete the Null interface. The only configuration command possible in a Null interface is ip unreachables. Example Dell(conf)# interface null 0 Dell(conf-if-nu-0)# Related Commands • interface — configure a physical interface. • interface loopback — configure a Loopback interface. • interface port-channel — configure a port channel. • interface vlan — configure a VLAN.
PAGE 681
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4093 VLANs on E-Series. Prior releases supported 2094. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 682
NOTE: If a range has VLAN, physical and port-channel interfaces, only commands related to physical interfaces can be bulk configured. To configure commands specific to VLAN and port-channel only those respective interfaces should be configured in a particular range. Example (Single Range) This example shows a single range bulk configuration.
PAGE 683
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example (Single Range) Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 684
Parameters name Enter the name of an existing macro. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example (Single Range) Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON.
PAGE 685
NOTE: Associate the OpenFlow instance with the VLAN when the VLAN is created. An existing VLAN cannot be associated with an OpenFlow instance. Defaults Not configured, except for the Default VLAN, which is configured as VLAN 1. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.
PAGE 686
intf-type cr4 autoneg Set the interface type as CR4 with auto-negotiation enabled. To set the interface type as CR4 with autonegotiation disabled, use the no intf-type cr4 autoneg command. Syntax intf-type cr4 autoneg Defaults Not configured Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 687
Defaults Enabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 688
• Command Modes Command History Usage Information • EXEC • EXEC Privilege For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 689
Example (Single Interface) Key Description T Increase the screen refresh rate. t Decrease the screen refresh rate. q Return to the CLI prompt. systest-3 Monitor time: 00:00:06 Refresh Intvl.
PAGE 690
Te 0/23 Up 17304769659 3139507 7133354895 523329 m - Change mode c - Clear screen b - Display bytes r - Display pkts/bytes per sec l - Page up a - Page down mtu Set the link maximum transmission unit (MTU) (frame size) for an Ethernet interface. Syntax mtu value To return to the default MTU value, use the no mtu command. Parameters value Enter a maximum frame size in bytes. The range is from 592 to 9216. Defaults 1554 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 691
• All members must have the same link MTU value and the same IP MTU value. • The port channel link MTU and IP MTU must be less than or equal to the link MTU and IP MTU values configured on the channel members. For example, if the members have a link MTU of 2100 and an IP MTU 2000, the port channel’s MTU values cannot be higher than 2100 for link MTU or 2000 bytes for IP MTU. VLANs: • All members of a VLAN must have same IP MTU value. • Members can have different Link MTU values.
PAGE 692
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 693
forced-slave Force port to slave mode Dell(conf-if-autoneg)# Example (Configured) Dell# show interfaces configured TenGigabitEthernet 1/18 is up, line protocol is up Hardware is Force10Eth, address is 00:01:e8:05:f7:fc Current address is 00:01:e8:05:f7:fc Interface index is 474791997 Internet address is 1.1.1.
PAGE 694
To return a port to accept either tagged or untagged frames (non-hybrid), use the no portmode hybrid command. Defaults non-hybrid Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 695
Example Dell(conf-if-vl-20)# do show interfaces switchport Name: TenGigabitEthernet 1/1 802.
PAGE 696
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced The output of the show interfaces command displays the configured rate interval, along with the collected traffic data. rate-interval (Configuration Mode) Configure the traffic sampling interval for all physical and logical port-channel interfaces globally.
PAGE 697
When rate-interval is configured at the interface level and not in the global configuration mode, the interface level rate-interval value is applied for an interface. When rate interval is configured in both global configuration mode as well as interface mode, then the rate-interval value configured at interface level is applied as it takes precedence over the global value. show config Display the interface configuration.
PAGE 698
Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.1) Introduced on the S6000. Usage Information In order for the speed information corresponding to an interface to appear in the show command output, you must first configure the speed of that interface using the speed command.
PAGE 699
Example Dell(conf)# interface range tengigabitethernet 1/1 - 2 Dell(conf-if-range-gi-1/1-2)# show config ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/1 no ip address switchport no shutdown ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/2 no ip address switchport no shutdown Dell(conf-if-range-gi-1/1-2)# show interfaces Display information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface.
PAGE 700
Version Description Added support to display 10GBASE-T information on the S4048, S4048T, S6000, S6000ON, S6100, Z9500, S6010, and Z9100. Included display information about EEE on the S3048–ON. Usage Information 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. Included display information about EEE on the S3100 series, S4820T, and S5000. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.9(0.
PAGE 701
displayed as 6000. The lower value for the byte statistical counter is because of 4 bytes being discarded for each packet from the computation. NOTE: In the CLI output, the power value is rounded to a 3-digit value. For receive/transmit power that is less than 0.000, an snmp query returns the corresponding dbm value even though the CLI displays as 0.000. NOTE: After the counters are cleared, the line-rate continues to increase until it reaches the maximum line rate.
PAGE 702
Line Description • Output Statistics: 702 giants = packets that are greater than the MTU size • throttles = packets containing PAUSE frames Number of CRC, overrun, and discarded packets: • CRC = packets with CRC/FCS errors • overrun = number of packets discarded due to FIFO overrun conditions • discarded = the sum of runts, giants, CRC, and overrun packets discarded without any processing Displays output statistics sent out of the interface including: • Number of packets, bytes, and underruns
PAGE 703
Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Time since last interface status change: 3d17h51m Usage Information The Management port is enabled by default (no shutdown). If necessary, use the ip address command to assign an IP address to the Management port. If two RPMs are installed in your system, use the show redundancy command to display which RPM is the Primary RPM.
PAGE 704
Example (Management Ethernet, two IPv6 addresses) Dell# show interfaces managementethernet 0/0 ManagementEthernet 0/0 is up, line protocol is up Hardware is DellForce10Eth, address is 00:01:e8:a0:bf:f3 Current address is 00:01:e8:a0:bf:f3 Pluggable media not present Interface index is 302006472 Internet address is 10.16.130.
PAGE 705
LineSpeed auto ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 00:05:12 Queueing strategy: fifo Time since last interface status change: 00:05:12 Related Commands • show interfaces configured – display any interface with a non-default configuration. • show ip interface – display Layer 3 information about the interfaces. • show range – display all interfaces configured using the interface range command.
PAGE 706
Example Version Description 6.4.1.0 Changed the organization of the display output. Dell# show interfaces configured TenGigabitEthernet 1/18 is up, line protocol is up Hardware is Force10Eth, address is 00:01:e8:05:f7:fc Current address is 00:01:e8:05:f7:fc Interface index is 474791997 Internet address is 1.1.1.
PAGE 707
corresponding to all ports between 1 and 4, specify the port range as show interfaces interface-type 1/1/1 - 1/1/4. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to display the current summary of dampening data, including the number of interfaces configured and the number of interfaces suppressed, if any. detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to display detailed interface dampening data. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 708
show interfaces stack-unit Display information on all interfaces on a specific S-Series or Z-Series stack member. Syntax show interfaces stack-unit unit-number Parameters Command Modes Command History Example 708 unit-number • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Enter the stack member number. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 709
Output Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions Rate info (interval 299 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.
PAGE 710
Command History Example 710 This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.9(0.0) Added support to display the interface configurations corresponding to a range of ports. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON.
PAGE 711
show interfaces vlan Display VLAN statistics. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information show interfaces vlan {vlan-id} [LINE] {description} vlan-id Enter the interface VLAN number. The range is from 1 to 4094. LINE (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the VLAN. description Displays the VLAN interface information with description. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 712
Output Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 underruns show system stack-unit quad-port-profile Displays the list of configured and activated dynamic fan-out capable ports. Syntax show system [stack-unit-number] quad-port-profile Parameters Command Modes Command History Example stack-unit-number EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000 and S6000–ON.
PAGE 713
100 100 108 108 116 116 124 124 Dell# Related Commands stack-unit portmode — splits a single 40G port into four-10G ports stack-unit portmode quad Configures the list of dynamic fan-out capable ports. Syntax stack-unit [stack-unit number] port port-number portmode quad To remove the quad-port configuration, use the [no] stack-unit[stack-unit number] port portnumber portmode quad command. Parameters stack-unit number Enter the port number. The range is from 0 to 5.
PAGE 714
The interface on stack-unit 1 slot 3 port 16 has been removed %STKUNIT1-M:CP %IFMGR-5-DYNAMIC_FANOUT: Port 15 in slot 3 has been fanned-out show interfaces switchport Display only virtual and physical interfaces in Layer 2 mode. This command displays the Layer 2 mode interfaces’ IEEE 802.1Q tag status and VLAN membership.
PAGE 715
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4093 VLANs on E-Series. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Support added for hybrid port/native VLAN, introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 716
show interfaces transceiver Display the details of an installed transceiver. Syntax show interfaces [interface number] transceiver Parameters interfaces interface number (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following keywords and then the interface information: • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 717
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Output augmented with diagnostic data for pluggable media. 7.7.1.0 Removed three fields in the output: Vendor Name, Vendor OUI, and Vendor PN. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 6.5.4.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 718
Interfaces Line Description Voltage High Warning threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Bias High Warning threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. TX Power High Warning threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. RX Power High Warning threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Temp Low Warning threshold Factory-defined setting.
PAGE 719
Example Line Description Voltage High Alarm Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Temperature value displayed above. Tx Bias High Alarm Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the present Tx bias current value displayed above. Tx Power High Alarm Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Tx bias power value displayed above. Rx Power High Alarm Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Rx power value displayed above.
PAGE 720
SFP SFP SFP SFP SFP SFP SFP SFP SFP SFP SFP SFP SFP SFP SFP SFP SFP SFP SFP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Connector = 0x07 Transciever Code = 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x01 0x20 0x40 0x0c 0x05 Encoding = 0x01 BR Nominal = 0x15 Length(9um) Km = 0x00 Length(9um) 100m = 0x00 Length(50um) 10m = 0x1e Length(62.
PAGE 721
=================================== !-------output truncated ------------------------Related Commands • interface — configure a physical interface on the switch. • show ip interface — display Layer 3 information about the interfaces. show range Display all interfaces configured using the interface range command. Syntax show range Command Modes INTERFACE RANGE (config-if-range) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 722
• show ip interface — display Layer 3 information about the interfaces. shutdown Disable an interface. Syntax shutdown To activate an interface, use the no shutdown command. Defaults The interface is disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.
PAGE 723
• show ip interface — display the interface routing status. Add the keyword brief to display a table of interfaces and their status. speed (for 10/100/1000/10000 interfaces) Set the speed for 10/100/1000/10000 interfaces. Set both sides of a link to the same speed (10/100/1000/10000) or to auto or the link may not come up. Syntax speed {10 | 100 | 1000 | 10000 | auto} To return to the default setting, use the no speed {10 | 100 | 1000 | 10000} command.
PAGE 724
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Supported on LC-EH-GE-50P or the LC-EJ-GE-50P cards. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information This command is found on the 10/100/1000/10000 Base-T Ethernet interfaces.
PAGE 725
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 726
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for dynamically fanning-out of interfaces on S6000. Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 727
Parameters backup (OPTIONAL) Use this option to configure a redundant Layer 2 link without using Spanning Tree. The keyword backup configures a backup port so that if the primary port fails, the backup port changes to the up state. If the primary later comes up, it becomes the backup. interface interface (OPTIONAL) Enter any of the following keywords and the interface information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 728
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. If an IP address or VRRP group is assigned to the interface, you cannot use the switchport command on the interface. To use the switchport command on an interface, only the no ip address and no shutdown statements must be listed in the show config output. When you enter the switchport command, the interface is automatically added to the default VLAN.
PAGE 729
Port Channel Commands A Link Aggregation Group (LAG) is a group of links that appear to a MAC client as if they were a single link according to IEEE 802.3ad. In Dell Networking OS, a LAG is referred to as a Port Channel. • The platform supports 4096 port channels and 16 members per port channel.
PAGE 730
Usage Information Version Description 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Use the interface port-channel command to access this command. You cannot add an interface to a Port Channel if the interface contains an IP address in its configuration.
PAGE 731
port-channel number Enter the keywords port-channel then an existing LAG number. Enter this keyword/ variable combination twice, identifying the two paired LAGs. Defaults None Command Modes PORT-CHANNEL FAILOVER-GROUP (conf-po-failover-grp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 732
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Increased the number of port channels to 4096. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 733
• interface vlan — configure a VLAN. • shutdown — disable/enable the port channel. minimum-links Configure the minimum number of links in a LAG (Port Channel) that must be in “oper up” status for the LAG to be also in “oper up” status. Syntax Parameters minimum-links number number Enter the number of links in a LAG that must be in “oper up” status. The range is from 1 to 16. The default is 1. Defaults 1 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 734
port-channel failover-group To configure a LAG failover group, access PORT-CHANNEL FAILOVER-GROUP mode. Syntax port-channel failover-group To remove all LAG failover groups, use the no port-channel failover-group command. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Related Command Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 735
Parameters channel-number For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 4096. NOTE: This command also enables you to view information corresponding to a range of ports. • Command Modes Command History For port-channel interfaces, you can specify multiple ports as port-range. For example, if you want to display information corresponding to all ports between 1 and 4, specify the port range as show interfaces portchannel 1 - 4.
PAGE 736
Example 736 Field Description Port-channel is part... Indicates whether the LAG is part of a LAG fate-sharing group (“Failover-group”). Internet address... States whether an IP address is assigned to the interface. If an IP address is assigned, that address is displayed. MTU 1554... Displays link and IP MTU. LineSpeed Displays the interface’s line speed. For a port channel interface, it is the line speed of the interfaces in the port channel. Members in this...
PAGE 737
Dell# User Information The following describes the show interfaces port-channel brief command shown in the following example. Field Description LAG Lists the port channel number. Mode Lists the mode: Status Example • L3 — for Layer 3 • L2 — for Layer 2 Displays the status of the port channel. • down — if the port channel is disabled (shutdown) • up — if the port channel is enabled (no shutdown) Uptime Displays the age of the port channel in hours:minutes:seconds.
PAGE 738
incoming-interface interface Enter the keywords incoming-interface then the interface type and the interface information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. source-ip address Enter the keywords source-ip then the IP source address in IP address format.
PAGE 739
The output displays three entries: • Egress port for unfragmented packets. • In the event of fragmented packets, the egress port of the first fragment. • In the event of fragmented packets, the egress port of the subsequent fragments. NOTE: In the show port channel flow command output, the egress port for an unknown unicast, multicast, or broadcast traffic is not displayed.
PAGE 740
Interfaces Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.1) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000 8.2.1.0 Increased number of VLANs to 4094 (was 2094) 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series 7.5.1.
PAGE 741
23 IPv4 Routing The basic IPv4 commands are supported by Dell Networking OS on the S6000 platform.
PAGE 742
• load-balance hg • management route • show arp • show arp retries • show hosts • show ip cam stack-unit • show ip fib stack-unit • show ip flow • show ip interface • show ip management-route • show ip protocols • show ip route • show ip route list • show ip route summary • show ip traffic • show tcp statistics arp To associate an IP address with a MAC address in the switch, use address resolution protocol (ARP).
PAGE 743
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.
PAGE 744
Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds an ARP entry is black-holed. The range is from 1 to 3600. The default is 30. Defaults 30 Command Mode CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON.
PAGE 745
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced. In Dell Networking OS versions prior to 8.3.1.0, if a gratuitous ARP is received some time after an ARP request is sent, only RP2 installs the ARP information.
PAGE 746
Usage Information Version Description 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and S4820T. Use this command to specify the maximum number of ARP entries that the Route Table Manager can hold for a specific VRF. This command does not apply to the management VRFs. arp retries Set the number of ARP retries in case the system does not receive an ARP reply in response to an ARP request. S6000 Syntax arp retries number Parameters number Enter the number of retries. The range is from 1 to 20. The default is 5.
PAGE 747
arp timeout Set the time interval for an ARP entry to remain in the ARP cache. S6000 Syntax Parameters arp timeout minutes minutes Enter the number of minutes. The range is from 0 to 35790. The default is 240 minutes. Defaults 240 minutes (4 hours) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 748
clear arp-cache Clear the dynamic ARP entries from a specific interface or optionally delete (no-refresh) ARP entries from the content addressable memory (CAM). S6000 Syntax clear arp-cache [vrf vrf-name | interface | ip ip-address] [no-refresh] Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to clear the ARP cache corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 749
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4094 VLANs on the E-Series (the prior limit was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 750
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. clear ip fib stack-unit Clear all FIB entries in the specified stack unit (use this command with caution, refer to Usage Information.) Syntax clear ip fib stack-unit unit-number vrf vrf-name Parameters unit-number Enter the number of the stack unit. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to clear all FIB entries corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 751
Parameters vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to clear the routes corresponding to that VRF. * Enter an asterisk (*) to clear all learned IP routes. ip-address mask Enter a specific IP address and mask in dotted decimal format to clear that IP address from the routing table. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 752
clear tcp statistics Clear TCP counters. S6000 Syntax clear tcp statistics [all | cp] Parameters all Enter the keyword all to clear all TCP statistics maintained on all switch processors. cp (OPTIONAL) Enter the cp to clear only statistics from the Control Processor. rp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword rp to clear only the statistics from Route Processor. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 753
Parameters interface count value (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and the interface information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. • For the Management interface on the stack-unit, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 754
debug ip dhcp Enable debug information for dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) relay transactions and display the information on the console. S6000 Syntax debug ip dhcp To disable debug, use the no debug ip dhcp command. Defaults Debug disabled Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example 754 Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 755
Request, hops = 0, XID = 0xda4f9503, secs = 0, hwaddr = 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C, giaddr = 0.0.0.0 00:12:40 : %RELAY-I-BOOTREQUEST: Forwarded BOOTREQUEST for 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C to 14.4.4.2 00:12:42 : %RELAY-I-PACKET: BOOTP REPLY (Unicast) received at interface 14.4.4.1 BOOTP Reply, hops = 0, XID = 0xda4f9503, secs = 0, hwaddr = 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C, giaddr = 113.3.3.17 00:12:42 : %RELAY-I-BOOTREPLY: Forwarded BOOTREPLY for 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C to 113.3.3.
PAGE 756
Command History Example Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 757
Parameters access-group name Enter the keyword access-group then the access list name (maximum 16 characters) to limit the debug output based on the defined rules in the ACL. count value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count then the count value. The range is from 1 to 65534. The default is Infinity. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and the interface information: • • For the Management interface on the stack-unit, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 758
Field Description len Displays the packet’s length. sending, rcvd, fragment, sending broad/multicast proto, unroutable The last part of each line lists the status of the packet. TCP src= Displays the source and destination ports, the sequence number, the acknowledgement number, and the window size of the packets in that TCP packets. UDP src= Displays the source and destination ports for the UDP packets. ICMP type= Displays the ICMP type and code.
PAGE 759
In the case of ambiguous access control list rules, the debug ip packet access-control command is disabled. A message appears identifying the error (refer to the Example below).
PAGE 760
Usage Information Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. You must be in INTERFACE mode before you add an IP address to an interface. Assign an IP address to an interface prior to entering ROUTER OSPF mode. ip directed-broadcast Enables the interface to receive directed broadcast packets.
PAGE 761
ip domain-list Configure names to complete unqualified host names. S6000 Syntax ip domain-list name To remove the name, use the no ip domain-list name command. Parameters name Enter a domain name to be used to complete unqualified names (that is, incomplete domain names that cannot be resolved). Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 762
To view current bindings, use the show hosts command. To view a DNS-related configuration, use the show running-config resolve command. Related Commands • ip domain-name — specify a DNS server. ip domain-lookup To address resolution (that is, DNS), enable dynamic host-name. S6000 Syntax ip domain-lookup To disable DNS lookup, use the no ip domain-lookup command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 763
• show hosts — view the current bindings. ip domain-name Configure one domain name for the switch. S6000 Syntax ip domain-name name To remove the domain name, use the no ip domain-name command. Parameters name Enter one domain name to be used to complete unqualified names (that is, incomplete domain names that cannot be resolved). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 764
To view current bindings, use the show hosts command. Related Commands • ip domain-list — configure additional names. ip helper-address Specify the address of a DHCP server so that DHCP broadcast messages can be forwarded when the DHCP server is not on the same subnet as the client. S6000 Syntax ip helper-address ip-address To remove a DHCP server address, use the no ip helper-address command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 765
Usage Information You can add multiple DHCP servers by entering the ip helper-address command multiple times. If multiple servers are defined, an incoming request is sent simultaneously to all configured servers and the reply is forwarded to the DHCP client. Dell Networking OS uses standard DHCP ports, that is UDP ports 67 (server) and 68 (client) for DHCP relay services.
PAGE 766
with the same value for hops. However, the message is discarded if the hops field exceeds 16, to comply with the relay agent behavior specified in RFC 1542. Related Commands • ip helper-address — specify the destination broadcast or host address for DHCP server requests. • show running-config — display the current configuration and changes from the default values. ip host Assign a name and an IP address to the host-to-IP address mapping table.
PAGE 767
ip icmp source-interface Enable the ICMP error and unreachable messages to be sent with the source interface IP address, such as the loopback address, instead of the hops of the preceding devices along the network path to be used for easy debugging and diagnosis of network disconnections and reachability problems with IPv4 packets.
PAGE 768
purposes. In such cases, if the reply that is obtained from each hop on the network path contains the IP address of the adjacent, neighboring interface from which the packet is received, it is difficult to employ the ping and traceroute utilites.
PAGE 769
Usage Information Version Description 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. You can enable the mechanism to configure the source or the originating interface from which the packet (the device that generates the ICMP error messages) is received by the switch to send the loopback address instead of its source IP address to be used in the ICMP unreachable messages and in the traceroute command output. The loopback address must be unique in a particular domain.
PAGE 770
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced for the E-Series. To avoid denial of service (DOS) attacks, keep the number of fragments allowed for re-assembly low. ip name-server Enter up to six IPv4 addresses of name servers.
PAGE 771
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell Networking OS does not support sending DNS queries over a VLAN. DNS queries are sent out on all other interfaces, including the Management port. You can separately configure both IPv4 and IPv6 domain name servers.
PAGE 772
Related Commands Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. • show ip interface — display the interface routing status and configuration. ip route Assign a static route to the switch.
PAGE 773
IPv6 route using a next-hop IPv6 address in order for the ping command to detect the destination address. interface ip-address Enter the keyword interface then the IP address. distance (OPTIONAL) Enter the value of the distance metric assigned to the route. The range is from 1 to 255. permanent (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword permanent to specify that the route must not be removed even if the interface assigned to that route goes down.
PAGE 774
Usage Information Version Description 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Using the following example of a static route: ip route 33.33.33.0 /24 tengigabitethernet 1/1 172.31.5.43 • The software installs a next hop that is not on the directly connected subnet but which recursively resolves to a next hop on the interface’s configured subnet.
PAGE 775
Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 776
Usage Information You can configure the amount of time for which the device must wait before it attempts to establish a TCP connection. Using this capability, you can limit the wait times for TCP connection requests. Upon responding to the initial SYN packet that requests a connection to the router for a specific service (such as SSH or BGP) with a SYN ACK, the router waits for a period of time for the ACK packet to be sent from the requesting host that will establish the TCP connection.
PAGE 777
Defaults Disabled by default. By default, all the IPv4 route prefixes are installed only in the LPM table. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.1) Introduced on the S6000. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 778
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 779
mac {dest-mac | source-dest-mac | source-mac} tcp-udp enable Enter the keywords to distribute MAC traffic based on the following criteria: • dest-mac — Uses the destination MAC address, VLAN, Ethertype, source module ID and source port ID fields to hash. The hashing mechanism returns a 3-bit index indicating which port the packet should be forwarded. • source-dest-mac — Uses the destination and source MAC address, VLAN, Ethertype, source module ID and source port ID fields to hash.
PAGE 780
• TCP/UDP destination port load-balance hg Choose the traffic flow parameters the hash calculation uses while distributing the traffic across internal higig links.
PAGE 781
• mac-in-mac — Use mac-in-mac field in hash calculation. Defaults IP selection 5-tuples (source-ip dest-ip vlan protocol L4-source-port L4-dest-port). Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 782
fortyGigE Enter the keyword fortyGigE to specify a forty Gigbit Ethernet interface. vlan Enter the keyword vlan to specify a vlan interface. tengigabitethernet Enter the keyword tengigabitethernet to specify a ten Gigabit Ethernete interface. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 783
Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF. NOTE: Use this attribute to start a BGP instance for either a specific address family corresponding to the default VRF or an IPv4 address family corresponding to a non-default VRF. interface interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and the interface information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 784
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4094 VLANs on the E-Series (the prior limit was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Augmented to display local ARP entries learned from private VLANs (PVLANs). 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 785
Internet Internet Example (Private VLAN) 192.2.1.246 1 192.2.1.245 1 00:00:c0:02:01:02 00:00:c0:02:01:02 Te 2/13 Te 2/13 - CP CP NOTE: In this example, Line 1 shows community VLAN 200 (in primary VLAN 10) in a PVLAN. Line 2 shows primary VLAN 10. Dell# show arp Protocol Address Age(min) Hardware Address Interface VLAN CPU --------------------------------------------------------------Internet 5.5.5.1 - 00:01:e8:43:96:5e Vl 10 pv 200 Internet 5.5.5.10 - 00:01:e8:44:99:55 Vl 10 Internet 10.1.2.
PAGE 786
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Introduced. • arp retries — set the number of ARP retries in case the system does not receive an ARP reply in response to an ARP request.
PAGE 787
Usage Information Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show hosts command in the following example. Field Description Default domain... Displays the domain name (if configured). Name/address lookup... States if DNS is enabled on the system. • If DNS is enabled, the Name/Address lookup is domain service.
PAGE 788
show ip cam stack-unit Display CAM entries for a port-pipe of a stack-unit on a S-Series or Z-Series switch. Syntax show ip cam stack-unit {stack-unit-number} [port-set {pipe-number} | vrf vrfname {ip-address mask [longer-prefixes [ecmp-group detail]]}| ecmp-group {detail | member-info [detail [group-index index-number]]}| summary] Parameters stack-unit-number Enter the stack-unit ID. The unit ID range is from 0 to 7 for the S6000.
PAGE 789
Usage Information Example Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Added support for up to seven stack members. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. The following describes the show ip cam command shown in the following example. Field Description Destination Displays the destination route of the index. EC Displays 1 if the route is an ECMP route. Else, displays 0. C This is the CPU bit.
PAGE 790
show ip fib stack-unit View all Forwarding Information Base (FIB) entries of a specific stack-unit. S6000 Syntax show ip fib stack-unit stack-unit-number vrf vrf-name [ip-address [mask] [longer-prefixes] | summary] Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information 790 IPv4 Routing stack-unit-number Enter the stack unit ID. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view FIB entries corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 791
Field Description Destination Lists the destination IP address. Gateway Displays either the word “direct” and an interface for a directly connected route or the remote IP address used to forward the traffic. First-Hop Displays the first hop IP address. Mac-Addr Displays the MAC address. Port Displays the egress-port information. VId Displays the VLAN ID. If no VLAN is assigned, zero (0) is listed. EC Displays the number of ECMP paths.
PAGE 792
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. source-ip address Enter the keywords source-ip then the IP source address in IP address format. destination-ip address Enter the keywords destination-ip then the IP destination address in IP address format.
PAGE 793
Example Dell# show ip flow interface te 2/42 20.1.1.1 100.1.1.2 protocol tcp Flow: 20.1.1.1 100.1.1.2 6 Ingress interface: Te 2/42 Egress Interface: Te 2/43 Dell# show ip interface View IP-related information on all interfaces.
PAGE 794
Usage Information Example 794 Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.2 Supported on the E-Series E600i. 8.1.1.
PAGE 795
IP unicast RPF check is not supported Dell# Dell# show ip interface port-channel 128 Port-channel 128 is down, line protocol is down Internet address is 10.1.1.1/16 Broadcast address is 10.1.255.
PAGE 796
show ip management-route View the IP addresses assigned to the Management interface. S6000 Syntax show ip management-route [all | connected | summary | static] Parameters Command Modes Command History Example all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view all IP addresses assigned to all Management interfaces on the switch. connected (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword connected to view only routes directly connected to the Management interface.
PAGE 797
172.16.1.0/24 Dell# 10.1.2.4 Active show ip protocols View information on all routing protocols enabled and active on the switch. S6000 Syntax Command Modes Command History Example show ip protocols • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 798
Route-map in : foo Weight : 0 Address : 5::6 Weight : 0 Dell# show ip route View information, including how they were learned, about the IP routes on the switch. S6000 Syntax show ip route [vrf vrf-name] hostname | ip-address [mask] [longer-prefixes] | list prefix-list | protocol [process-id | routing-tag] | all | connected | static | summary] Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the VRF name to list the routes in the route table of a specific VRF.
PAGE 799
• Command History Usage Information EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 800
Field Description • IA = IS-IS inter-area • * = candidate default • > = non-active route • + = summary routes The weight for weighted ECMP route calculations is displayed for each path in the route in show ip route command. The ECMP weight is displayed only if weighted ECMP is enabled using the ip ecmp weighted command is enabled. If weighted ECMP is disabled, the show ip route command does not show the weighted ECMP route information.
PAGE 801
Codes: C - connected, S - static, R - RIP, B - BGP, IN - internal BGP, EX - external BGP,LO - Locally Originated, O - OSPF, IA - OSPF inter area, N1 - OSPF NSSA external type 1, N2 - OSPF NSSA external type 2, E1 - OSPF external type 1, E2 - OSPF external type 2, i - IS-IS, L1 - IS-IS level-1, L2 - IS-IS level-2, IA - IS-IS inter area, * - candidate default, > - non-active route, + - summary route Gateway of last resort is not set C Example (With Weighted ECMP Enabled) Destination ----------13.0.0.
PAGE 802
show ip route list Display IP routes in an IP prefix list. S6000 Syntax show ip route [vrf vrf-name] list prefix-list Parameters Command Modes Command History Example prefix-list Enter the name of a configured prefix list. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display IP routes in an IP prefix list corresponding to that VRF. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 803
Gateway of last resort is not set R R R R C Related Commands Destination ----------2.1.0.0/24 2.1.1.0/24 2.1.2.0/24 2.1.3.0/24 2.1.4.0/24 Gateway ------via 2.1.4.1, Te via 2.1.4.1, Te via 2.1.4.1, Te via 2.1.4.1, Te Direct, Te 4/43 4/43 4/43 4/43 4/43 Dist/Metric Last Change ----------- ----------120/2 3d0h 120/2 3d1h 120/1 3d0h 120/1 3d1h 0/0 3d1h • ip prefix-list — enter CONFIGURATION-IP PREFIX-LIST mode and configures a prefix list.
PAGE 804
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip route summary shown in the following example. Column Heading Description Example Route Source Identifies how the route is configured in Dell Networking OS. Active Routes Identifies the best route if a route is learned from two protocol sources. Non-active Routes Identifies the back-up routes when a route is learned by two different protocols.
PAGE 805
rp2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword rp2 to view only the statistics from Route Processor 2. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 806
Keyword Definition ...encapsulation failed Counts packets which could not be forwarded due to ARP resolution failure. Dell Networking OS sends an arp request prior to forwarding an IP packet. If a reply is not received, Dell Networking OS repeats the request three times. These packets are counted in encapsulation failed. Rcvd: ...short packets The number of bytes in the packet are too small. ...bad length The length of the packet was not correct. ...
PAGE 807
show tcp statistics View information on TCP traffic through the switch. S6000 Syntax Parameters show tcp statistics {all | cp} all Enter the keyword all to view all TCP information. cp Enter the keyword cp to view only TCP information from the Control Processor. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 808
Example Field Description 0 partially... Displays the number of partially duplicated packets and bytes received. 7 out-of-order... Displays the number of packets and bytes received out of order. 0 packets with data after window Displays the number of packets and bytes received that exceed the switch’s window size. 0 packets after close Displays the number of packet received after the TCP connection was closed. 0 window probe packets...
PAGE 809
14 Connections closed (including 0 dropped, 0 embryonic dropped) 20 Total rxmt timeout, 0 connections dropped in rxmt timeout 0 Keepalive timeout, 0 keepalive probe, 0 Connections dropped in keepalive Related Commands • show ip cam stack-unit — display the CAM table.
PAGE 810
24 IPv6 Basics IPv6 basic commands are supported on the Dell Networking OS. NOTE: For information about the Dell Networking OS version and platform that supports IPv6 in each software feature, see the IPv6 Addressing section in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 811
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048–ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.1) Introduced on the S6000. You can partition the LPM table to store IPv6 prefixes greater than /64 mask length. Requires reboot of the switch to take effect as the SDK handles this only during its initialization. clear ipv6 route Clear (refresh) all or a specific route from the IPv6 routing table.
PAGE 812
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. maximum dynamic-routes-ipv6 Specify the maximum number of dynamic (protocol) IPv6 routes a VRF can have. S6000 Syntax maximum dynamic-routes—ipv6 limit {warn-threshold threshold-value | warning-only} To remove the limit on the maximum number of IPv6 routes used, use the no maximum dynamic-routesipv6 command. Parameters limit Maximum number of IPv6 routes allowed in a VRF.
PAGE 813
show cam-ipv6 extended-prefix Display the current settings and next-boot settings for cam-ipv6 extended-prefix configuration. Display the cam-ipv6 extended-prefix configuration. S6000 Syntax show cam-ipv6 extended-prefix Defaults None Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.1) Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 814
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.1) Introduced on the S6000. Usage Information You can use this command to enable programming of /128 route prefixes in L3 host table or in LPM table. A warning message is displayed when you enter this command stating that this setting takes effect for existing routes only when IPv6 route prefixes are cleared from the routing table (RTM). To enable programming of /128 route prefixes in LPM table, use no ipv6 unicast-host-route command.
PAGE 815
A value of 0 indicates to the host that the RDNSS address should not be used. You must specify a lifetime using the lifetime or infinite parameter. infinite Enter the keyword infinite to specify that the RDNSS lifetime does not expire. Defaults Not Configured Command Modes INTERFACE CONFIG Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 816
• For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. • For a Null interface, enter the keyword null then the Null interface number. • For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the tunnel interface number. The range is from 1 to 16383. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword VLAN then the vlan number. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 817
Usage Information Version Description 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. When the interface goes down, Dell Networking OS withdraws the route. The route is re-installed, by Dell Networking OS, when the interface comes back up. When a recursive resolution is “broken,” Dell Networking OS withdraws the route.
PAGE 818
static (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword static to view non-active routes also. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 819
Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information hostname (OPTIONAL) View information for this IPv6 routes with Host Name. all (OPTIONAL) View information for all IPv6 routes. bgp (OPTIONAL) View information for all IPv6 BGP routes. connected (OPTIONAL) View only the directly connected IPv6 routes. isis (OPTIONAL) View information for all IPv6 IS-IS routes. list (OPTIONAL) View the IPv6 prefix list. ospf (OPTIONAL) View information for all IPv6 OSPF routes.
PAGE 820
Field Example (S-Series) Description • IN = internal BGP • EX = external BGP • LO = Locally Originated • O = OSPF • IA = OSPF inter-area • N1 = OSPF NSSA external type 1 • N2 = OSPF NSSA external type 2 • E1 = OSPF external type 1 • E2 = OSPF external type 2 • i = IS-IS • L1 = IS-IS level-1 • L2 = IS-IS level-2 • IA = IS-IS inter-area • * = candidate default • > = non-active route • + = summary routes Destination Identifies the route’s destination IPv6 address.
PAGE 821
Dell# IPv6 Basics 821
PAGE 822
25 IPv6 Access Control Lists (IPv6 ACLs) IPv6 ACLs and IPv6 Route Map commands are supported on Dell Networking OS. NOTE: For IPv4 ACL commands, see Access Control Lists (ACL). Important Points to Remember • Certain platforms require manual CAM usage space allotment. For more information, see cam-acl. • Egress IPv6 ACL and IPv6 ACL on the Loopback interface is not supported. • Reference to an empty ACL permits any traffic.
PAGE 823
Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. 8.4.2.
PAGE 824
Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 825
Example (Manual Profiles) Dell# show cam-acl -- Chassis Cam ACL -Current Settings(in block sizes) L2Acl : 2 Ipv4Acl : 2 Ipv6Acl : 4 Ipv4Qos : 2 L2Qos : 3 -- Line card 4 -Current L2Acl : Ipv4Acl : Ipv6Acl : Ipv4Qos : L2Qos : Settings(in block sizes) 2 2 4 2 3 Dell# Related Commands • cam-acl — configure CAM profiles to support IPv6 ACLs. permit icmp To allow all or specific internet control message protocol (ICMP) messages, configure a filter.
PAGE 826
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Added the monitor option. permit To configure a filter that matches the filter criteria, select an IPv6 protocol number, ICMP, IPv6, TCP, or UDP.
PAGE 827
ipv6 control-plane egress-filter Enable egress Layer 3 ACL lookup for IPv6 CPU traffic. S6000 Syntax ipv6 control-plane egress-filter Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 828
ospfv3 Specify that this ACL is for OSPFv3 control plane traffic Defaults All access lists contain an implicit “deny any”; that is, if no match occurs, the packet is dropped. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 829
l2acl 1-4 ipv4acl 1- 4 ipv6acl 0-4 Allocate space to support IPv6 ACLs. Enter all of the profiles and a range. Enter the CAM profile name then the amount to be allotted. The total space allocated must equal 4. The ipv6acl range must be a factor of 2. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 830
cam-acl Allocate space for IPv6 ACLs. S6000 Syntax cam-acl {default | l2acl 1-10 ipv4acl 1-10 ipv6acl 0-10 ipv4qos 1-10 l2qos 1-10} Parameters default l2acl 1-10 ipv4acl 1-10 ipv6acl 0-10 ipv4qos 1-10 l2qos 1-10 Use the default CAM profile settings, and set the CAM as follows: • L3 ACL (ipv4acl): 6 • L2 ACL(l2acl): 5 • IPv6 L3 ACL (ipv6acl): 0 • L3 QoS (ipv4qos): 1 • L2 QoS (l2qos): 1 Allocate space to support IPv6 ACLs. Enter all of the profiles and a range.
PAGE 831
The total amount of space allowed is 16 FP Blocks. System flow requires three blocks and these blocks cannot be reallocated. The ipv4acl profile range is from 1 to 4. When configuring space for IPv6 ACLs, the total number of Blocks must equal 13. Ranges for the CAM profiles are from 1 to 10, except for the ipv6acl profile which is from 0 to 10. The ipv6acl allocation must be a factor of 2 (2, 4, 6, 8, 10).
PAGE 832
26 Intermediate System to Intermediate System (ISIS) IS-IS is an interior gateway protocol that uses shortest-path-first algorithm. IS-IS facilitates the communication between open systems, supporting routers passing through both IP and OSI traffic. A router is considered as an intermediate system. Networks are partitioned into manageable routing domains called areas. Intermediate systems send, receive, and forward packets to other routers within their area (Level 1 and Level 1-2 devices).
PAGE 833
• hello padding • hostname dynamic • ignore-lsp-errors • ip router isis • ipv6 router isis • isis circuit-type • isis csnp-interval • isis hello-interval • isis hello-multiplier • isis hello padding • isis ipv6 metric • isis metric • isis network point-to-point • isis password • isis priority • is-type • log-adjacency-changes • lsp-gen-interval • lsp-mtu • lsp-refresh-interval • max-area-addresses • max-lsp-lifetime • maximum-paths • metric-style • multi-topo
PAGE 834
To disable adjacency check, use the no adjacency-check command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes Command History Usage Information • ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) • CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON.
PAGE 835
Defaults level1-into-level2 (Level 1 to Level 2 leaking is enabled.) level2–into-level1 (Level 2 to Level 1) leaking is disabled. Command Modes Command History Usage Information • ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) • CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 836
Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 837
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information CAUTION: Use caution when you enter this command. Back up your configuration prior to using this command or your IS-IS configuration will be erased. clear isis Restart the IS-IS process. All IS-IS data is cleared.
PAGE 838
clns host Define a name-to-network service mapping point (NSAP) that you use with commands that require NSAPs and system IDs. Syntax clns host name nsap Parameters name Enter an alphanumeric string to identify the name-to-NSAP mapping. nsap Enter a specific NSAP address that is associated with the name parameter. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 839
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Entering debug isis enables all debugging parameters. To display all debugging information in one output, use this command.
PAGE 840
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 841
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. debug isis snp-packets To debug IS-IS complete sequence number PDU (CSNP) and partial sequence number PDU (PSNP) packets, enable debugging on a specific interface and provides diagnostic information.
PAGE 842
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. debug isis spf-triggers Enable debugging on the events that triggered IS-IS shortest path first (SPF) events for debugging purposes. S6000 Syntax debug isis [vrf vrf-name] spf-triggers To turn off debugging, use the no debug isis [vrf vrf-name] spf-triggers command.
PAGE 843
debug isis update-packets Enable debugging on link state PDUs (LSPs) that a router detects. S6000 Syntax debug isis [vrf vrf-name] update-packets [interface] To turn off debugging, use the no debug isis update-packets [interface] command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to enable the debugging information on IS-IS. This information contains updates from neighbors tied to the VRF that you specify.
PAGE 844
default-information originate Generates a default route into an IS-IS routing domain and controls the distribution of default information. Syntax default-information originate [always] [metric metric] [route-map map-name] To disable the generation of a default route into the specified IS-IS routing domain, use the no defaultinformation originate [always] [metric metric] [route-map map-name] command.
PAGE 845
is 63. If the metric-style command is set for Wide mode, the metric value in the default-information originate command is advertised. Related Commands • redistribute — redistribute routes from one routing domain to another routing domain. description Enter a description of the IS-IS routing protocol. Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command.
PAGE 846
Parameters Defaults weight The administrative distance value indicates the reliability of a routing information source. The range is from 1 to 255. (A higher relative value indicates lower reliability. Routes with smaller values are given preference.) The default is 115. ip-address mask (OPTIONAL) Enter the next-hop address in dotted decimal format and enter a mask in either dotted decimal or /prefix format. prefix-list (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a prefix list name.
PAGE 847
interface Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type and the interface following: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 848
Defaults ospf process-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ospf then the OSPF process-ID number. The range is from 1 to 65535. bgp as number (OPTIONAL) Enter the BGP then the AS Number. The range is from 1 to 65535. rip (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword rip for RIP routes. static (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword static for user-configured routing process. Not configured.
PAGE 849
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.
PAGE 850
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. The domain password is inserted in Level 2 link state PDUs (LSPs), complete sequence number PDUs (CSNPs), and partial sequence number PDUs (PSNPs).
PAGE 851
Usage Information Every graceful restart enabled router’s HELLO PDUs includes a restart TLV. This restart enables (re)starting as well as the existing ISIS peers to detect the GR capability of the routers on the connected network. A flag in the Restart TLV contains restart request (RR), restart acknowledge (RA) and suppress adjacency advertisement (SA) bit flags. The ISIS graceful restart-enabled router can co-exist in mixed topologies where some routers are graceful restartenabled and others are not.
PAGE 852
To return to the default, use the no graceful-restart restart-wait command. Parameters seconds Enter the graceful restart time in seconds. The range is from 5 to 300 seconds. The default is 30 seconds. Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 853
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.
PAGE 854
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. graceful-restart t3 Configure the overall wait time before graceful restart completes. Syntax graceful-restart t3 {adjacency | manual} seconds To return to the default, use the no graceful-restart t3 command.
PAGE 855
Set the t3 timer to adjacency on the restarting router when implementing this command. The restarting router gets the remaining time value from its peer and adjusts its T3 value so only when you have configured gracefulrestart t3 adjacency. Related Commands • graceful-restart restart-wait — enable the graceful restart maximum wait time before a restarting peer comes up.
PAGE 856
hostname dynamic Enables dynamic learning of hostnames from routers in the domain and allows the routers to advertise the hostname in LSPs. Syntax hostname dynamic To disable this command, use the no hostname dynamic command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 857
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. IS-IS normally purges LSPs with an incorrect data link checksum causing the LSP source to regenerate the message.
PAGE 858
Usage Information To assign a network entity title to enable IS-IS, use the net command. This command accepts even if an IP address is not configured. This command is cached in the L3 Manager till the IP address is configured. When the IP address configuration reaches the L3Manager, the circuit add message is sent to IS-IS. NOTE: IP address is not mandatory for forming IS-IS adjacency. Related Commands • net — configure an IS-IS network entity title (NET) for the routing process.
PAGE 859
Related Commands • net — configure an IS-IS network entity title (NET) for the routing process. • is-type — assign a type for a given area. isis circuit-type Configure the adjacency type on interfaces. Syntax isis circuit-type {level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2-only} To return to the default values, use the no isis circuit-type command. Parameters level-1 You can form a Level 1 adjacency if there is at least one common area address between this system and neighbors.
PAGE 860
isis csnp-interval Configure the IS-IS complete sequence number PDU (CSNP) interval on an interface. Syntax isis csnp-interval seconds [level-1 | level-2] To return to the default values, use the no isis csnp-interval [seconds] [level-1 | level-2] command. Parameters seconds Interval of transmission time between CSNPs on multi-access networks for the designated intermediate system. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 10.
PAGE 861
To return to the default values, use the no isis hello-interval [seconds] [level-1 | level-2] command. Parameters seconds Allows you to set the length of time between hello packet transmissions. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 10. level-1 (OPTIONAL) Select this value to configure the hello interval for Level 1. This value is the default. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Select this value to configure the hello interval for Level 2.
PAGE 862
level-1 (OPTIONAL) Select this value to configure the hello multiplier independently for Level 1 adjacencies. This value is the default. level-2 (OPTONAL) Select this value to configure the hello multiplier independently for Level 2 adjacencies. Defaults multiplier = 3; level-1 (if not otherwise specified) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 863
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Hello PDUs are “padded” only when both the global and interface padding options are ON. Turning either one OFF disables padding for the corresponding interface.
PAGE 864
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell Networking recommends configuring metrics on all interfaces. Without configuring this command, the IS-IS metrics are similar to hop-count metrics. isis metric Assign a metric to an interface.
PAGE 865
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Dell Networking recommends configuring metrics on all interfaces. Without configuring this command, the IS-IS metrics are similar to hop-count metrics. isis network point-to-point Enable the software to treat a broadcast interface as a point-to-point interface.
PAGE 866
Parameters encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter 7 to encrypt the password using DES. hmac-md5 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords hmac-md5 to encrypt the password using MD5. password Assign the interface authentication password. level-1 (OPTIONAL) Independently configures the authentication password for Level 1. The router acts as a station router for Level 1 routing. This setting is the default. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Independently configures the authentication password for Level 2.
PAGE 867
Parameters value This value sets the router priority. The higher the value, the higher the priority. The range is from 0 to 127. The default is 64. level-1 (OPTIONAL) Specify the priority for Level 1. This setting is the default. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Specify the priority for Level 2. Defaults value = 64; level-1 (if not otherwise specified). Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 868
Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 869
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. This command allows you to monitor adjacency state changes, which are useful when you monitor large networks. Messages are logged in the system’s error message facility. lsp-gen-interval Set the minimum interval between successive generations of link-state packets (LSPs).
PAGE 870
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Added support for LSP Throttling Enhancement. LSP throttling slows down the frequency at which LSPs are generated during network instability. Even though throttling LSP generations slows down network convergence, no throttling can result in a network not functioning as expected. If network topology is unstable, throttling slows down the scheduling of LSP generations until the topology regains its stability.
PAGE 871
Usage Information The link MTU and the LSP MTU size must be the same. Because each device can generate a maximum of 255 LSPs, consider carefully whether you use the lsp-mtu command. lsp-refresh-interval Set the link state PDU (LSP) refresh interval. LSPs must be refreshed before they expire. When the LSPs are not refreshed after a refresh interval, they are kept in a database until their max-lsp-lifetime reaches zero and then LSPs is purged.
PAGE 872
max-area-addresses Configure manual area addresses. Syntax max-area-addresses number To return to the default values, use the no max-area-addresses command. Parameters number Set the maximum number of manual area addresses. The range is from 3 to 6. The default is 3. Defaults 3 addresses Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 873
Defaults 1200 seconds Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 874
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.8.1.0 Added support for multi-topology ISIS. 6.3.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 875
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. If you enter the metric-style wide command, the Dell Networking OS generates and accepts only new-style TLVs. The router uses less memory and other resources rather than generating both old-style and new-style TLVs. The new-style TLVs have wider metric fields than old-style TLVs.
PAGE 876
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced. net To configure an IS-IS network entity title (NET) for a routing process, use this mandatory command. If you did not configure a NET, the ISIS process does not start. Syntax net network-entity-title To remove a net, use the no net network-entity-title command. Parameters network-entity-title Specify the area address and system ID for an IS-IS routing process. The first 1 to 13 bytes identify the area address. The next 6 bytes identify the system ID.
PAGE 877
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 878
metric-type {external | internal} Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information (OPTIONAL) The external link type associated with the default route advertised into a routing domain. Specify one of the following: • external • internal level-1 (OPTIONAL) Routes are independently redistributed into IS-IS as Level 1 routes. level-1-2 (OPTIONAL) Routes are independently redistributed into IS-IS as Level-1-2 routes.
PAGE 879
How a metric value assigned to a redistributed route is advertised depends on how on the configuration of the metric-style command. If the metric-style command is set for Narrow or Transition mode and the metric value in the redistribute command is set to a number higher than 63, the metric value advertised in LSPs is 63. If the metric-style command is set for Wide mode, the metric value in the redistribute command is advertised.
PAGE 880
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Added support for IPv6 ISIS. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information BGP to IS-IS redistribution supports “match” options using route maps.
PAGE 881
• internal level-1 (OPTIONAL) Routes are independently redistributed into IS-IS as Level 1 routes. level-1-2 (OPTIONAL) Routes are independently redistributed into IS-IS as Level-1-2 routes. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Routes are independently redistributed into IS-IS as Level 2 routes. This setting is the default. match {external | internal} (OPTIONAL) The command used for OSPF to route and redistribute into other routing domains.
PAGE 882
router isis Allows you to enable the IS-IS routing protocol and to specify an IP IS-IS process. S6000 Syntax router isis [vrf vrf-name] [tag] To disable IS-IS routing, use the no router isis [tag] command. Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to enable the IS-IS routing protocol and to specify an IP IS-IS process on that VRF. tag (OPTIONAL) This is a unique name for a routing process. A null tag is assumed if the tag option is not specified.
PAGE 883
• is-type — assign a type for a given area. set-overload-bit To set the overload bit in zeroth fragment of non-pseudonode LSPs on the router, configure the router. This setting prevents other routers from using it as an intermediate hop in their shortest path first (SPF) calculations. Syntax set-overload-bit To return to the default values, use the no set-overload-bit command. Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Not set.
PAGE 884
• Command History Example (RouterIsis) CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 885
show isis database Display the IS-IS link state database. S6000 Syntax Parameters show isis [vrf vrf-name] database [level-1 | level-2] [local] [detail | summary] [system-id] [lspid] vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display IS-IS link state database corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: If you do not specify this option, the IS-IS link state database corresponding to the default VRF are displayed.
PAGE 886
Field Description IS-IS Level-1/ Level-2 Link State Database Displays the IS-IS link state database for Level 1 or Level 2. LSPID Displays the LSP identifier. The first six octets are the System ID of the originating router. The first six octets are the System ID of the originating router. The next octet is the pseudonode ID. If this byte is not zero, the LSP describes system links. If this byte is zero (0), the LSP describes the state of the originating router.
PAGE 887
Area Address: 49.0000.0001 NLPID: 0xCC 0x8E IP Address: 10.1.1.1 IPv6 Address: 1011::1 Topology: IPv4 (0x00) IPv6 (0x8002) Metric: 10 IS OSPF.00 Metric: 10 IS (MT-IPv6) OSPF.00 Metric: 10 IP 15.1.1.0 255.255.255.0 Metric: 10 IPv6 (MT-IPv6) 1511::/64 Metric: 10 IPv6 (MT-IPv6) 2511::/64 Metric: 10 IPv6 (MT-IPv6) 1011::/64 Metric: 10 IPv6 1511::/64 Metric: 10 IP 10.1.1.0 255.255.255.0 Hostname: ISIS IS-IS Level-2 Link State Database LSPID LSP Seq Num LSP Checksum LSP Holdtime ATT/P/OL ISIS.
PAGE 888
NOTE: If you do not specify this option, the IS-IS graceful restart details corresponding to the default VRF are displayed. Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.
PAGE 889
Parameters Command Modes Command History Example vrf vrf-name • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display IS-IS host names corresponding to that VRF. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 890
• Command Modes Command History Example 890 • EXEC • EXEC Privilege For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.
PAGE 891
show isis neighbors Display information about neighboring (adjacent) routers. S6000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information show isis [vrf vrf-name] neighbors [level-1 | level-2] [detail] [interface] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display adjacent router information corresponding to that VRF. level-1 (OPTIONAL) Displays information about Level 1 IS-IS neighbors.
PAGE 892
The following describes the show isis neighbors command shown in the following example. Example Field Description System Id The value that identifies a system in an area. Interface The interface, slot, and port in which the router was discovered. State The value providing status about the adjacency state. The range is Up and Init. Type This value displays the adjacency type (Layer 2, Layer 2 or both). Priority IS-IS priority the neighbor advertises.
PAGE 893
Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. The bold section identifies that Multi-Topology IS-IS is enabled.
PAGE 894
Command Modes Command History Usage Information 894 • EXEC • EXEC Privilege • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 895
Example Item Description LSP checksum errors received Displays the number of checksum errors LSPs received. LSP authentication failures Displays the number of LSP authentication failures.
PAGE 896
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.
PAGE 897
27 Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) This section contains commands for Dell Networks’ implementation of the link aggregation control protocol (LACP) for creating dynamic link aggregation groups (LAGs) — known as “port-channels” in the Dell Networking OS. NOTE: For static LAG commands based on the standards specified in the IEEE 802.3 Carrier sense multiple access with collision detection (CSMA/CD) access method and physical layer specifications, see Port Channel Commands .
PAGE 898
Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. • show lacp — display the LACP configuration. debug lacp Debug LACP (configuration, events, and so on).
PAGE 899
• Command History EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.
PAGE 900
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. This command applies to dynamic port-channel interfaces only. When applied on a static port-channel, this command has no effect. • show lacp — display the LACP configuration.
PAGE 901
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. lacp system-priority Configure the LACP system priority. S6000 Syntax Parameters lacp system-priority priority-value priority-value Enter the port-priority value. The higher the value number, the lower the priority. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 32768.
PAGE 902
port-channel-protocol lacp Enable LACP on any LAN port. S6000 Syntax port-channel-protocol lacp To disable LACP on a LAN port, use the no port-channel-protocol lacp command. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 903
Defaults Command Modes Command History Example (PortChannel-Number) sys-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords sys-id and the value that identifies a system. counters (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword counters to display the LACP counters. Without a Port Channel specified, the command clears all Port Channel counters. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 904
Dell# Example (Counter) Related Commands 904 Dell# show lacp 1 counters ---------------------------------------------------LACP PDU Marker PDU Unknown Illegal Port Xmit Recv Xmit Recv Pkts Rx Pkts Rx ----------------------------------------------------Te 1/6 200 200 0 0 0 0 Dell# • clear lacp counters — clear the LACP counters. • show interfaces port-channel — display information on configured Port Channel groups.
PAGE 905
28 Layer 2 This section describes commands to configure Layer 2 features. MAC Addressing Commands The following commands are related to configuring, managing, and viewing MAC addresses. mac-address-table aging-time Specify an aging time for MAC addresses to remove from the MAC address table. S6000 Syntax Parameters mac-address-table aging-time seconds seconds Enter either zero (0) or a number as the number of seconds before MAC addresses are relearned.
PAGE 906
Related Commands Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. • mac learning-limit — set the MAC address learning limits for a selected interface. • show mac-address-table aging-time — display the MAC aging time. mac-address-table disable-learning Disable MAC address learning from LACP or LLDP BPDUs.
PAGE 907
multicast Enter a vlan port to where L2 multicast MAC traffic is forwarded. NOTE: Use this option if you want multicast functionality in an L2 VLAN without IGMP protocols. output interface output-range interface vlan vlan-id For a unicast MAC address, enter the keyword output then one of the following interfaces for which traffic is forwarded: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 908
Example (Multicast) Related Commands mac-address-table static 01:00:5E:01:00:01 {multicast vlan 2 output—range Te 1/2, Te 1/3} • show mac-address-table — display the MAC address table. mac-address-table station-move refresh-arp Ensure that address resolution protocol (ARP) refreshes the egress interface when a station move occurs due to a topology change. Syntax mac-address-table station-move refresh-arp To disable the ARP refresh feature, use the no mac-address-table station-move refresh-arp command.
PAGE 909
mac learning-limit Limit the maximum number of MAC addresses (static + dynamic) learned on a selected interface. S6000 Syntax Parameters Defaults mac learning-limit address_limit [vlan vlan-id] [station-move-violation [dynamic]] [dynamic [no-station-move| station-move]] address_limit Enter the maximum number of MAC addresses that can be learned on the interface. The range is from 1 to 1000000. vlan vlan-id Enter the keyword then the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 910
Usage Information Version Description 6.5.1.0 Added support for MAC Learning-Limit on the LAG. This command and its options are supported on physical interfaces, static LAGs, LACP LAGs, and VLANs. If you do not specify the vlan option, the MAC address counters are not VLAN-based. That is, the sum of the addresses learned on all VLANs (not having any learning limit configuration) is counted against the MAC learning limit.
PAGE 911
Command History Usage Information Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 912
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. If you configure mac-learn-limit and the sticky MAC feature is enabled, dynamically learned MAC addresses are converted to sticky for that port.
PAGE 913
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 914
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. show mac-address-table Display the MAC address table.
PAGE 915
• Command History Usage Information EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 916
Example (Count) Related Commands Line Beginning With Description MAC Entries... Displays the number of MAC entries learned per VLAN. Dynamic Address... Lists the number of dynamically learned MAC addresses. Static Address... Lists the number of user-defined MAC addresses. Total MAC... Lists the total number of MAC addresses the switch uses.
PAGE 917
Example Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Added the vlan option on the E-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell# show mac-address-table aging-time Mac-address-table aging time : 1800 Dell# Related Commands • show mac-address-table — display the current MAC address configuration. show mac learning-limit Display MAC address learning limits set for various interfaces.
PAGE 918
Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Added the vlan option on the E-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Added support for the violate-action and detail options. 6.5.1.0 Added support for Port Channel.
PAGE 919
Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID number of the VLAN to become the new Default VLAN. The range is from 1 to 4094. The default is 1. Defaults Default VLAN is VLAN 1. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 920
Command History Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 6.3.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. show vlan – displays the VLAN configuration.
PAGE 921
name Assign a name to the VLAN. S6000 Syntax name vlan-name To remove the name from the VLAN, use the no name command. Parameters vlan-name Enter up to 32 characters as the name of the VLAN. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 922
show config Display the current configuration of the selected VLAN. S6000 Syntax show config Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 923
Command Modes Command History Usage Information • VLAN ID • VLAN name (left blank if none is configured) • Spanning Tree Group ID • MAC address aging time • IP address id vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword id then a number from 1 to 4094. Only information on the VLAN specified is displayed. name vlan-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword name then the name configured for the VLAN. Only information on the VLAN named is displayed. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 924
Column Heading Description • NUM Displays existing VLAN IDs. Status Displays the word Inactive for inactive VLANs and the word Active for active VLANs.
PAGE 925
C 101 I 102 Dell# Example (VLAN ID) Inactive T Te 1/3 Inactive T Te 1/4 Dell# show vlan id 40 Codes: Q: U x G - * - Default VLAN, G - GVRP VLANs Untagged, T - Tagged Dot1x untagged, X - Dot1x tagged GVRP tagged, M - Vlan-stack NUM 40 Status Description Q Ports Active M Te 1/47 Dell# show vlan id 41 Codes: Q: U x G - * - Default VLAN, G - GVRP VLANs Untagged, T - Tagged Dot1x untagged, X - Dot1x tagged GVRP tagged, M - Vlan-stack NUM 41 Status Description Q Ports Active T Te 1/47 Dell# show vlan id
PAGE 926
• interface vlan — configure a VLAN. tagged Add a Layer 2 interface to a VLAN as a tagged interface. S6000 Syntax tagged interface To remove a tagged interface from a VLAN, use the no tagged interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and the interface information: • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 927
Usage Information When you use the no tagged command, the interface is automatically placed in the Default VLAN as an untagged interface unless the interface is a member of another VLAN. If the interface belongs to several VLANs, remove it from all VLANs to change it to an untagged interface. Tagged interfaces can belong to multiple VLANs, while untagged interfaces can only belong to one VLAN at a time. Related Commands • interface vlan — configure a VLAN.
PAGE 928
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. When this command is configured, the VLAN is operationally UP if any of the interfaces specified in the track ip command are operationally UP, and the VLAN is operationally DOWN if none of the tracking interfaces are operationally UP.
PAGE 929
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 930
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.
PAGE 931
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 932
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Legacy E-Series command. Usage Information Related Commands FEFD disable command on the interface prevents the interface from running FEFD when FEFD is enabled globally. • fefd reset — clear an interface in Err-disabled state. It doesn’t work until the interface is in err-disabled state. • fefd mode — change FEFD mode on an interface.
PAGE 933
Related Commands • fefd — enable far-end failure detection. fefd mode Change the FEFD mode on an interface. Syntax fefd mode {normal | aggressive}] To return the FEFD mode to the default of normal, use the no fefd mode command. Parameters normal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword normal to change the link state to “unknown” when a far-end failure the software detects on that interface. When the interface is placed in “unknown” state, the software brings down the line protocol.
PAGE 934
Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and the interface information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 935
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Legacy E-Series command. Related Commands • fefd — enable far-end failure detection. • fefd-global — enable FEFD globally on the system.
PAGE 936
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Legacy E-Series command. Usage Information If you enter only the fefd-global syntax, the mode is normal and the default interval is 15 seconds.
PAGE 937
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Legacy E-Series command. Usage Information Example The following describes the show fefd command shown in the following example. Field Description Interface Displays the interfaces type and number.
PAGE 938
29 Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) The link layer discovery protocol (LLDP) advertises connectivity and management from the local station to the adjacent stations on an IEEE 802 LAN. LLDP facilitates multi-vendor interoperability by using standard management tools to discover and make available a physical topology for network management. The Dell Networking operating software implementation of LLDP is based on IEEE standard 801.1ab.
PAGE 939
Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 940
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. advertise interface-port-desc Advertise port descriptor.
PAGE 941
clear lldp counters Clear LLDP transmitting and receiving counters for all physical interfaces or a specific physical interface. S6000 Syntax Parameters clear lldp counters [interface interface] interface interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and the interface information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information.
PAGE 942
clear lldp neighbors Clear LLDP neighbor information for all interfaces or a specific interface. S6000 Syntax clear lldp neighbors [interface interface] Parameters interface interface (OPTIONAL)Enter the following keywords and the interface information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information.
PAGE 943
debug lldp interface To display timer events, neighbor additions or deletions, and other information about incoming and outgoing packets, enable LLDP debugging. S6000 Syntax debug lldp interface {interface | all}{events | packet {brief | detail} {tx | rx | both}} To disable debugging, use the no debug lldp [interface {interface | all}{events} {packet {brief | detail} {tx | rx | both}}] command.
PAGE 944
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. disable Enable or disable LLDP. S6000 Syntax disable To enable LLDP, use the no disable command. Defaults Enabled — no disable.
PAGE 945
• debug lldp interface — debug LLDP. • show lldp neighbors — display the LLDP neighbors. hello Configure the rate at which the LLDP control packets are sent to its peer. S6000 Syntax hello seconds To revert to the default, use the no hello seconds command. Parameters seconds Enter the rate, in seconds, at which the control packets are sent to its peer. The rate is from 5 to 180 seconds. The default is 30 seconds.
PAGE 946
mode To receive or transmit, set LLDP. S6000 Syntax mode {tx | rx} To return to the default, use the no mode command. Parameters tx Enter the keyword tx to set the mode to transmit. rx Enter the keyword rx to set the mode to receive. Defaults Both transmit and receive. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 947
multiplier Set the multiple of the hello timer before LLDP declares the interface dead. S6000 Syntax multiplier number To return to the default, use the no multiplier command. Parameters integer Enter the number of consecutive misses before the LLDP declares the interface dead. The range is from 2 to 10. Defaults 4 Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 948
To disable LLDP globally on the chassis, use the no protocol lldp command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 949
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Before LLDP can be configured on an interface, it must be enabled globally from CONFIGURATION mode.
PAGE 950
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.1.(0.0) Modified output of detail parameter to display remote management IP addresses. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.
PAGE 951
Example Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 952
To return to the default, use the no advertise med guest-voice {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. layer2_priority Enter the Layer 2 priority. The range is from 0 to 7. DSCP_value Enter the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63. priority-tagged number Enter the keywords priority-tagged, the Layer 2 priority, and then the DSCP value. Defaults Unconfigured.
PAGE 953
To return to the default, use the no advertise med guest-voice-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. layer2_priority Enter the Layer 2 priority. The range is from 0 to 7. DSCP_value Enter the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63. priority-tagged number Enter the keywords priority-tagged, the Layer 2 priority, and then the DSCP value. Defaults Unconfigured.
PAGE 954
To return to the default, use the no advertise med location-identification {coordinatebased value | civic-based value | ecs-elin value} command. Parameters coordinate-based value Enter the keywords coordinate-based then the coordinated based location in hexadecimal value of 16 bytes. civic-based value Enter the keywords civic-based then the civic based location in hexadecimal format. The range is from 6 to 255 bytes.
PAGE 955
advertise med power-via-mdi To advertise the Extended Power via MDI TLV, configure the system. S6000 Syntax advertise med power-via-mdi To return to the default, use the no advertise med power-via-mdi command. Defaults unconfigured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 956
advertise med softphone-voice To advertise softphone to enable IP telephony on a computer so that the computer can be used as a phone, configure the system. S6000 Syntax advertise med softphone-voice {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {prioritytagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med softphone-voice {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 957
advertise med streaming-video To advertise streaming video services for broadcast or multicast-based video, configure the system. This command does not include video applications that rely on TCP buffering. S6000 Syntax advertise med streaming-video {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {prioritytagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med streaming-video {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID.
PAGE 958
advertise med video-conferencing To advertise dedicated video conferencing and other similar appliances that support real-time interactive video, configure the system. S6000 Syntax advertise med video-conferencing {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med video-conferencing {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 959
advertise med video-signaling To advertise video control packets that use a separate network policy than video data, configure the system. S6000 Syntax advertise med video-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {prioritytagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med video-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. layer2_priority Enter the Layer 2 priority.
PAGE 960
advertise med voice To advertise a dedicated IP telephony handset or other appliances supporting interactive voice services, configure the system. S6000 Syntax advertise med voice {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med voice {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. layer2_priority Enter the Layer 2 priority.
PAGE 961
advertise med voice-signaling To advertise when voice control packets use a separate network policy than voice data, configure the system. S6000 Syntax advertise med voice-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {prioritytagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med voice-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. layer2_priority Enter the Layer 2 priority.
PAGE 962
30 Microsoft Network Load Balancing Network load balancing (NLB) is a clustering functionality that is implemented by Microsoft on Windows 2000 Server and Windows Server 2003 operating systems. Microsoft NLB clustering allows multiple servers running Microsoft Windows to be represented by one MAC and one IP address to provide transparent failover and load-balancing.
PAGE 963
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.3(0.0) Added support for association of an IP address with multicast MAC address on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. For multicast mode of NLB, to associate an IP address with a multicast MAC address in the switch, use address resolution protocol (ARP) by entering the arp ip-address multicast-mac-address command in Global configuration mode.
PAGE 964
vlan vlan-id • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel followed by a number. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Enter the keyword vlan then a VLAN ID number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 965
31 Multicast Source Discovery Protocol (MSDP) Multicast source discovery protocol (MSDP) connects multiple PIM sparse-mode (PIM-SM) domains together. MSDP peers connect using TCP port 639. Peers send keepalives every 60 seconds. A peer connection is reset after 75 seconds if no MSDP packets are received. MSDP connections are parallel with MBGP connections. The Dell Networking OS supports MSDP commands on the S6000 platform.
PAGE 966
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 967
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added the local option. 7.7.1.0 Added the rejected-sa option. 6.2.1.1 Introduced clear ip msdp statistic Clears the entire source-active cache, the source-active entries of a particular multicast group, rejected, or local source-active entries.
PAGE 968
Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced ip msdp cache-rejected-sa Enable an MSDP cache for the rejected source-active entries. S6000 Syntax ip msdp cache-rejected-sa {number} To clear the MSDP rejected source-active entries, use the no ip msdp cache-rejected-sa {number} command then the ip msdp cache-rejected-sa {number} command. Parameters number Enter the number of rejected SA entries to cache. The range is from 0 to 32766.
PAGE 969
ip msdp default-peer Define a default peer from which to accept all source-active (SA) messages. S6000 Syntax ip msdp default-peer peer address [list name] To remove the default peer, use the no ip msdp default-peer {peer address} list name command. Parameters peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.) list name Enter the keywords list name and specify a standard access list that contains the RP address that should be treated as the default peer.
PAGE 970
ip msdp log-adjacency-changes Enable logging of MSDP adjacency changes. S6000 Syntax ip msdp log-adjacency-changes To disable logging, use the no ip msdp log-adjacency-changes command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON.
PAGE 971
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 972
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 973
description name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword description then a description name (maximum 80 characters) to designate a description for the MSDP peer. sa-limit number (OPTIONAL) Enter the maximum number of SA entries in SA-cache. The range is from 1 to 100000. . Defaults See Parameters . Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 974
ip msdp redistribute Filter local PIM SA entries in the SA cache. SAs which the ACL denies time out and are not refreshed. Until they time out, they continue to reside in the MSDP SA cache. S6000 Syntax ip msdp redistribute [list acl-name] Parameters list acl-name Enter the name of an extended ACL that contains permitted SAs. If you do not use this option, all local entries are blocked. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 975
ip msdp sa-filter Permit or deny MSDP source active (SA) messages based on multicast source and/or group from the specified peer. S6000 Syntax ip msdp sa-filter {in | out} peer-address list [access-list name] Remove this configuration using the no ip msdp sa-filter {in | out} peer address list [access-list name] command. Parameters in Enter the keyword in to enable incoming SA filtering. out Enter the keyword out to enable outgoing SA filtering.
PAGE 976
ip msdp sa-limit Configure the upper limit of source-active (SA) entries in SA-cache. S6000 Syntax ip msdp sa-limit number To return to the default, use the no ip msdp sa-limit number command. Parameters number Enter the maximum number of SA entries in SA-cache. The range is from 1 to 500000. Defaults 50000 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 977
ip msdp shutdown Administratively shut down a configured MSDP peer. S6000 Syntax Parameters ip msdp shutdown {peer address} peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 978
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 979
Example Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.2.1.1 Introduced Dell# show ip msdp peer 100.1.1.1 Peer Addr: 100.1.1.1 Local Addr: 100.1.1.
PAGE 980
Example 980 Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. 7.4.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 981
32 Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) Multiple spanning tree protocol (MSTP), as implemented by the Dell Networking OS, conforms to IEEE 802.1s. This command supports the Dell Networking S6000 platform.
PAGE 982
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. Optionally, enter an in or out parameter with the optional interface: events • For Receive, enter the keyword in. • For Transmit, enter the keyword out. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword events to debug MSTP events. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 983
Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 984
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 985
Related Commands Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced. • forward-delay — amount of time the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State.
PAGE 986
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced. • forward-delay — amount of time the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State. • hello-time — change the time interval between BPDUs. msti Configure multiple spanning tree instance, bridge priority, and one or multiple VLANs mapped to the MST instance.
PAGE 987
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced. By default, all VLANs are mapped to MST instance zero (0) unless you use the vlan range command to map it to a non-zero instance. name The name you assign to the multiple spanning tree region.
PAGE 988
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 6.5.1.0 Introduced. For two MSTP switches to be within the same MSTP region, the switches must share the same region name (including matching case). • msti — map the VLAN(s) to an MST instance. • revision — assign the revision number to the MST configuration. protocol spanning-tree mstp To enable and configure the multiple spanning tree group, enter MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode.
PAGE 989
For more information about the multiple spanning tree protocol, refer to the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. Example Related Commands Dell(conf)# protocol spanning-tree mstp Dell(config-mstp)#no disable • disable — disable multiple spanning tree. revision The revision number for the multiple spanning tree configuration. S6000 Syntax revision range To return to the default values, use the no revision command. Parameters range Enter the revision number for the MST configuration.
PAGE 990
Related Commands • msti — map the VLAN(s) to an MST instance. • name — assign the region name to the MST region. show config View the current configuration for the mode. Only non-default values are shown. S6000 Syntax show config Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example 990 Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 991
show spanning-tree mst configuration View the multiple spanning tree configuration. S6000 Syntax Command Modes Command History show spanning-tree mst configuration • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 992
show spanning-tree msti View the multiple spanning tree instance. S6000 Syntax show spanning-tree msti [instance-number [brief]] [guard] Parameters Command Modes Command History instance-number (Optional) Enter the multiple spanning tree instance number. The range is from 0 to 63. brief (Optional) Enter the keyword brief to view a synopsis of the MST instance. guard (Optional) Enter the keyword guard to display the type of guard enabled on an MSTP interface and the current port state.
PAGE 993
Port 82 (TenGigabitEthernet 2/1) is designated Forwarding Port path cost 0, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.82 Designated root has priority 16384, address 0001.e800.0a:5c Designated bridge has priority 32768, address 0001.e802.35:06 Designated port id is 128.
PAGE 994
Designated bridge has priority 32768, address 0001.e801.6aa8 Designated port id is 128.257, designated path cost 0 Number of transitions to forwarding state 1 BPDU (MRecords): sent 21, received 9 The port is not in the Edge port mode Usage Information Example (Guard) The following describes the show spanning-tree msti 5 guard command shown in the following example. Field Description Interface Name MSTP interface. Instance MSTP instance.
PAGE 995
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. spanning-tree msti Configure multiple spanning tree instance cost and priority for an interface.
PAGE 996
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 997
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced By default, Dell Networking OS implements an optimized flush mechanism for MSTP. This mechanism helps in flushing the MAC addresses only when necessary (and less often) allowing for faster convergence during topology changes. However, if a standards-based flush mechanism is needed, this knob command can be turned on to enable flushing MAC addresses after receiving every topology change notification.
PAGE 998
33 Multicast The multicast commands are supported by Dell Networking OS on all S6000 platform. IPv4 Multicast Commands The following section contains the IPv4 multicast commands. clear ip mroute Clear learned multicast routes on the multicast forwarding table. To clear the protocol-independent multicast (PIM) tree information base, use the clear ip pim tib command.
PAGE 999
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Related Commands • show ip pim tib — show the PIM tree information base. ip mroute Assign a static mroute.
PAGE 1000
ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address in dotted decimal format of the RPF neighbor. distance (OPTIONAL) Enter a number as the distance metric assigned to the mroute. The range is from 0 to 255. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1001
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1002
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 1003
Usage Information 7.5.1.0 Expanded to support originator. 7.4.1.0 Expanded to support the intermediate (transit) router. Mtrace is an IGMP based protocol that provides a multicast trace route facility and is implemented according to the IETF draft “A trace route facility for IP Multicast” (draft-fenner-traceroute-ipm-01.txt). Dell Networking OS supports the Mtrace client and transit functionality.
PAGE 1004
Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to configure this setting on that VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. static (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword static to view static multicast routes. group-address [source-address] (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group-address to view only routes associated with that group. Enter the source-address to view routes with that group-address and sourceaddress.
PAGE 1005
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Example (Static) Dell# show ip mroute static Mroute: 23.23.23.0/24, interface: Lo 2 Protocol: static, distance: 0, route-map: none, last change: 00:00:23 Example (Snooping) Dell# show ip mroute snooping IPv4 Multicast Snooping Table (*, 224.0.0.
PAGE 1006
Example Field Description Outgoing interface list: Lists the interfaces that meet one of the following: • a directly connected member of the Group • statically configured member of the Group • received a (*,G) or (S,G) Join message Dell# show ip mroute IP Multicast Routing Table (*, 224.10.10.1), uptime 00:05:12 Incoming interface: TenGigabitEthernet 3/12 Outgoing interface list: TenGigabitEthernet 3/13 (1.13.1.100, 224.10.10.
PAGE 1007
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. E-Series legacy command Usage Information Network administrators use static mroutes to control the reach-ability of the multicast sources. If a PIM-registered multicast source is reachable using static mroute as well as unicast route, the distance of each route is examined and the route with shorter distance is the one the PIM selects for reach-ability.
PAGE 1008
34 Neighbor Discovery Protocol (NDP) The neighbor discovery protocol for IPv6 is defined in RFC 2461 as part of the Stateless Address Autoconfiguration protocol. It replaces the Address Resolution Protocol used with IPv4.
PAGE 1009
clear ipv6 neighbors Delete all entries in the IPv6 neighbor discovery cache or neighbors of a specific interface. Static entries are not removed using this command. S6000 Syntax Parameters clear ipv6 neighbors [vrf vrf-name] [ipv6-address | interface] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to clear the neighbor corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: If you do not specify this option, the neighbors in the default VRF are cleared.
PAGE 1010
Version Description 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. debug ipv6 nd ra–guard Enable debugging for IPv6 RA guard snooping information. Syntax debug ipv6 nd ra-guard [interface_type slot/port | count value] Parameters interface_type slot/ port count value Enter the one of the following interfaces and slot/port information: • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number.
PAGE 1011
Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1012
• ipv6 nd raguard policy policy-name — define the RA guard policy name and enter the RA guard policy configuration mode. ipv6 nd ra–guard attach–policy Apply the IPv6 RA guard to a specific interface. Syntax ipv6 nd ra-guard attach—policy policy-name [vlan [vlan 1, vlan 2, vlan 3.....]] Parameters policy policy-name Enter the keyword policy then the policy name. The policy-name allows a maximum of 140 characters. vlan [vlan 1, vlan 2, vlan 3........] Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN range.
PAGE 1013
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, and Z9000 switches. ipv6 nd ra–guard policy Define the RA guard policy name and enter the RA guard policy list configuration mode.
PAGE 1014
To remove a static IPv6 entry from the IPv6 neighbor discovery, use the no ipv6 neighbor [vrf vrfname] {ipv6-address} {interface interface} command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to install IPv6 routes in that VRF. ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address of the neighbor in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero.
PAGE 1015
• Parameter discovery . • Address autoconfiguration — configuration of addresses for an interface . • Address resolution — mapping from IP address to link-layer address. • Next-hop determination. • Neighbor Unreachability Detection (NUD): Determine that a neighbor is no longer reachable on the link. • Duplicate Address Detection (DAD): Allow a node to check whether a proposed address is already in use. • Redirect: The router can inform a node about a better first-hop.
PAGE 1016
To reset the access list, use the no match ra{ipv6-access-list | ipv6-prefix-list | macaccess-list}command. Parameters ipv6–access-list name Enter the keywords ipv6–access-list then the access-list name. The access-list name allows a maximum of 140 characters. ipv6–prefix-list name Enter the keywords ipv6–prefix-list then the prefix-list name. The prefix-list name allows a maximum of 140 characters. ipv6–mac-accesslist name Enter the keywords ipv6–mac-access-list then the mac-access-list name.
PAGE 1017
Defaults None Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1018
Related Commands • ipv6 nd ra-guard enable — configure the RA guard related commands. • ipv6 nd raguard policy policy-name — define the RA guard policy name and enter the RA guard policy configuration mode. other–config–flag Enable the verification of the advertised other configuration parameter. If this command is not configured, the verification process is bypassed. Syntax other-config-flag {on | off} To reset the other configuration parameter, use the no other-config-flag {on | off} command.
PAGE 1019
Parameters value Enter the advertised reachability time in milliseconds. The range is from 0 to 3,600,000 milliseconds. Defaults None Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1020
Related Commands ipv6 nd raguard policy policy-name — define the router advertisement (RA) guard policy name and enter the RA guard policy configuration mode. ipv6 nd ra-guard enable — configure the RA guard related commands. router–lifetime Set the router lifetime. Syntax router—lifetime value Parameters value Enter the router lifetime in seconds. The range is from 0 to 9,000 seconds. Defaults None Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1021
Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1022
trusted-port Dell(conf-ra_guard_policy_list)# Related Commands • ipv6 nd ra-guard enable — configure the RA guard related commands. • ipv6 nd ra-guard policy — define the RA guard policy name and enter the RA guard policy list configuration mode. • device-role — specify the role of the device attached to the port. • hop-limit — enable the verification of the advertised hop count limit. • mtu — set the maximum transmission unit (MTU) value.
PAGE 1023
Te 1/1 Dell# Related Commands • ipv6 nd ra-guard enable — configure the RA guard related commands. • ipv6 nd ra-guard policy — define the RA guard policy name and enter the RA guard policy list configuration mode. • device-role — specify the role of the device attached to the port. • hop-limit — enable the verification of the advertised hop count limit. • mtu — set the maximum transmission unit (MTU) value.
PAGE 1024
• Defaults For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. None Command Modes Command History Example • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF.
PAGE 1025
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, and Z9000 switches. Use this command to disable all the RA guard policies. • ipv6 nd ra-guard enable — configure the RA guard related commands.
PAGE 1026
35 Object Tracking Object Tracking supports IPv4 and IPv6, and is available on the Dell Networking platforms. Object tracking allows you to define objects of interest, monitor their state, and report to a client when a change in an object’s state occurs.
PAGE 1027
Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 1028
If the state of an object changes back to its former UP/DOWN state before the timer expires, the timer is cancelled and the client is not notified. For example, if the DOWN timer is running when an interface goes down and comes back up, the DOWN timer is cancelled and the client is not notified of the event. If the timer expires and an object’s state has changed, a notification is sent to the client.
PAGE 1029
show running-config track Display the current configuration of tracked objects. Syntax Parameters show running-config track [object-id] object-id (OPTIONAL) Display information on the specified tracked object. The range is 1 to 500. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1030
• track ip route reachability – configure object tracking on the reachability of an IPv4 route. show track Display information about tracked objects, including configuration, current tracked state (UP or DOWN), and the clients which are tracking an object. Syntax show track [object-id [brief] | interface [brief] [vrf vrf-name] | ip route [brief] [vrf vrf-name] | resolution | vrf vrf-name [brief] | brief] Parameters object-id (OPTIONAL) Display information on the specified tracked object.
PAGE 1031
Example Output Description number changes, last change time Number of times that the state of the tracked object has changed and the time since the last change in hours:minutes:seconds. First hop interface Displays the type and slot/port number of the first-hop interface of the tracked route. Tracked by Client that is tracking an object’s state; for example, VRRP. Dell# show track Track 1 IP route 23.0.0.
PAGE 1032
threshold metric Configure the metric threshold used to determine the UP and/or DOWN state of a tracked IPv4 or IPv6 route. Syntax threshold metric {up number | down number} To return to the default setting, use the no threshold metric {up number | down number} command. Parameters up number Enter a number for the UP threshold to be applied to the scaled metric of an IPv4 or IPv6 route. The default UP threshold is 254.
PAGE 1033
The tracking process uses a protocol-specific resolution value to convert the actual metric in the routing table to a scaled metric in the range 0 to 255. You can configure the resolution value used to scale route metrics for supported protocols with the track resolution ip route and track resolution ipv6 route commands. Related Commands • track ip route metric threshold – configure object tracking on the threshold of an IPv4 route metric.
PAGE 1034
Related Commands • The status of the IPv4 interface is UP only if the Layer 2 status of the interface is UP and the interface has a valid IP address. • The Layer 3 status of an IPv4 interface goes DOWN when its Layer 2 status goes down (for a Layer 3 VLAN, all VLAN ports must be down) or the IP address is removed from the routing table. • show track – display information about tracked objects, including configuration, current state, and clients which track the object.
PAGE 1035
When the link-level status goes down, the tracked object status is considered to be DOWN; if the link-level status is up, the tracked object status is considered to be UP. Related Commands • show track – display information about tracked objects, including configuration, current state, and clients which track the object. • track interface ip routing – configure object tracking on the routing status of an IPv4 Layer 3 interface.
PAGE 1036
To provide a common tracking interface for different clients, route metrics are scaled in the range 0 to 255, where 0 is connected and 255 is inaccessible. The scaled metric value communicated to a client always considers a lower value to have priority over a higher value.
PAGE 1037
track ip route reachability Configure object tracking on the reachability of an IPv4 route. Syntax track object-id ip route ip-address/prefix-len reachability [vrf vrf-name] To return to the default setting, use the no track object-id command. Parameters object-id Enter the ID number of the tracked object. The range is 1 to 500. ip-address/ prefixlen Enter an IPv4 address in dotted decimal format. The valid IPv4 prefix lengths are from /0 to /32.
PAGE 1038
track resolution ip route Configure the protocol-specific resolution value used to scale an IPv4 route metric. Syntax track resolution ip route {isis resolution-value | ospf resolution-value} To return to the default setting, use the no track object-id command. Parameters object-id Enter the ID number of the tracked object. The range is 1 to 500. isis resolution-value Enter the resolution used to convert the metric in the routing table for ISIS routes to a scaled metric.
PAGE 1039
Related Commands • threshold metric – configure the metric threshold used to determine the UP and/or DOWN state of a tracked route. • track ip route metric threshold – configure object tracking on the threshold of an IPv4 route metric. IPv6 Object Tracking Commands The following section describes the IPv6 object tracking commands.
PAGE 1040
Output Description address, IPv6 route ipv6-address Example object is Up/Down Up/Down state of tracked object; for example, IPv4 interface, reachability or metric threshold of an IP route. number changes, last change time Number of times that the state of the tracked object has changed and the time since the last change in hours:minutes:seconds. First hop interface Displays the type and slot/port number of the first-hop interface of the tracked route.
PAGE 1041
track interface ipv6 routing Configure object tracking on the routing status of an IPv6 Layer 3 interface. Syntax track object-id interface interface ipv6 routing To return to the default setting, use the no track object-id command. Parameters object-id Enter the ID number of the tracked object. The range is 1 to 500. interface Enter one of the following values: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1042
track ipv6 route metric threshold Configure object tracking on the threshold of an IPv4 route metric. Syntax track object-id ipv6 route ipv6-address/prefix-len metric threshold To return to the default setting, use the no track object-id command. Parameters object-id Enter the ID number of the tracked object. The range is 1 to 500. ipv6-address/ prefix-len Enter an IPv6 address in X:X:X:X::X format. The valid IPv6 prefix lengths are from /0 to / 128.
PAGE 1043
You configure the UP and DOWN thresholds for each tracked IPv6 route by using the threshold metric command. The default UP threshold is 254; the default DOWN threshold is 255. The notification of a change in the state of a tracked object is sent when a metric value crosses a configured threshold. Related Commands • show track ipv6 route – display information about tracked IPv6 routes, including configuration, current state, and clients which track the route.
PAGE 1044
If the next-hop address in the ARP cache ages out for a route tracked for its reachability, an attempt is made to regenerate the ARP cache entry to if the next-hop address appears before considering the route DOWN. Related Commands • show track ipv6 route – display information about tracked IPv6 routes, including configuration, current state, and clients which track the route. • track ipv6 route reachability – configure object tracking on the reachability of an IPv4 route.
PAGE 1045
Related Commands • The resolution value used to map static routes is not configurable. By default, Dell Networking OS assigns a metric of 0 to static routes. • The resolution value used to map RIP routes is not configurable. The RIP hop-count is automatically multiplied by 16 to scale it. For example, a RIP metric of 16 (unreachable) scales to 256, which considers the route to be DOWN. • threshold metric – configure the metric threshold used to determine the UP and/or DOWN state of a tracked route.
PAGE 1046
36 Open Shortest Path First (OSPFv2 and OSPFv3) Open Shortest Path First version 2 for IPv4 is supported on platform. OSPF is an interior gateway protocol (IGP), which means that it distributes routing information between routers in a single autonomous system (AS). OSPF is also a link-state protocol in which all routers contain forwarding tables derived from information about their links to their neighbors.
PAGE 1047
Defaults cost = 1; no areas are configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 1048
no-summary (OPTIONAL) Specify that no summary LSAs should be sent into the NSSA. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1049
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.
PAGE 1050
Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1051
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.
PAGE 1052
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. clear ip ospf statistics Clear the packet statistics in interfaces and neighbors.
PAGE 1053
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1054
Command History Usage Information 1054 This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1055
Field Description • Example 2 - MD5 authentication configured using the ip ospf message-digest-key command auk: If the ip ospf authentication-key command is configured, this field displays the key used. keyid: If the ip ospf message-digest-key command is configured, this field displays the MD5 key to: Displays the interface to which the packet is intended. dst: Displays the destination IP address. netmask: Displays the destination IP address mask.
PAGE 1056
Parameters always (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword always to specify that default route information must always be advertised. metric metric-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric then a number to configure a metric value for the route. The range is from 1 to 16777214. metric-type typevalue (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords metric-type then an OSPF link state type of 1 or 2 for default routes.
PAGE 1057
default-metric Change the metrics of redistributed routes to a value useful to OSPF. Use this command with the redistribute command. S6000 Syntax default-metric number To return to the default values, use the no default-metric [number] command. Parameters number Enter a number as the metric. The range is from 1 to 16777214. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1058
To remove the OSPF description, use the no description command. Parameters description Enter a text string description to identify the OSPF configuration (80 characters maximum). Defaults None Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.
PAGE 1059
ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter a router ID in the dotted decimal format. If you enter a router ID, include the mask for that router address. mask (OPTIONAL) Enter a mask in dotted decimal format or /n format. access-list-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of an IP standard access list, up to 140 characters. Defaults 110 Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1060
intra-area dist1 Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords intra-area then a number to specify a distance metric for all routes within an area. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 110. • external dist3 = 110 • inter-area dist2 = 110 • intra-area dist1 = 110 Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 1061
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. • For Port Channel groups, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1062
NOTE: BGP and ISIS routes are not available on the C-Series. BGP, ISIS, and RIP routes are not available on the S-Series. connected (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword connected to specify that connected routes are distributed. isis (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword isis to specify that IS-IS routes are distributed. NOTE: BGP and ISIS routes are not available on the C-Series. BGP, ISIS, and RIP routes are not available on the S-Series.
PAGE 1063
fast-convergence This command sets the minimum LSA origination and arrival times to zero (0), allowing more rapid route computation so that convergence takes less time. S6000 Syntax fast-convergence {number} To cancel fast-convergence, use the no fast convergence command. Parameters number Enter the convergence level desired. The higher this parameter is set, the faster OSPF converge takes place. The range is from 1 to 4. Defaults None.
PAGE 1064
flood-2328 Enable RFC-2328 flooding behavior. S6000 Syntax flood-2328 To disable, use the no flood-2328 command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1065
graceful-restart grace-period Specifies the time duration, in seconds, that the router’s neighbors continue to advertise the router as fully adjacent regardless of the synchronization state during a graceful restart. NOTE: This command enables OSPFv2 graceful restart globally by setting the grace period (in seconds) that an OSPFv2 router’s neighbors continues to advertise the router as adjacent during a graceful restart.
PAGE 1066
graceful-restart helper-reject Specify the OSPF router to not act as a helper during graceful restart. S6000 Syntax graceful-restart helper-reject ip-address To return to default value, use the no graceful-restart helper-reject command. Parameters ip-address Enter the OSPF router-id, in IP address format, of the restart router that will not act as a helper during graceful restart. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1067
graceful-restart mode Enable the graceful restart mode. S6000 Syntax graceful-restart mode [planned-only | unplanned-only] To disable graceful restart mode, use the no graceful-restart mode command. Parameters planned-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords planned-only to indicate graceful restart is supported in a planned restart condition only. unplanned-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords unplanned-only to indicate graceful restart is supported in an unplanned restart condition only.
PAGE 1068
graceful-restart role Specify the role for your OSPF router during graceful restart. S6000 Syntax graceful-restart role [helper-only | restart-only] To disable graceful restart role, use the no graceful-restart role command. Parameters role helper-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords helper-only to specify the OSPF router is a helper only during graceful restart. role restart-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords restart-only to specify the OSPF router is a restart only during graceful-restart.
PAGE 1069
ip ospf auth-change-wait-time OSPF provides a grace period while OSPF changes its interface authentication type. During the grace period, OSPF sends out packets with new and old authentication scheme until the grace period expires. S6000 Syntax ip ospf auth-change-wait-time seconds To return to the default, use the no ip ospf auth-change-wait-time command. Parameters seconds Enter the seconds. The range is from 0 to 300. Defaults zero (0) seconds.
PAGE 1070
To delete an authentication key, use the no ip ospf authentication-key command. Parameters encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter 7 to encrypt the key. key Enter an eight-character string. Strings longer than eight characters are truncated. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 1071
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.
PAGE 1072
Command History Usage Information Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1073
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1074
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 9.1(0.0) Included usage information on maximum number of digest keys per interface. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. You can configure a maximum of six digest keys on an interface.
PAGE 1075
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip ospf network Set the network type for the interface. S6000 Syntax ip ospf network {broadcast | point-to-point} To return to the default, use the no ip ospf network command.
PAGE 1076
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip ospf priority To determine the designated router for the OSPF network, set the priority of the interface. S6000 Syntax ip ospf priority number To return to the default setting, use the no ip ospf priority command. Parameters number Enter a number as the priority. The range is from 0 to 255. The default is 1.
PAGE 1077
ip ospf retransmit-interval Set the retransmission time between lost link state advertisements (LSAs) for adjacencies belonging to the interface. S6000 Syntax ip ospf retransmit-interval seconds To return to the default values, use the no ip ospf retransmit-interval command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds as the interval between retransmission. The range is from 1 to 3600. The default is 5 seconds.
PAGE 1078
ip ospf transmit-delay To send a link state update packet on the interface, set the estimated time elapsed. S6000 Syntax ip ospf transmit-delay seconds To return to the default value, use the no ip ospf transmit-delay command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds as the interval between retransmission. The range is from 1 to 3600. The default is 1 second. This value must be greater than the transmission and propagation delays for the interface.
PAGE 1079
log-adjacency-changes To send a Syslog message about changes in the OSPF adjacency state, set Dell Networking OS. S6000 Syntax log-adjacency-changes To disable the Syslog messages, use the no log-adjacency-changes command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1080
Parameters number Specify the number of paths. The range for OSPFv2 is from 1 to 64. The default for OSPFv2 is 4 paths. The range for OSPFv3 is from 1 to 64. The default for OSPFv3 is 8 paths. Defaults 4 Command Modes ROUTER OSPF for OSPFv2 ROUTER OSPFv3 for OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1081
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1082
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced to all platforms. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.
PAGE 1083
• For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 1084
no passive-interface interface • Remove the interface from the passive list. • The ABR status for the router is updated. • If passive-interface default is specified, then save no passive-interface interface into the running configuration. No passive-interface default • Clear everything and revert to the default behavior. • All previously marked passive interfaces are removed. • May update ABR status.
PAGE 1085
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.
PAGE 1086
• 2 = for OSPF External type 2 route-map mapname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of the route map. tag tag-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword tag to set the tag for routes redistributed into OSPF. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. Defaults None Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 1087
Parameters tag (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the IS-IS routing process. level-1 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords level-1 to redistribute only IS-IS Level-1 routes. level-1-2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords level-1-2 to redistribute both IS-IS Level-1 and Level-2 routes. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords level-2 to redistribute only IS-IS Level-2 routes. metric metric-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric then a number. The range is from 0 (zero) to 4294967295.
PAGE 1088
router-id To configure a fixed router ID, use this command. S6000 Syntax router-id ip-address To remove the fixed router ID, use the no router-id ip-address command. Parameters ip-address Enter the router ID in the IP address format. Defaults None. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.
PAGE 1089
Dell(conf-router_ospf)# no router-id Changing router-id will bring down existing OSPF adjacency [y/n]: Dell# router ospf To configure an OSPF instance, enter ROUTER OSPF mode. Syntax router ospf process-id [vrf {vrf name}] To clear an OSPF instance, use the no router ospf process-id command. Parameters process-id Enter a number for the OSPF instance. The range is from 1 to 65535. vrf name (Optional) Enter the VRF process identifier to tie the OSPF instance to the VRF.
PAGE 1090
Usage Information You must have an IP address assigned to an interface to enter ROUTER OSPF mode and configure OSPF. You can create only one OSPFv2 process per VRF. After the OSPF process and the VRF are tied together, you cannot use the OSPF Process ID again in the system. Example Dell(conf)# router ospf 2 Dell(conf-router_ospf)# show config Display the non-default values in the current OSPF configuration.
PAGE 1091
show ip ospf Display information on the OSPF process configured on the switch. S6000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information show ip ospf [process-id | vrf vrf name] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. vrf vrf name Show only the OSPF information tied to the VRF process. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1092
The following describes the show ip ospf command shown in the following example. Line Beginning with Description “Routing Process...” Displays the OSPF process ID and the IP address associated with the process ID. “Supports only...” Displays the number of Type of Service (TOS) rouse supported. “SPF schedule...” Displays the delay and hold time configured for this process ID. “Convergence Level” Example “Min LSA....” Displays the intervals set for LSA transmission and acceptance. “Number of...
PAGE 1093
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
PAGE 1094
Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information 1094 process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to view LSA information on OSPF processes corresponding to that VRF. database-summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords database-summary to the display the number of LSA types in each area and the total number of LSAs.
PAGE 1095
Example Dell> show ip ospf 1 database OSPF Router with ID (11.1.2.1) (Process ID 1) Router (Area 0.0.0.0) Link ID ADV Router Age Seq# Checksum 11.1.2.1 11.1.2.1 673 0x80000005 0x707e 13.1.1.1 13.1.1.1 676 0x80000097 0x1035 192.68.135.2 192.68.135.2 1419 0x80000294 0x9cbd Link ID 10.2.3.2 10.2.4.2 Link ID 0.0.0.0 1.1.1.1 10.1.1.0 10.1.2.0 10.2.2.0 10.2.3.0 10.2.4.0 11.1.1.0 11.1.2.0 12.1.2.0 13.1.1.0 13.1.2.0 172.16.1.0 Dell> Related Commands • Link count 2 2 1 Network (Area 0.0.0.
PAGE 1096
adv-router ipaddress Command Modes Command History Usage Information 1096 • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords adv-router and the ip-address to display only the LSA information about that router. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON.
PAGE 1097
Example Field Description Length Displays the length in bytes of the LSA. Network Mask Displays the network mask implemented on the area. TOS Displays the Type of Service (TOS) options. Option 0 is the only option. Metric Displays the LSA metric. Dell# show ip ospf 100 database asbr-summary OSPF Router with ID (1.1.1.10) (Process ID 100) Summary Asbr (Area 0.0.0.0) LS age: 1437 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Summary Asbr Link State ID: 103.1.50.1 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.
PAGE 1098
adv-router ipaddress Command Modes Command History Usage Information 1098 • EXEC • EXEC Privilege • the router’s OSPF router ID for Type 1 LSAs or Type 4 LSAs • the default destination (0.0.0.0) for Type 5 LSAs (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords adv-router and the ip-address to display only the LSA information about that router. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.
PAGE 1099
Example Field Description Advertising Router Identifies the router ID of the LSA’s originating router. LS Seq Number Identifies the link state sequence number. This number enables you to identify old or duplicate LSAs. Checksum Displays the Fletcher checksum of the LSA’s complete contents. Length Displays the length in bytes of the LSA. Network Mask Displays the network mask implemented on the area. Metrics Type Displays the external type. TOS Displays the Type of Service (TOS) options.
PAGE 1100
show ip ospf database network Display the network (type 2) LSA information. S6000 Syntax show ip ospf [process-id | vrf vrf-name] database network [link-state-id] [advrouter ip-address] Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process.
PAGE 1101
Usage Information Example Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database network command shown in the following example. Field Description LS Age Displays the LSA’s age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router.
PAGE 1102
Network Mask: Attached Attached Attached Dell# Related Commands • /24 Router: 192.10.10.2 Router: 20.20.20.1 Router: 20.20.20.5 show ip ospf database — display OSPF database information. show ip ospf database nssa-external Display NSSA-External (type 7) LSA information. S6000 Syntax show ip ospf [process-id | vrf vrf-name ] database nssa-external [link-stateid] [adv-router ip-address] Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process.
PAGE 1103
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. • • show ip ospf database — display OSPF database information. show ip ospf database opaque-area Display the opaque-area (type 10) LSA information.
PAGE 1104
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1105
Advertising Router: 10.16.1.160 LS Seq Number: 0x80000416 Checksum: 0x376 Length: 28 Opaque Type: 1 Opaque ID: 1 Unable to display opaque data LS age: 833 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Type-10 Opaque Link Area Link State ID: 1.0.0.2 Advertising Router: 10.16.1.160 LS Seq Number: 0x80000002 Checksum: 0x19c2 --More-Related Commands • show ip ospf database — display OSPF database information. show ip ospf database opaque-as Display the opaque-as (type 11) LSA information.
PAGE 1106
Related Commands Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. • show ip ospf database — display OSPF database information. show ip ospf database opaque-link Display the opaque-link (type 9) LSA information.
PAGE 1107
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.
PAGE 1108
• Command History Usage Information 1108 EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added supported for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.20 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1109
Example Item Description Link connected to: Identifies the type of network to which the router is connected. (Link ID) Identifies the link type and address. (Link Data) Identifies the router interface address. Number of TOS Metric Lists the number of TOS metrics. TOS 0 Metric Lists the number of TOS 0 metrics. Dell# show ip ospf 100 database router OSPF Router with ID (1.1.1.10) (Process ID 100) Router (Area 0) LS age: 967 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Router Link State ID: 1.
PAGE 1110
Related Commands • show ip ospf database — display OSPF database information. show ip ospf database summary Display the network summary (type 3) LSA routing information. S6000 Syntax show ip ospf [process-id | vrf vrf-name ] database summary [link-state-id] [adv-router ip-address] Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process.
PAGE 1111
Usage Information Example Version Description 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database summary command shown in the following example. Item Description LS Age Displays the LSA age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router.
PAGE 1112
Advertising Router: 1.1.1.10 LS Seq Number: 0x80000016 Checksum: 0x987c Length: 28 Network Mask: /24 TOS: 0 Metric: 1 LS age: 7 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Summary Network Link State ID: 192.68.33.0 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.10 LS Seq Number: 0x80000016 Checksum: 0x1241 Length: 28 Network Mask: /26 TOS: 0 Metric: 1 Dell# Related Commands • show ip ospf database — display OSPF database information. show ip ospf interface Display the OSPF interfaces configured.
PAGE 1113
Command History Usage Information Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1114
Transmit Delay is 1 sec, State DR, Priority 1 Designated Router (ID) 192.168.253.2, Interface address 192.168.1.2 Backup Designated Router (ID) 192.168.253.1, Interface address 192.168.1.1 Timer intervals configured, Hello 10, Dead 40, Wait 40, Retransmit 5 Hello due in 00:00:02 Neighbor Count is 1, Adjacent neighbor count is 1 Adjacent with neighbor 192.168.253.1 (Backup Designated Router) TenGigabitEthernet 1/8 is up, line protocol is up Internet Address 192.168.0.1/24, Area 0.0.0.
PAGE 1115
Usage Information Example Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip ospf process-id neighbor command shown in the following example. Item Description Neighbor ID Displays the neighbor router ID.
PAGE 1116
Command Modes Command History Usage Information • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 1117
show ip ospf statistics Display OSPF statistics. S6000 Syntax Parameters show ip ospf [process-id | vrf vrf-name] statistics global | [interface name {neighbor router-id}] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display statistics corresponding to the OSPF process that is tied to a specific VRF.
PAGE 1118
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip ospf statistics process-id global command shown in the following example.
PAGE 1119
Example Error Type Description MD5-Error MD5 error Cksum-Err Checksum Error Version Version mismatch AreaMismatch Area mismatch Conf-Issue The received hello packet has a different hello or dead interval than the configuration. No-Buffer Buffer allocation failure. Seq-no A sequence no errors occurred during the database exchange process. Socket Socket Read/Write operation error. Q-overflow Packets dropped due to queue overflow. Unknown-Pkt Received packet is not an OSPF packet.
PAGE 1120
Intf-Down 0 Non-Dr 0 Self-Org 0 Wrong-Len 0 Invld-Nbr 0 Nbr-State 0 Auth-Error 0 MD5-Error 0 Cksum-Err 0 Version 0 AreaMisMatch 0 Conf-Issue 0 SeqNo-Err 0 Unknown-Pkt 0 Bad-LsReq 0 RtidZero 0 Neighbor ID 4.4.4.
PAGE 1121
Example Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Dell# show ip ospf 10 timers rate-limit List of LSAs in rate limit Queue LSA id: 1.1.1.0 Type: 3 Adv Rtid: 3.3.3.3 Expiry time: 00:00:09.111 LSA id: 3.3.3.3 Type: 1 Adv Rtid: 3.3.3.3 Expiry time: 00:00:23.96 Dell# show ip ospf topology Display routers in directly connected areas.
PAGE 1122
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. Usage Information To isolate problems with inter-area and external routes, use this command. In OSPF inter-area and external routes are calculated by adding LSA cost to the cost of reaching the router.
PAGE 1123
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The area range command summarizes routes for the different areas.
PAGE 1124
Command Modes ROUTER OSPFv2 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11.0.0 Introduced the keyword msec. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1125
Defaults hold-interval Set the next interval to send the same LSA. This interval is the time between sending the same LSA after the start-interval has been attempted. The range is from 1 to 600,000 milliseconds. max-interval Set the maximum amount of time the system waits before sending the LSA. The range is from 1 to 600,000 milliseconds. • start-interval: 0 msec • hold-interval: 5000 msec • max-interval: 5000 msec Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1126
Defaults 1000 msec Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1127
MD5 | SHA1 Authentication type: Message Digest 5 (MD5) or Secure Hash Algorithm 1 (SHA-1). key-encryptiontype (OPTIONAL) Specifies if the key is encrypted. The values are 0 (key is not encrypted) or 7 (key is encrypted). key Text string used in authentication. For MD5 authentication, the key must be 32 hex digits (non-encrypted) or 64 hex digits (encrypted). For SHA-1 authentication, the key must be 40 hex digits (non-encrypted) or 80 hex digits (encrypted). Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1128
area encryption Configure an IPsec encryption policy for OSPFv3 packets in an OSPFv3 area. Syntax area area-id encryption ipsec spi number esp encryption-algorithm [keyencryption-type] key authentication-algorithm [key-encryption-type] key Parameters area area-id Area for which OSPFv3 traffic is to be encrypted. For area-id, enter a number. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. ipsec spi number Security Policy index (SPI) value that identifies an IPsec security policy.
PAGE 1129
For SHA-1 authentication, the key must be 40 hex digits (non-encrypted) or 80 hex digits (encrypted). null Causes an encryption policy configured for the area to not be inherited on the interface. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1130
auto-cost Specify how the OSPF interface cost is calculated based on the reference bandwidth method. S6000 Syntax auto-cost [reference-bandwidth ref-bw] To return to the default bandwidth or to assign cost based on the interface type, use the no auto-cost [reference-bandwidth ref-bw] command. Parameters ref-bw (OPTIONAL) Specify a reference bandwidth in megabits per second. The range is from 1 to 4294967. The default is 100 megabits per second. Defaults 100 megabits per second.
PAGE 1131
Parameters Command Modes Command History vrf vrf-name • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to clear IPv6 routes corresponding to that VRF. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1132
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on the S4820T, S4810, and Z9000. The following section describes the command fields. Lines Beginning With or Including Description OSPFv3... Debugging is on for all OSPFv3 packets and all interfaces. 05:21:01 Displays the time stamp. Sending Ver:3 Sending OSPF3 version..
PAGE 1133
Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 1134
Lines Beginning With or Including Description • 5 - link state acknowledgement • 7 - external LSA • 8 - link-state advertisement (OSPFv3) • 9 - link local LSA (OSPFv2), Intra-Area-Prefix LSA (OSPFv3) • 11 - grace LSA (OSPFv3) Length: Displays the packet length. Router ID: Displays the OSPF3 router ID. Area ID: Displays the Area ID. Chksum: Displays the OSPF3 checksum. debug ipv6 ospf spf Display debug information for SPF timers on OSPF IPv6 packets.
PAGE 1135
Example Dell(conf-if-te-1/2)# do debug ipv6 ospf bfd te 1/2 OSPFv3 bfd related debugging is on for TenGigabitEthernet 1/2 00:59:26 : OSPFv3INFO: Received Interface mode bfd config command on interface Te 1/2 Enable 1, interval 0, min_rx 0, Multiplier 0, role 0, Disable 0 00:59:26 : OSPFv3INFO: Enabling BFD on interface Te 1/2 Cmd Add Session 00:59:27 : OSPFv3INFO: Enabling BFD for NBRIP fe80:0000:0000:0000:0201:e8ff:fe8b:7720 00:59:27 : OSPFv3INFO: Completed Enabling BFD on interface Te 1/2 00:59:27 : OSPF
PAGE 1136
Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.0 Added support for C-Series. 7.4.1.
PAGE 1137
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. By default, OSPFv3 graceful restart is disabled and functions only in a helper role to help restarting neighbor routers in their graceful restarts when it receives a Grace LSA. To enable OSPFv3 graceful restart, enter the ipv6 router ospf command to enter OSPFv3 configuration mode and then configure a grace period using the graceful-restart grace-period command.
PAGE 1138
Usage Information OSPFv3 graceful restart supports planned-only and/or unplanned-only restarts. The default is support for both planned and unplanned restarts. • A planned restart occurs when you enter the redundancy force-failover rpm command to force the primary RPM to switch to the backup RPM. During a planned restart, OSPF sends out a Type-11 Grace LSA before the system switches over to the backup RPM.
PAGE 1139
ipv6 ospf authentication Configure an IPsec authentication policy for OSPFv3 packets on an IPv6 interface. Syntax Parameters ipv6 ospf authentication {null | ipsec spi number {MD5 | SHA1} [key-encryptiontype] key}} null Causes an authentication policy configured for the area to not be inherited on the interface. ipsec spi number Security Policy index (SPI) value that identifies an IPsec security policy. The range is from 256 to 4294967295.
PAGE 1140
Usage Information Before you enable IPsec authentication on an OSPFv3 interface, first enable IPv6 unicast routing globally, configure an IPv6 address and enable OSPFv3 on the interface, and assign the interface to an area. An SPI value must be unique to one IPsec security policy (authentication or encryption) on the router. Configure the same authentication policy (same SPI and key) on each OSPFv3 interface in a link.
PAGE 1141
Usage Information In general, the path cost is calculated as: 10^8 / bandwidth Using this formula, the default path cost is calculated as: • GigabitEthernet — Default cost is 1 • TenGigabitEthernet — Default cost is 1 • FortygigEthernet — Default cost is 1 • Ethernet — Default cost is 10 ipv6 ospf dead-interval Set the time interval since the last hello-packet was received from a router. After the time interval elapses, the neighboring routers declare the router down.
PAGE 1142
ipv6 ospf encryption Configure an IPsec encryption policy for OSPFv3 packets on an IPv6 interface. Syntax ipv6 ospf encryption {null | ipsec spi number esp encryption-algorithm [keyencryption-type] key athentication-algorithm [key-encryption-type] key}} Parameters null Causes an encryption policy configured for the area to not be inherited on the interface. ipsec spi number Security Policy index (SPI) value that identifies an IPsec security policy. The range is from 256 to 4294967295.
PAGE 1143
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1144
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.4.2.2 Introduced on E-Series. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. By default, OSPFv3 graceful restart is disabled and functions only in a helper role to help restarting neighbor routers in their graceful restarts when it receives a Grace LSA.
PAGE 1145
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. The time interval between hello packets must be the same for routers in a network. • ipv6 ospf dead-interval – specify the time interval between hello packets was received from a router. ipv6 ospf priority To determine the Designated Router for the OSPFv3 network, set the priority of the interface.
PAGE 1146
ipv6 router ospf Enable OSPF for IPv6 router configuration. Syntax ipv6 router ospf process-id [vrf vrf-name] To exit OSPF for IPv6, use the no ipv6 router ospf process-id command. Parameters process-id Enter the process identification number. The range is from 1 to 65535. vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to install IPv6 routes in that VRF. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1147
Parameters number Specify the number of paths. The range is from 1 to 64. The default is 8 paths. Defaults 8 Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1148
You can also specify the time (in seconds) that the router waits for the BGP routing table to converge before it stops advertising the maximum cost in LSAs and advertises the router’s currently configured OSPF cost. Range: 5 to 86400 seconds. Defaults Not Configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.4.2.5 Introduced on C-Series and E-Series TeraScale. 8.4.1.
PAGE 1149
Area 1 Number of interface in this area is 1 SPF algorithm executed 3 times Area ranges are Dell(conf)#show ip ospf database router Exception Flag: Announcing maximum link costs LS age: 198 Options: (No TOS-capability, DC) LS Type: Router Links Link State ID: 2.1.1.1 Advertising Router: 2.1.1.1 LS Seq Number: 80000005 Checksum: 0x9F5D Length: 48 Number of Links: 2 passive-interface Disable (suppress) sending routing updates on an interface.
PAGE 1150
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. By default, no interfaces are passive. Routing updates are sent to all interfaces on which the routing protocol is enabled. If you disable the sending of routing updates on an interface, the particular address prefix continues to be advertised to other interfaces, and updates from other routers on that interface continue to be received and processed.
PAGE 1151
metric-type typevalue (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords metric-type then the OSPFv3 link state type of 1 or 2 for default routes. The values are: • 1 for a type 1 external route • 2 for a type 2 external route The default is 2. route-map mapname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of an established route map. If the route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes). tag tag-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword tag to set the tag for routes redistributed into OSPFv3.
PAGE 1152
router-id Designate a fixed router ID. Syntax router-id ip-address To return to the previous router ID, use the no router-id ip-address command. Parameters ip-address Enter the router ID in the dotted decimal format. Defaults The router ID is selected automatically from the set of IPv4 addresses configured on a router. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF for OSPFv2 ROUTER OSPFv3 for OSPFv3 Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1153
show crypto ipsec policy Display the configuration of IPsec authentication and encryption policies. Syntax Parameters show crypto ipsec policy [name name] name name (OPTIONAL) Displays configuration details about a specified policy. Defaults No default behavior or values. Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1154
Outbound ESP Cipher Key : 123456789a123456789b123456789c123456789d12345678 Transform set : esp-3des esp-md5-hmac Crypto IPSec client security policy data Policy name : OSPFv3-0-501 Policy refcount : 1 Inbound ESP SPI : 501 (0x1F5) Outbound ESP SPI : 501 (0x1F5) Inbound ESP Auth Key : bbdd96e6eb4828e2e27bc3f9ff541e43faa759c9ef5706ba8ed8bb5efe91e97eb7c0 c30808825fb5 Outbound ESP Auth Key : bbdd96e6eb4828e2e27bc3f9ff541e43faa759c9ef5706ba8ed8bb5efe91e97eb7c0 c30808825fb5 Inbound ESP Cipher Key : bbdd96e6eb4828
PAGE 1155
Parameters interface interface (OPTIONAL) Displays information about the SAs used on a specified OSPFv3 interface, where interface is one of the following values: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number.
PAGE 1156
in use settings : {Transport, } replay detection support : N STATUS : ACTIVE inbound esp sas outbound esp sas Interface: TenGigabitEthernet 1/2 Link Local address: fe80::201:e8ff:fe40:4d11 IPSecv6 policy name: OSPFv3-1-600 inbound ah sas outbound ah sas inbound esp sas spi : 600 (0x258) transform : esp-des esp-sha1-hmac in use settings : {Transport, } replay detection support : N STATUS : ACTIVE outbound esp sas spi : 600 (0x258) transform : esp-des esp-sha1-hmac in use settings : {Transport, } replay detec
PAGE 1157
show ipv6 ospf database Display information in the OSPFv3 database, including link-state advertisements (LSAs). S6000 Syntax Parameters show ipv6 ospf [process-number] [vrf vrf-name] database [database-summary | grace-lsa] process-number Enter the OSPF process number. vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display neighbors corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: If you do not specify this option, neighbors corresponding to the default VRF are displayed.
PAGE 1158
Usage Information The show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 command output displays security associations set up for OSPFv3 links in IPsec authentication and encryption policies on the router. Related Commands show crypto ipsec policy – displays the configuration of IPsec authentication and encryption policies. Example (grace-lsa) Dell# show ipv6 ospf 3 database grace-lsa ! Type-11 Grace LSA (Area 0) LS Age : 10 Link State ID : 6.16.192.66 Advertising Router : 100.1.1.
PAGE 1159
E1200-T2C2#sh ipv6 ospf neighbor Neighbor ID Interface 63.114.8.36 Pri State 1 FULL/DR Dead Time Interface ID 00:00:37 4 Te 1/4 show ipv6 ospf interface View OSPFv3 interface information. S6000 Syntax Parameters show ipv6 ospf [process-number] [vrf vrf-name] [interface] process-number Enter the OSPF process number. vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display neighbors corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 1160
Usage Information Version Description 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. If you enable BFD at the global level, show ipv6 ospf interface shows the BFD provisioning. If you enable BFD at the interface level, show ipv6 ospf interface shows the BFD interval timers.
PAGE 1161
EXEC Privilege Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1162
Defaults • delay = 5 seconds • holdtime = 10 seconds Command Modes ROUTER OSPFv3 for OSPFv3 and ROUTER OSPFv2 for OSPFv2 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11.0.0 Introduced the keyword msec. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1163
37 Policy-based Routing (PBR) Policy-based routing (PBR) allows you to apply routing policies to specific interfaces. To enable PBR, create a redirect list and apply it to the interface. After the redirect list is applied to the interface, all traffic passing through the interface is subject to the rules defined in the redirect list. PBR is supported by the Dell Networking OS.
PAGE 1164
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. • ip redirect-list – enable an IP Redirect List.
PAGE 1165
Usage Information Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. You can apply any number of redirect-groups to an interface. A redirect list can contain any number of configured rules. These rules includes the next-hop IP address where the incoming traffic is to be redirected. If the next hop address is reachable, traffic is forwarded to the specified next hop. Otherwise, the normal routing table is used to forward traffic.
PAGE 1166
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 6.5.3.0 Introduced on the E-Series. permit Configure a permit rule. A permit rule excludes the matching packets from PBR classification and routes them using conventional routing.
PAGE 1167
operator • psh = push function • rst = reset the connection • syn = synchronize sequence number • urg = urgent field (OPTIONAL) For TCP and UDP parameters only. Enter one of the following logical operand: • eq = equal to • neq = not equal to • gt = greater than • lt= less than • range = inclusive range of ports (you must specify two ports for the portcommand parameter.) Defaults None Command Modes REDIRECT-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1168
• Parameters You can also use the no redirect {ip-address | slot/port}| tunnel tunnel-id}[track ] {ip-protocol-number [bit] | protocol-type} {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [operator] command. redirect Enter the keyword redirect to assign the sequence to the redirect list. ip-address Enter the IP address of the forwarding router. slot/port Enter the keyword slot / port followed by the slot/port information.
PAGE 1169
Defaults None Command Modes REDIRECT-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for the track-id on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.
PAGE 1170
ip-protocol-number Enter the keyword ip-protocol-number then the number from 0 to 255 for the protocol identified in the IP protocol header. protocol-type Enter one of the following keywords as the protocol type: icmp for internet control message protocol • ip for any internet protocol • tcp for transmission control protocol • udp for user datagram protocol source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x).
PAGE 1171
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for the track-id on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, S6000-ON, and Z9000. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000.
PAGE 1172
00004 5 Dell# Related Commands N/A IP 0x0 0 0 0.0.0.0/0 0.0.0.0/0 00:01:e8:8a:fd:76 Vl 1020(Po 100) • ip redirect-group – applies a redirect group to an interface. • show ip redirect-list – displays the redirect-list configuration. show ip redirect-list View the redirect list configuration and the interfaces it is applied to.
PAGE 1173
, Track 200 [up], Next-hop reachable (via Te 2/18) , Track 200 [up], Next-hop reachable (via Te 2/19) Dell# Policy-based Routing (PBR) 1173
PAGE 1174
38 PIM-Sparse Mode (PIM-SM) The protocol-independent multicast (PIM) commands are supported by the Dell Networking operating software on the platform. The following describes the IPv4 PIM-SIM commands. IPv4 PIM-Sparse Mode Commands The following describes the IPv4 PIM-sparse mode (PIM-SM) commands. clear ip pim rp-mapping The bootstrap router (BSR) feature uses this command to remove all or particular rendezvous point (RP) advertisement.
PAGE 1175
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. This command re-applies the RP mapping logic for all the groups learnt by the node. Any stale information corresponding to the existing mapping configuration is updated. The existing BSR cache and the *,G's are deleted only if these entries are stale. clear ip pim tib Clear PIM tree information from the PIM database.
PAGE 1176
download multicast routes learned by the peer. Both local and synced routes are removed from the local VLT node multicast route table. The peer VLT node clears synced routes from the node. If you use this command on a peer VLT node, only the synced routes are deleted from the multicast route table. debug ip pim View IP PIM debugging messages.
PAGE 1177
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 1178
Usage Information Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. This command is applied to the subsequent PIM-BSR. Existing BSR advertisements are cleaned up by time-out. To clean the candidate RP advertisements, use the clear ip pim rp-mapping command. ip pim bsr-candidate To join the Bootstrap election process, configure the PIM router.
PAGE 1179
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 6.1.1.0 Added support for the VLAN interface. ip pim dr-priority Change the designated router (DR) priority for the interface. Syntax ip pim dr-priority priority-value To remove the DR priority value assigned, use the no ip pim dr-priority command. Parameters priority-value Enter a number.
PAGE 1180
ip pim join-filter Permit or deny PIM Join/Prune messages on an interface using an extended IP access list. This command prevents the PIM-SM router from creating state based on multicast source and/or group. Syntax ip pim [vrf vrf-name] join-filter ext-access-list [in | out] To remove the access list, use the no ip pim [vrf vrf-name] join-filter ext-access-list command.
PAGE 1181
Dell(config-ext-nacl)# permit ip any 232.1.1.0/24 Dell(config-ext-nacl)# permit ip 100.1.1.0/16 any Dell(config-if-te-1/1)# ip pim join-filter iptv-channels Dell(config-if-te-1/1)# ip pim join-filter iptv-channels Related Commands • ip access-list extended — configure an access list based on IP addresses or protocols. ip pim neighbor-filter To prevent a router from participating in protocol independent multicast (PIM), configure this feature.
PAGE 1182
Usage Information Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Do not enter this command before creating the access-list. ip pim query-interval Change the frequency of PIM Router-Query messages. Syntax ip pim query-interval seconds To return to the default value, use the no ip pim query-interval seconds command. Parameters seconds Enter a number as the number of seconds between router query messages. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 30 seconds.
PAGE 1183
To return to the default, use the no ip pim [vrf vrf-name] register-filter access-list command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. access-list Enter the name of an extended access list. Maximum 16 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1184
NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. address Enter the RP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). group-address group-address mask Enter the keywords group-address then a group-address mask, in dotted decimal format (/xx), to assign that group address to the RP. override Enter the keyword override to override the BSR updates with static RP. The override takes effect immediately during enable/disable.
PAGE 1185
Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information.
PAGE 1186
ip pim sparse-mode Enable PIM sparse mode and IGMP on the interface. Syntax ip pim sparse-mode To disable PIM sparse mode and IGMP, use the no ip pim sparse-mode command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1187
NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. seconds Enter the number of seconds the S, G entries are retained. The range is from 211 to 65535. access-list-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a previously configured Extended ACL to enable the expiry time to specified S,G entries. Defaults Disabled. The default expiry timer (with no times configured) is 210 sec. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1188
NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. access_list_name Enter the name of the access list. Defaults Default SSM range is 232/8 and ff3x/32 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1189
ip pim spt-threshold To switch to the shortest path tree when the traffic reaches the specified threshold value, configure the PIM router. S6000 Syntax ip pim [vrf vrf-name] spt-threshold [value | infinity] To return to the default value, use the no ip pim [vrf vrf-name] spt-threshold [infinity] command. Parameters value (OPTIONAL) Enter the traffic value in kilobits per second. The default is 10 packets per second . A value of zero (0) causes a switchover on the first packet.
PAGE 1190
show ip pim bsr-router View information on the Bootstrap router. S6000 Syntax show ip pim [vrf vrf-name] bsr-router Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to configure this setting on VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. Command Modes Command History Example • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1191
show ip pim interface View information on the interfaces with IP PIM enabled. S6000 Syntax Parameters show ip pim [vrf vrf-name] interface vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to configure this setting on this VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. Command Modes Command History Usage Information • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1192
Field Description • S = PIM Sparse mode Nbr Count Displays the number of PIM neighbors discovered over this interface. Query Intvl Displays the query interval for Router Query messages on that interface (configured with ip pim query-interval command). DR Prio Displays the Designated Router priority value configured on the interface (use the ip pim dr-priority command). DR Displays the IP address of the Designated Router for that interface.
PAGE 1193
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. The following describes the show ip pim neighbor command shown in the following example. Field Description Neighbor address Displays the IP address of the PIM neighbor.
PAGE 1194
Command Modes Command History mapping (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword mapping to display the multicast groups-to-RP mapping and information on how RP is learnt. group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address mask in dotted decimal format to view RP for a specific group. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 1195
show ip pim ssm-range Display the non-default groups added using the SSM range feature. S6000 Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Example show ip pim [vrf vrf-name] ssm-range vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to configure this setting on that VRF. none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1196
show ip pim summary View information about PIM-SM operation. S6000 Syntax show ip pim [vrf vrf-name] summary Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to configure this setting on that VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. Command Modes Command History Example • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1197
TIB summary: 1/1 (*,G) entries in PIM-TIB/MFC 1/1 (S,G) entries in PIM-TIB/MFC 0/0 (S,G,Rpt) entries in PIM-TIB/MFC 0 0 0 0 PIM nexthops RPs sources Register states Message summary: 2582/2583 Joins sent/received 5/0 Prunes sent/received 0/0 Candidate-RP advertisements sent/received 0/0 BSR messages sent/received 0/0 State-Refresh messages sent/received 0/0 MSDP updates sent/received 0/0 Null Register messages sent/received 0/0 Register-stop messages sent/received Data path event summary: 0 no-cache messag
PAGE 1198
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. The following describes the show ip pim tib command shown in the following example.
PAGE 1199
K - Ack-Pending State Timers: Uptime/Expires Interface state: Interface, next-Hop, State/Mode (*, 225.1.1.1), uptime 00:40:16, expires 00:00:00, RP 20.40.4.4, flags: SCJ Incoming interface: Vlan 2007, RPF neighbor 20.30.124.4 Outgoing interface list: Vlan 2006 Forward/Sparse 00:06:21/Never (20.10.4.9, 225.1.1.1), uptime 00:06:21, expires 00:02:06, flags: CT Incoming interface: Vlan 2007, RPF neighbor 20.30.124.4 Outgoing interface list: Vlan 2006 Forward/Sparse 00:06:21/Never (*, 225.1.1.
PAGE 1200
39 Port Monitoring The port monitoring feature allows you to monitor network traffic by forwarding a copy of each incoming or outgoing packet from one port to another port. Important Points to Remember • Port monitoring is supported on physical ports and logical interfaces, such as port channels and virtual local area networks (VLANs). • The monitoring (destination, “MG”) and monitored (source, “MD”) ports must be on the same switch.
PAGE 1201
Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
PAGE 1202
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced GRE protocol support. monitor multicast-queue Configure monitor QoS multicast queue ID. Syntax monitor multicast-queue queue-id To remove the configuration, use the no monitor multicast-queue command.
PAGE 1203
To delete all monitor sessions, use the no monitor session all command. Parameters session-ID Enter a session identification number. The range is from 0 to 65535. type Specifies one of the following type: • rpm • erpm rpm Creates a remote port monitoring (rpm) session. erpm Creates an encapsulated remote port monitoring (erpm) session. set ip dscp Configures the Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) value of the packets in the Encapsulated Remote Switched Port Analyzer (ERSPAN) traffic.
PAGE 1204
Usage Information The monitor command is saved in the running configuration at Monitor Session mode level and can be restored after a chassis reload. Example Dell# show monitor session SessID Source Destination ------ ---------------0 Te 1/12 remote-ip 0 Po 1 remote-ip 1 Vl 11 remote-ip Related Command Dir --rx tx rx Mode Source IP ---- --------Flow 1.1.1.1 Flow 1.1.1.1 Flow 5.1.1.1 Dest IP -------7.1.1.2 7.1.1.2 3.1.1.2 • show monitor session — displays the monitor session.
PAGE 1205
Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1206
Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4.0.0 Added support for the RPM / ERPM. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.
PAGE 1207
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1208
Parameters source interface Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. • For a VLAN interface enter the keyword VLAN followed by a number from 1 to 4094. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number.
PAGE 1209
Example Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4.0.0 Added support for Source and destination. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1210
40 Private VLAN (PVLAN) The private VLAN (PVLAN) feature of the Dell Networking OS is supported on the S6000 platforms. Private VLANs extend the Dell Networking OS security suite by providing Layer 2 isolation between ports within the same private VLAN. A private VLAN partitions a traditional VLAN into subdomains identified by a primary and secondary VLAN pair. The Dell Networking OS private VLAN implementation is based on RFC 3069. For more information, see the following commands.
PAGE 1211
• A trunk port can also belong to a regular VLAN (non-private VLAN). Topics: • ip local-proxy-arp • private-vlan mode • private-vlan mapping secondary-vlan • switchport mode private-vlan ip local-proxy-arp Enable/disable Layer 3 communication between secondary VLANs in a private VLAN. S6000 Syntax [no] ip local-proxy-arp To disable Layer 3 communication between secondary VLANs in a private VLAN, use the no ip local-proxyarp command in INTERFACE VLAN mode for the primary VLAN.
PAGE 1212
Related Commands • private-vlan mode — sets the mode of the selected VLAN to community, isolated, or primary. • private-vlan mapping secondary-vlan — maps secondary VLANs to the selected primary VLAN. • show arp — displays the ARP table. • switchport mode private-vlan — sets PVLAN mode of the selected port. private-vlan mode Set PVLAN mode of the selected VLAN to community, isolated, or primary.
PAGE 1213
• mode to community or isolated even before associating it to a primary VLAN. This secondary VLAN continues to work normally as a normal VLAN even though it is not associated to a primary VLAN. (A syslog message indicates this.) • must not have a port in it when VLAN mode is being set. Only ports (and port channels) configured as promiscuous, host, or PVLAN trunk ports (as previously described) can be added to the PVLAN. No other regular ports can be added to the PVLAN.
PAGE 1214
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. The list of secondary VLANs can be: • Specified in comma-delimited or hyphenated-range format. • Specified with this command even before they have been created. • Amended by specifying the new secondary VLAN to be added to the list. • private-vlan mode — sets the mode of the selected VLAN to community, isolated, or primary.
PAGE 1215
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information The assignment of the various PVLAN port types to port and port channel (LAG) interfaces is shown in the following example.
PAGE 1216
41 Per-VLAN Spanning Tree Plus (PVST+) The Dell Networking OS implementation of per-VLAN spanning tree plus (PVST+) is based on the IEEE 802.1w standard spanning tree protocol. Dell Networking OS supports PVST+ on the S6000 platform. NOTE: For easier command line entry, the plus (+) sign is not used at the command line.
PAGE 1217
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. pre- 7.7.1.1 Introduced. • protocol spanning-tree pvst — enter SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. disable Disable PVST+ globally.
PAGE 1218
Related Commands Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. • protocol spanning-tree pvst — enter PVST+ mode. extend system-id To augment the Bridge ID with a VLAN ID so that PVST+ differentiate between BPDUs for each VLAN, use extend system ID. If the VLAN receives a BPDU meant for another VLAN, PVST+ does not detect a loop, and both ports can remain in Forwarding state.
PAGE 1219
Te 0/10 128.140 128 Te 0/12 128.142 128 200000 FWD 0 200000 DIS 0 32773 0001.e832.73f7 128.140 32773 0001.e832.73f7 128.142 Interface Name Role PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Link-type Edge -------------------------------------------------------Te 1/10 Desg 128.140 128 200000 FWD 0 P2P No Te 1/12 Dis 128.142 128 200000 DIS 0 P2P No Dell(conf-pvst)# Related Commands • protocol spanning-tree pvst – enter SPANNING TREE mode on the switch.
PAGE 1220
Dell(conf-pvst)# Dell(conf-pvst)# show config ! protocol spanning-tree pvst no disable vlan 2 bridge-priority 4096 vlan 3 bridge-priority 16384 Dell# Usage Information Related Commands After you enable PVST+, the device runs an STP instance for each VLAN it supports. • disable — disables PVST+. • show spanning-tree pvst — displays the PVST+ configuration. show spanning-tree pvst View the Per-VLAN spanning tree configuration.
PAGE 1221
Usage Information Example (Brief) Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.4.2.1 Support for the optional guard keyword was added on the C-Series, S-Series, and ESeries. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1222
Root Identifier has priority 4096, Address 0001.e805.e306 Root Bridge hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15 Bridge Identifier has priority 4096, Address 0001.e805.e306 Configured hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15 We are the root of VLAN 2 Current root has priority 4096, Address 0001.e805.e306 Number of topology changes 3, last change occured 00:57:00 Port 130 (TenGigabitEthernet 1/4) is designated Forwarding Port path cost 20000, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.
PAGE 1223
Interface Designated Name PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Bridge ID PortID --------------------------------------------------------Te 1/1 128.1223 128 20000 EDS 0 32768 0001.e800.a12b 128.1223 Dell# Example (Guard) Related Commands Dell# show spanning-tree pvst vlan 5 guard Interface Name Instance Sts Guard type ----------------------------------Te 1/1 5 INCON(Root) Rootguard Te 1/2 5 FWD Loopguard Te 1/3 5 EDS(Shut) Bpduguard • spanning-tree pvst — configure PVST+ on an interface.
PAGE 1224
• Port Channel with two 10 Gigabit Ethernet = 1800. • Port Channel with two 100 Mbps Ethernet = 180000. priority value Enter the keyword priority then the Port priority value in increments of 16. The range is from 0 to 240. The default is 128. loopguard (C-, S-, and E-Series only) Enter the keyword loopguard to enable loop guard on a PVST+ port or port-channel interface. rootguard (C-, S-, and E-Series only) Enter the keyword rootguard to enable root guard on a PVST+ port or port-channel interface.
PAGE 1225
You cannot enable root guard and loop guard at the same time on a port. For example, if you configure loop guard on a port on which root guard is already configured, the following error message is displayed: % Error: RootGuard is configured. Cannot configure LoopGuard. When used in a PVST+ network, loop guard is performed per-port or per-port channel at a VLAN level. If no BPDUs are received on a VLAN interface, the port or port-channel transitions to a Loop-Inconsistent (blocking) state only for this VLAN.
PAGE 1226
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced. Some non-Dell Networking systems which have hybrid ports participating in PVST+ transmit two kinds of BPDUs: an 802.1D BPDU and an untagged PVST+ BPDU. Dell Networking systems do not expect PVST+ BPDU on an untagged port.
PAGE 1227
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced. By default, Dell Networking OS implements an optimized flush mechanism for PVST+. This implementation helps in flushing the MAC addresses only when necessary (and less often) allowing for faster convergence during topology changes.
PAGE 1228
Related Commands Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced. • vlan forward-delay — changes the time interval before Dell Networking OS transitions to the Forwarding state. • vlan hello-time — change the time interval between BPDUs. • vlan max-age — changes the time interval before PVST+ refreshes. • show spanning-tree pvst — displays the PVST+ configuration.
PAGE 1229
Related Commands Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced. • vlan bridge-priority — sets the bridge-priority value. • vlan hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs. • vlan max-age — changes the time interval before PVST+ refreshes. • show spanning-tree pvst — displays the PVST+ configuration. vlan hello-time Set the time interval between generation of PVST+ 7 BPDUs.
PAGE 1230
Related Commands Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced. • vlan bridge-priority — sets the bridge-priority value. • vlan forward-delay — changes the time interval before Dell Networking OS transitions to the forwarding state. • vlan max-age — changes the time interval before PVST+ refreshes. • show spanning-tree pvst — displays the PVST+ configuration. vlan max-age To maintain configuration information before refreshing that information, set the time interval for the PVST+ bridge.
PAGE 1231
Related Commands Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced. • vlan bridge-priority — sets the bridge-priority value. • vlan forward-delay — changes the time interval before Dell Networking OS transitions to the forwarding state. • vlan hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs. • show spanning-tree pvst — displays the PVST+ configuration.
PAGE 1232
42 Quality of Service (QoS) The Dell Networking OS commands for quality of service (QoS) include traffic conditioning and congestion control. QoS commands are not universally supported on all Dell Networking products. S6000 platform. Topics: • Global Configuration Commands • Per-Port QoS Commands • Policy-Based QoS Commands • DSCP Color Map Commands Global Configuration Commands There is only one global configuration QoS command.
PAGE 1233
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced. By default, when rate policing and shaping, the system does not include the Preamble, SFD, or the IFG fields. These fields are overhead; only the fields from MAC destination address to the CRC are used for forwarding and are included in these rate metering calculations.
PAGE 1234
service-class dot1p-mapping Configure a service-class criterion based on a dot1p value. S6000 Syntax service-class dot1p-mapping {dot1p0 queue | dot1p1 queue | dot1p2 queue | dot1p3 queue | dot1p4 queue| dot1p5 queue | dot1p6 queue | dot1p7 queue} Parameters Defaults queue Enter a value from 0 to 7. For each dot1p Priority, the default CoS queue value is: • Dot1p Priority : 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 • Queue : 2 0 1 3 4 5 6 7 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1235
• Queue: 2 0 1 3 4 5 6 7 Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 1236
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. After you configure a unicast queue as strict-priority, that particular queue, on the entire chassis, is treated as a strict-priority queue. Traffic for a strict priority is scheduled before any other queues are serviced.
PAGE 1237
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1238
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1239
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1240
Command Modes Command History Usage Information dot1p Queue ID 0 1 1 0 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 • INTERFACE • CONFIGURATION This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 1241
• Layer 2 or Layer 3 service policies supersede dot1p service classes. Policy-Based QoS Commands Policy-based traffic classification is handled with class maps. These maps classify data traffic into eight classes. Dell Networking OS enables you to match multiple class maps and specify multiple match criteria. Policy-based QoS is not supported on logical interfaces, such as portchannels, VLANS, or loopbacks. bandwidth-percentage Assign a percentage of weight to the class/queue.
PAGE 1242
Related Commands • qos-policy-output — creates a QoS output policy. buffer-stats-snapshot Enable the buffer statistics tracking utility and enter the Buffer Statistics Snapshot configuration mode. You must enable this utility to be able to configure the parameters for buffer statistics tracking. S6000 Syntax [No] buffer-stats-snapshot To disable the buffer statistics tracking utility, enter the disable command from the BUFFER-STATSSNAPSHOT mode.
PAGE 1243
Parameters match-all Determines how packets are evaluated when multiple match criteria exist. Enter the keywords match-all to determine that the packets must meet all the match criteria in order to be a member of the class. match-any Determines how packets are evaluated when multiple match criteria exist. Enter the keywords match-any to determine that the packets must meet at least one of the match criteria in order to be a member of the class.
PAGE 1244
• match ip dscp — configures the match criteria based on the DSCP value. • match mac access-group — configures a match criterion for a class map based on the contents of the designated MAC ACL. • match mac dot1p — configures a match criterion for a class map based on a dot1p value. • match mac vlan — configures a match criterion for a class map based on VLAN ID. • service-queue — assigns a class map and QoS policy to different queues.
PAGE 1245
Related Commands Version Description 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. • show qos statistics — displays the QoS statistics. description Add a description to the selected policy map or QoS policy. S6000 Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters description Enter a description to identify the policies (80 characters maximum).
PAGE 1246
dynamic-buffer-limit Assign the number of bytes in KB in the dynamic buffer pool for a particular class of traffic . Syntax dynamic-buffer-limit buffer-value To remove the dynamic buffer limit, use the no dynamic-buffer-limit command. Parameters buffer-value Enter the buffer value in kilobytes. The range is from 0 to 12288. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-qos-policy-out) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1247
set-color value (Optional) Enter the keyword set-color followed by a color value. Traffic that fulfills the match criteria is marked with the color value that you specify. The default value is Yellow. Defaults none Command Modes CLASS-MAP CONFIGURATION (config-class-map) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 1248
ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 to support IPv6 traffic. ip-any Enter the keyword ip-any to support IPv4 and IPv6 traffic. dscp-list Enter the IP DSCP values that is to be the match criteria. Separate values by commas — no spaces ( 1,2,3 ) or indicate a list of values separated by a hyphen (1-3). The range is from 0 to 63. set-ip-dscp value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords set-ip-dscp then the IP DSCP value. The matched traffic is marked with the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63.
PAGE 1249
match ip precedence Use IP precedence values as a match criteria. S6000 Syntax match {ip | ipv6 | ip-any} precedence ip-precedence-list [set-ip-dscp value] To remove IP precedence as a match criteria, use the no match {ip | ipv6 | ip-any} precedence ip-precedence-list [[multicast] set-ip-dscp value] command. Parameters ip Enter the keyword ip to support IPv4 traffic. ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 to support IPv6 traffic. ip-any Enter the keyword ip-any to support IPv4 and IPv6 traffic.
PAGE 1250
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Added support for the DSCP Marking option. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. To access this command, enter the class-map command. After the class map is identified, you can configure the match criteria. The match ip precedence command and the match ip dscp command are mutually exclusive. Up to eight precedence values can be matched in one match statement.
PAGE 1251
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 8.2.1.0 Available on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Added support for the DSCP Marking option. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. To access this command, enter the class-map command. After the class map is identified, you can configure the match criteria. • class-map — identifies the class map. match mac dot1p Configure a match criterion for a class map based on a dot1p value.
PAGE 1252
Related Commands • class-map — identifies the class map. match mac vlan Configure a match criterion for a class map based on VLAN ID. S6000 Syntax match mac vlan number Parameters number Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. Defaults none Command Modes CLASS-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1253
policy-aggregate Allow an aggregate method of configuring per-port QoS via policy maps. An aggregate QoS policy is part of the policy map (output) applied on an interface. S6000 Syntax policy-aggregate qos-policy-name To remove a policy aggregate configuration, use the no policy-aggregate qos-policy-name command. Parameters qos-policy-name Enter the name of the policy map in character format (32 characters maximum).
PAGE 1254
policy-map-input Create an input policy map. S6000 Syntax policy-map-input policy-map-name cpu-qos | [layer2] [cpu-qos] To remove an input policy map, use the no policy-map-input policy-map-name cpu-qos | [layer2] [cpu-qos] command. Parameters policy-map-name Enter the name of the policy map in character format (32 characters maximum). cpu-qos Enter the cpu-qos keyword to assign this ACL to control plane traffic only. layer2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword layer2 to specify a Layer 2 Class Map.
PAGE 1255
Usage Information Related Commands The input policy map is used to classify incoming traffic to different flows using class-map, QoS policy, or incoming packets DSCP. This command enables Policy-Map-Input Configuration mode (conf-policy-map-in). When you configure an input policy map for CoPP, you must enter the keyword cpu-qos . • service-queue — assigns a class map and QoS policy to different queues. • service-policy input — applies an input policy map to the selected interface.
PAGE 1256
• policy-aggregate — allows an aggregate method of configuring per-port QoS using policy maps. • service-policy output — applies an output policy map to the selected interface. qos-policy-input Create a QoS input policy on the router. S6000 Syntax qos-policy-input qos-policy-name cpu-qos | layer2 To remove an existing input QoS policy from the router, use the no qos-policy-input qos-policy-name cpu-qos | layer2 command.
PAGE 1257
Usage Information Use this command to specify the name of the input QoS policy. Once input policy is specified, rate-police can be defined. This command enables the qos-policy-input configuration mode— (conf-qos-policy-in). When changing a Service-Queue configuration in a QoS policy map, all QoS rules are deleted and re-added automatically to ensure that the order of the rules is maintained. As a result, the Matched Packets value shown in the show qos statistics command is reset.
PAGE 1258
Usage Information Related Commands Use this command to specify the name of the output QoS policy. Once output policy is specified, rate-shape, scheduler strict, bandwidth-percentage, and WRED can be defined. This command enables the qos-policy-output configuration mode—(conf-qos-policy-out). • bandwidth-percentage — assigns percentage of bandwidth to the class/queue. • wred — assigns yellow or green drop precedence. rate-police Specify the policing functionality on incoming traffic.
PAGE 1259
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 8.2.1.0 Added the kbps option on the C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The default burst size is 100Kb. If a different value is required, you must configure the burst size to the required value. • rate police — specifies traffic policing on the selected interface. • qos-policy-input — creates a QoS output policy.
PAGE 1260
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added the kbps option on the C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. On 40-port 10G stack-unit if the traffic is shaped between 64 and 1000 Kbs, for some values, the shaped rate is much less than the value configured.
PAGE 1261
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.
PAGE 1262
Command History Usage Information Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1263
Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-policy-map-in and conf-policy-map-out) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 1264
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added mac-dot1p on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1265
Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell# show qos class-map Class-map match-any CM Match ip access-group ACL Dell# Related Commands • class-map — identifies the class map.
PAGE 1266
Defaults none Command Modes Command History Example (IPv4) • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1267
6 7 Dell# Example (Summary IPv4) c6 c7 q6 q7 Dell#sho qos policy-map summary Interface policy-map-input policy-map-output Te 4/1 PM1 Te 4/2 PM2 PMOut Dell# show qos policy-map-input View the input QoS policy map details. S6000 Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History show qos policy-map-input [policy-map-name] [class class-map-name] [qos-policyinput qos-policy-name] policy-map-name Enter the policy map name. class class-mapname Enter the keyword class then the class map name.
PAGE 1268
Example Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 E-Series Only: Added Trust IPv6 diffserv. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1269
Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1270
Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell# show qos qos-policy-input Qos-policy-input QosInput Rate-police 100 50 peak 100 50 Dscp 32 Dell# show qos qos-policy-output View the output QoS policy details.
PAGE 1271
Example Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell# show qos qos-policy-output Qos-policy-output qosOut Rate-limit 50 50 peak 50 50 Wred yellow 1 Wred green 1 Dell# show qos statistics View QoS statistics.
PAGE 1272
• Command History Example of show qos statistics egress—queue with per queue per port tx and drop rates Usage Information EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Updated the show qos statistics egress—queue output to reflect per queue per port tx and drop rates. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1273
NOTE: When you configure trust , matched packet counters are not incremented in this field. • Matched Bytes — The number of bytes that matched the class-map criteria. NOTE: When you configure trust , matched byte counters are not incremented in this field. • Dropped Pkts — The total of the number of packets dropped for green, yellow and out-of-profile. show qos wred-profile View the WRED profile details.
PAGE 1274
service-class buffer shared-threshold-weight Create a service class and associate the threshold weight of the shared buffer with each of the queues per port in the egress direction.
PAGE 1275
Example sharedthresholdweight on the queue % of available shared buffer that can be consumed by the queue 7 33.33% 8 50% 9 66.67% 10 80% 11 88.89% Dell(conf-if-te-1/8)# Service-class buffer shared-threshold-weight queue5 4 queue7 6 test cam-usage Check the Input Policy Map configuration for the CAM usage. S6000 Syntax Parameters test cam-usage service-policy input policy-map stack-unit {[number port-set portpipe number] | [all]} policy-map Enter the policy map name.
PAGE 1276
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. This feature allows you to determine if the CAM has enough space available before applying the configuration on an interface. An input policy map with both Trust and Class-map configuration, the Class-map rules are ignored and only the Trust rule is programmed in the CAM. In such an instance, the Estimated CAM output column contains the size of the CAM space required for the Trust rule and not the Class-map rule.
PAGE 1277
13 Dell# 1 L2ACL 400 200 Allowed (2) threshold Specify the minimum and maximum threshold values for the configured WRED profiles. S6000 Syntax threshold min number max number max-drop-drop To remove the threshold values, use the no threshold min number max number command. Parameters min number Enter the keyword min then the minimum threshold number for the WRED profile. The range is from 1 to 9360. max number Enter the keyword max then the maximum threshold number for the WRED profile.
PAGE 1278
Table 3. Threshold Values for the Pre-defined WRED Profiles Related Commands Pre-Defined WRED Profile Name Minimum Threshold Maximum Threshold Maximum Drop Rate wred_drop 0 0 100 wred_teng_y 594 5941 100 wred_teng_g 594 5941 50 wred_fortyg_y 594 5941 50 wred_fortyg_g 594 5941 25 • wred-profile — creates a WRED profile. trust Specify dynamic classification (DSCP) or dot1p to trust.
PAGE 1279
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.1.0 Added fallback to the E-Series. 8.2.1.0 Added dot1p to the C-Series and S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added dot1p and IPv6 DSCP . 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. When you configure trust, matched bytes/packets counters are not incremented in the show qos statistics command. Dynamic mapping honors packets marked according to the standard definitions of DSCP.
PAGE 1280
Enter the keyword green for green traffic. A DSCP value of xxx0xx are green and DSCP 111111 are red packets. profile-name Enter your WRED profile name in character format (32 character maximum). Or use one of the five pre-defined WRED profile names. Pre-defined Profiles: wred_drop, wred-ge_y, wred_ge_g, wred_teng_y, wred_teng_. Defaults When WRED green is applied, default WRED yellow profiles take effect and vice-versa.
PAGE 1281
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820t. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.
PAGE 1282
number Enter the weight as a number to be used to calculate the average-queue size. The range is 1 to 15. The default is 0. Default The default weight is zero. Command Modes QOS-POLICY-OUT mode Command History Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3.0.0 Introduced on the S6000 and Z9000 platforms Usage Information If the average queue size is more than the maximum threshold of WRED, the packet is dropped.
PAGE 1283
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Use the default pre-defined profiles or configure your own profile. You cannot delete the pre-defined profiles or their default values.
PAGE 1284
from 0 to 40000000 for Kbps. The range is from 1 to 268000000 for pps. The range is from 0 to 40000 for Mbps (which is the default measure for rate limits if you do not explicitly configure Kbps or pps) kbps Enter the keyword kbps to specify the peak rate limit in Kilobits per second (Kbps). Specify this value as a multiple of 64. The range is from 0 to 40000000. The default granularity is Megabits per second (Mbps). pps Enter the keyword pps to specify the peak rate limit in packets per second (pps).
PAGE 1285
Dell(conf-qos-policy-in)#rate-police 100 25 peak 80 500 % Error: Peak rate cannot be less than committed rate. service-pool wred A global buffer pool that is a shared buffer pool accessed by multiple queues when the minimum guaranteed buffers for the queue are consumed can be configured on the S6000 and Z9000 platforms. Create a global buffer pool that is a shared buffer pool accessed by multiple queues when the minimum guaranteed buffers for the queue are consumed.
PAGE 1286
You can configure the weight for the WRED average queue size for service1, which is the only the platform in which PFC is supported for this service pool. A WRED profile contains a set of attributes, such as the minimum and maximum threshold values, and the maximum drop rate for the received packets. You can add or remove WRED parameter configurations for one or more shared service pools using a single command.
PAGE 1287
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. If the specified color-map does not exist, the Diffserv Manager (DSM) creates a color map and sets all the DSCP values to green (low drop precedence). The default setting for each DSCP value (0-63) is green (low drop precedence).
PAGE 1288
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. Usage Information A color map outlines the codepoint mappings to the appropriate color mapping (green, yellow, red) for the traffic. The system uses this information use to handle the traffic on the interface based on the traffic priority and places it into the appropriate shaping queue. You cannot delete a DSCP color map when it is configured on an interface.
PAGE 1289
Example The following example assigns the color map, bat-enclave-map, to interface te 1/11. Dell(conf)# int te 1/11 Dell(conf-if-te-1/11)# qos dscp-color-policy bat-enclave-map Related Commands • dscp— sets the number of specific DSCP values for color map profile to yellow or red. • qos dscp-color-map— configures the DSCP color map. show qos dscp-color-policy Display DSCP color policy configuration for one or all interfaces.
PAGE 1290
Dscp-color-map mapONE yellow 4,7 red 20,30 Related Commands • show qos dscp-color-map — displays DSCP color maps. show qos dscp-color-map Display the DSCP color map for one or all interfaces. Syntax show qos dscp-color-map map-name Parameters map-name Enter the name of the color map. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1291
43 Routing Information Protocol (RIP) Routing information protocol (RIP) is a distance vector routing protocol. The Dell Networking OS supports both RIP version 1 (RIPv1) and RIP version 2 (RIPv2) on the S6000 platform. The Dell Networking OS implementation of RIP is based on IETF RFCs 2453 and RFC 1058. For more information about configuring RIP, see the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 1292
auto-summary Restore the default behavior of automatic summarization of subnet routes into network routes. This command applies only to RIP version 2. Syntax auto-summary To send sub-prefix routing information, use the no auto-summary command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 1293
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1294
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.
PAGE 1295
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1296
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. This command ensures that route information being redistributed is converted to the same metric value. • redistribute — allows you to redistribute routes learned by other methods.
PAGE 1297
Related Commands Version Description pre- 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. • router rip — enters ROUTER mode on the switch. distance Assign a weight (for prioritization) to all routes in the RIP routing table or to a specific route. Lower weights (“administrative distance”) are preferred. S6000 Syntax distance weight [ip-address mask [prefix-name]] To return to the default values, use the no distance weight [ip-address mask] command.
PAGE 1298
Related Commands Version Description pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. • default-metric — assigns one distance metric to all routes learned using the redistribute command. distribute-list in Configure a filter for incoming routing updates. S6000 Syntax distribute-list prefix-list-name in [interface] To delete the filter, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name in command. Parameters prefix-list-name Enter the name of a configured prefix list.
PAGE 1299
Related Commands Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. • ip prefix-list — enters PREFIX-LIST mode and configures a prefix list. distribute-list out Configure a filter for outgoing routing updates. S6000 Syntax distribute-list prefix-list-name out [interface | bgp | connected | isis |ospf | static] To delete the filter, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name out command.
PAGE 1300
Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1301
Related Commands Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. • ip split-horizon — sets the RIP routing updates to exclude routing prefixes. ip rip receive version To receive specific versions of RIP, set the interface. The RIP version you set on the interface overrides the version command in ROUTER RIP mode.
PAGE 1302
Usage Information Related Commands If you want the interface to receive both versions of RIP, use the ip rip receive version 1 2 command. • ip rip send version — sets the RIP version for sending RIP traffic on an interface. • version — sets the RIP version the switch software uses. ip rip send version To send a specific version of RIP, set the interface. The version you set on the interface overrides the version command in ROUTER RIP mode.
PAGE 1303
• version — sets the RIP version for the switch software. ip split-horizon Enable split-horizon for RIP data on the interface. As described in RFC 2453, the split-horizon scheme prevents any routes learned over a specific interface to be sent back out that interface. S6000 Syntax ip split-horizon To disable split-horizon, use the no ip split-horizon command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1304
maximum-paths Set RIP to forward packets over multiple paths. S6000 Syntax maximum-paths number To return to the default values, use the no maximum-paths commands. Parameters number Enter the number of paths. The range is from 1 to 16. The default is 4 paths. Defaults 4 Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1305
To delete a neighbor setting, use the no neighbor ip-address command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address, in dotted decimal format, of a router with which to exchange information. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1306
Parameters ip-address Specify an IP network address in dotted decimal format. You cannot specify a subnet. Defaults No RIP network is configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1307
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1308
Parameters delay Specify a number of milliseconds as the delay interval. The range is from 8 to 50. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1309
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.
PAGE 1310
Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1311
route-map mapname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of a configured route map. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1312
Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1313
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To enable RIP, assign a network address using the network command. Example Dell(conf)# router rip Dell(conf-router_rip)# Related Commands • network — enables RIP. • exit — returns to CONFIGURATION mode.
PAGE 1314
Example Version Description pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(conf-router_rip)# show config ! router rip network 172.31.0.0 passive-interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/1 Dell(conf-router_rip)# show ip rip database Display the routes that RIP learns. If the switch learned no RIP routes, no output is generated. S6000 Syntax show ip rip database [ip-address mask] Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Specify an IP address in dotted decimal format to view RIP information on that network only.
PAGE 1315
Example Field Description Total number of routes in RIP database Displays the number of RIP routes stored in the RIP database. 100.10.10.0/24 directly connected Lists the routes directly connected. 150.100.0.0 redistributed Lists the routes learned through redistribution. 209.9.16.0/24... Lists the routes and the sources advertising those routes. Dell# show ip rip database Total number of routes in RIP database: 1624 204.250.54.0/24 [50/1] via 192.14.1.3, 00:00:12, TenGigabitEthernet 1/15 204.
PAGE 1316
Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell# show running-config rip ! router rip distribute-list Test1 in distribute-list Test21 out network 10.0.0.
PAGE 1317
routing table. The flush value should be greater than the update value. The range is from zero (0) to 4294967295. The default is 240 seconds. Defaults • update = 30 seconds • invalid = 180 seconds • holddown = 180 seconds • flush = 240 seconds Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 1318
Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands 1318 Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1319
44 Remote Monitoring (RMON) The Dell Networking OS remote monitoring (RMON) is implemented on the S6000 platform. Dell Networking OS RMON is based on IEEE standards, providing both 32-bit and 64-bit monitoring and long-term statistics collection.
PAGE 1320
rmon alarm Set an alarm on any MIB object. S6000 Syntax rmon alarm number variable interval {delta | absolute} rising-threshold value event-number falling-threshold value event-number [owner string] To disable the alarm, use the no rmon alarm number command. Parameters number Enter the alarm integer number from 1 to 65535. The value must be unique in the RMON alarm table. variable Enter the MIB object to monitor. The variable must be in the SNMP OID format; for example, 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3.
PAGE 1321
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. rmon collection history Enable the RMON MIB history group of statistics collection on an interface.
PAGE 1322
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. rmon collection statistics Enable RMON MIB statistics collection on an interface.
PAGE 1323
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. rmon event Add an event in the RMON event table. S6000 Syntax rmon event number [log] [trap community] [description string] To disable RMON on an interface, use the no rmon event number command.
PAGE 1324
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. rmon hc-alarm Set an alarm on any MIB object.
PAGE 1325
owner string (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword owner then the owner name to specify an owner for the alarm. This is the alarmOwner object in the alarmTable of the RMON MIB. Defaults owner Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1326
Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell# show rmon RMON status total memory used 218840 bytes.
PAGE 1327
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example (Index) Dell# show rmon alarm 1 RMON alarm entry 1 sample Interval: 5 object: 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 sample type: absolute value. value: 255161 alarm type: rising or falling alarm.
PAGE 1328
show rmon events Display the contents of the RMON event table. S6000 Syntax show rmon events [index] [brief] Parameters index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON event table in an easy-toread format. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1329
event type: LOG. event community: event last time sent: none event owner: event status: OK RMON event entry 113 description: event type: SNMP TRAP. event community: private event last time sent: none event owner: event status: OK RMON event entry 114 description: event type: LOG and SNMP TRAP.
PAGE 1330
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1331
show rmon history Display the contents of the RMON Ethernet history table. S6000 Syntax Parameters show rmon history [index] [brief] index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON Ethernet history table in an easy-to-read format Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1332
6002 100974631 6003 101236775 6004 101236775 9001 134529054 9002 134529054 9003 134791198 9004 134791198 Dell# TenGigabitEthernet TenGigabitEthernet TenGigabitEthernet TenGigabitEthernet TenGigabitEthernet TenGigabitEthernet TenGigabitEthernet 2/2 2/1 2/1 3/2 3/2 3/1 3/1 show rmon log Display the contents of the RMON log table. S6000 Syntax show rmon log [index] [brief] Parameters index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry.
PAGE 1333
log time: 14638 (THU AUG 12 22:10:40 2004) description: 2 Dell# Example (Brief) Dell# show rmon log br eventIndex description -----------------------------2 2 4 4 Dell# show rmon statistics Display the contents of RMON Ethernet statistics table. S6000 Syntax Parameters show rmon statistics [index] [brief] index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON Ethernet statistics table in an easy-to-read format.
PAGE 1334
packets dropped: 0 bytes received: 0 packets received: 0 broadcast packets: 0 multicast packets: 0 CRC error: 0 under-size packets: 0 over-size packets: 0 fragment errors: 0 jabber errors: 0 collision: 0 64bytes packets: 0 65-127 bytes packets: 0 128-255 bytes packets: 0 256-511 bytes packets: 0 512-1023 bytes packets: 0 1024-1518 bytes packets: 0 owner: 1 status: OK HC packets received overflow: 0 HC packets received: 0 HC bytes received overflow: 0 HC bytes received: 0 HC 64bytes pack
PAGE 1335
45 Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) The Dell Networking OS implementation of rapid spanning tree protocol (RSTP) is based on the IEEE 802.1w standard spanning-tree protocol. The RSTP algorithm configures connectivity throughout a bridged local area network (LAN) that is comprised of LANs interconnected by bridges. Dell Networking OS supports RSTP.
PAGE 1336
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. • protocol spanning-tree rstp — enters rapid spanning tree mode.
PAGE 1337
Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.
PAGE 1338
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. pre-7.7.1.0 Introduced. • protocol spanning-tree rstp — enters SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. disable Disable RSTP globally on the system. Syntax disable To enable Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol, use the no disable command. Defaults RSTP is disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION RSTP (conf-rstp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1339
forward-delay Configure the amount of time the interface waits in the Listening State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State. Syntax forward-delay seconds To return to the default setting, use the no forward-delay command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds that Dell Networking OS waits before transitioning RSTP to the forwarding state. The range is from 4 to 30. The default is 15 seconds.
PAGE 1340
Parameters seconds Enter a number as the time interval between transmission of BPDUs. The range is from 1 to 10 seconds. The default is 2 seconds. milli-second Enter the keywords milli-second to configure a hello time on the order of milliseconds. The range is from 50 to 950 milliseconds Defaults 2 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION RSTP (conf-rstp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1341
Parameters max-age Enter a number of seconds the Dell Networking OS waits before refreshing configuration information. The range is from 6 to 40 seconds. The default is 20 seconds. Defaults 20 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION RSTP (conf-rstp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1342
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information RSTP is not enabled when you enter RSTP mode.
PAGE 1343
Example Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(conf-rstp)# show config ! protocol spanning-tree rstp no disable bridge-priority 16384 show spanning-tree rstp Display the RSTP configuration. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show spanning-tree rstp [brief] [guard] brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view a synopsis of the RSTP configuration information.
PAGE 1344
Usage Information Example (Brief) Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show spanning-tree rstp guard command shown in the following example. Field Description Interface Name RSTP interface. Instance RSTP instance. Sts Port state: root-inconsistent (INCON Root), forwarding (FWD), listening (LIS), blocking (BLK), disabled (DIS), or shut down (EDS Shut).
PAGE 1345
Number of topology changes 1, last change occurred 00:00:31 ago on Te 1/1 Port 257 (TenGigabitEthernet 1/1) is LBK_INC Discarding Port path cost 20000, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.257 Designated root has priority 32768, address 0001.e801.6aa8 Designated bridge has priority 32768, address 0001.e801.6aa8 Designated port id is 128.
PAGE 1346
rootguard Enter the keyword rootguard to enable root guard on an RSTP port or port-channel interface. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1347
• Example If no BPDU is received from a remote device, loop guard places the port in a Loop-Inconsistent Blocking state and no traffic is forwarded on the port. Dell(conf)# interface tengigabitethernet 4/1 Dell(conf-if-gi-4/0)# spanning-tree rstp edge-port Dell(conf-if-gi-4/0)# show config ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 4/1 no ip address switchport spanning-tree rstp edge-port no shutdown Dell# tc-flush-standard Enable the MAC address flushing after receiving every topology change notification.
PAGE 1348
46 Security The commands in this chapter are available on Dell Networking OS. For configuration details, see the Security section in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. NOTE: Dell Networking OS implements LEAP with MSCHAP v2 supplicant. Topics: • AAA Accounting Commands • Authorization and Privilege Commands • Obscure Password Commands • Authentication and Password Commands • RADIUS Commands • TACACS+ Commands • Port Authentication (802.
PAGE 1349
Parameters system Enter the keyword system to send accounting information of any other AAA configuration. exec Enter the keyword exec to send accounting information when a user has logged in to EXEC mode. commands {level | role role-name Enter the keyword command then a privilege level for accounting of commands executed at that privilege level or enter the keyword role then the role name for accounting of commands executed by a user with that user role.
PAGE 1350
Usage Information In the example above, TACACS+ accounting is used to track all usage of EXEC command and commands on privilege level 15. Privilege level 15 is the default. If you want to track usage at privilege level 1 for example, use the aaa accounting command 1 command.
PAGE 1351
Usage Information Dell Networking OS issues accounting records for all users on the system, including users whose username string, due to protocol translation, is NULL. For example, a user who comes on line with the aaa authentication login method-list none command is applied. To prevent the accounting records from being generated for sessions that do not have user names associated to them, use the aaa accounting suppress command. accounting Apply an accounting method list to terminal lines.
PAGE 1352
Related Commands • aaa accounting — enables AAA Accounting and creates a record for monitoring the accounting function. aaa radius group Configure the RADIUS server group that is used for Authentication, Authorization and Accounting. Syntax aaa radius group group-name To remove the RADIUS group configuration, use the no aaa radius group group-name command. Parameters group-name Enter the name of the RADIUS server group.
PAGE 1353
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.1) Added support for roles on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Added support for roles on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1354
Parameters exec Enter the keyword exec to apply an EXEC level authorization method list. commands {level | role role-name} Enter the keyword commands followed by either a privilege level for accounting of commands executed at that privilege level, or enter the keyword role then the role name for authorization of commands executed by a user with that user role. method-list Enter a method list that you defined using the aaa accounting exec or aaa accounting commands.
PAGE 1355
Parameters commands level Enter the keyword commands then the command privilege level for command level authorization. role role-name Enter the keyword role then the role name. name Define a name for the list of authorization methods. default Define the default list of authorization methods. local Use the authorization parameters on the system to perform authorization. tacacs+ Use the TACACS+ protocol to perform authorization. none Enter the keyword none to apply no authorization.
PAGE 1356
Disable authorization checking for CONFIGURATION level commands using the no aaa authorization config-commands command. Defaults Enabled when you configure aaa authorization commands command. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.
PAGE 1357
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1358
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.
PAGE 1359
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Obscure Password Commands To enable the obscure password, use the following commands. service obscure-passwords Enable the obscuring of passwords and keys.
PAGE 1360
Password obscuring masks the password and keys for display only but does not change the contents of the file. The string of asterisks is the same length as the encrypted string for that line of configuration. To verify that you have successfully obscured passwords and keys, use the show running-config command orshow startup-config command. If you are using role-based access control (RBAC), only the system administrator and security administrator roles can enable the service obscure-password command.
PAGE 1361
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1362
default Enter the keyword default to specify that the method list specified is the default method for all terminal lines. method Enter one of the following methods: ... method4 • enable: use the password the enable password command defines in CONFIGURATION mode. Not available if role-only is in use. • line: use the password the password command defines in LINE mode. Not available if role-only is in use. • local: use the password for the userid contained in the local password database.
PAGE 1363
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. By default, the locally configured username password is used. If you configure aaa authentication login default, Dell Networking OS uses the methods this command defines for login instead. Methods configured with the aaa authentication login command are evaluated in the order they are configured.
PAGE 1364
Once re-authentication is enabled, Dell Networking OS prompts the users to re-authenticate whenever there is a change in authenticators. The change in authentication happens when: • Add or remove an authentication server (RADIUS/TACACS+) • Modify an AAA authentication/authorization list • Change to role-only (RBAC) mode The re-authentication is also applicable for authenticated 802.1x devices.
PAGE 1365
Related Commands Version Description pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. • line — applies an authentication method list to the designated terminal lines. • ip access-list standard — names (or selects) a standard access list to filter based on the IP address. • ip access-list extended — names (or selects) an extended access list based on the IP addresses or protocols. enable password Change the password for the enable command.
PAGE 1366
Usage Information Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. To control access to command modes, use this command to define a password for a level and use the privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) command. Passwords must meet the following criteria: • Start with a letter, not a number. • Passwords can have a regular expression as the password.
PAGE 1367
Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON, S6000, S6000–ON, S5000, S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, MXL, FN IOM, C9010, S3100, and Z9100-ON. • show running-config — views the current configuration. • privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) — controls access to the command modes within the switch. enable restricted Allows Dell Networking technical support to access restricted commands.
PAGE 1368
Usage Information Only Dell Networking Technical Support staff use this command. enable secret Change the password for the enable command. Syntax enable secret [level level] [encryption-type] password To delete a password, use the no enable secret [encryption-type] password [level level] command. Parameters level level (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword level then a number as the level of access. The range is from 1 to 15. encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 5 or 0 as the encryption type.
PAGE 1369
Usage Information To control access to command modes, use this command to define a password for a level and use the privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) command. Passwords must meet the following criteria: • Start with a letter, not a number. • Passwords can have a regular expression as the password. To create a password with a regular expression in it, use CNTL + v prior to entering regular expression. For example, to create the password abcd]e, you type “abcd CNTL v ]e”.
PAGE 1370
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. If you configure the aaa authentication login default command, the login authentication default command automatically is applied to all terminal lines.
PAGE 1371
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.
PAGE 1372
the Telnet or SSH sessions for which there has been a consecutive failed login attempts. The console is not locked out. characterrestriction (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords character-restriction to indicate a character restriction for the password. upper number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword upper then the upper number. The range is from 0 to 31. lower number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword lower then the lower number. The range is from 0 to 31.
PAGE 1373
Related Commands • password — specifies a password for users on terminal lines. secure-cli enable Enable the secured CLI mode. Syntax secure-cli enable Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced this command.
PAGE 1374
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information CAUTION: Encrypting passwords with this command does not provide a high level of security. When the passwords are encrypted, you cannot return them to plain text unless you re-configure them.
PAGE 1375
Example Version Description pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell# show privilege Current privilege level is 15. Dell# Dell# show privilege Current privilege level is 14. Dell# Dell# show privilege Current privilege level is 10. Dell# Related Commands • privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) — assign access control to different command modes. show users Allows you to view information on all users logged in to the switch.
PAGE 1376
Usage Information Example The following describes the show user command shown in the following example. Field Description (untitled) Indicates with an asterisk (*) which terminal line you are using. Line Displays the terminal lines currently in use. User Displays the user name of all users logged in. Host(s) Displays the terminal line status. Location Displays the IP address of the user.
PAGE 1377
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1378
• 5 to indicate that a password encrypted using an MD5 hashing algorithm follows. This encryption type is available with the secret option only, and is the default encryption type for this option. password Enter a string up to 32 characters long. privilege level Enter the keyword privilege then a number from zero (0) to 15. role role-name Enter the keyword role followed by the role name to associate with that user ID. secret Enter the keyword secret then the encryption type.
PAGE 1379
RADIUS Commands The following RADIUS commands are supported by Dell Networking OS. aaa radius auth-method Configure the authentication method to use with RADIUS for user access. Syntax aaa radius auth-method {pap | mschapv2} To undo the RADIUS authentication method configuration, use the no aaa radius auth-method command. Parameters pap Enter the keyword pap to use the Password Authentication Protocol (PAP) for RADIUS authentication.
PAGE 1380
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1381
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.
PAGE 1382
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. radius-server group Creates or deletes a group of radius servers. Syntax radius-server group group-name Parameters group-name Enter the group name that denotes the group of RADIUS servers. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1383
radius-server host Configure a RADIUS server host. Syntax Parameters radius-server host {hostname | ipv4-address | ipv6-address} [auth-port portnumber] [retransmit retries] [timeout seconds] [key [encryption-type] key] hostname Enter the name of the RADIUS server host. ipv4-address | ipv6address Enter the IPv4 address (A.B.C.D) or IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X) of the RADIUS server host. auth-port portnumber (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords auth-port then a number as the port number.
PAGE 1384
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Authentication key length increased to 42 characters. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1385
radius-server vrf Create an association between a RADIUS server group and a VRF and source interface. ud Syntax radius-server vrf vrf-name [source-interface interface] To delete the association between a RADIUS server group and a VRF and source interface, use the no radiusserver vrf vrf-name [source-interface interface] command. Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to associate a RADIUS server group with that VRF.
PAGE 1386
RADIUS groups and VRFs have one-to-one mapping. If a VRF is configured with one RADIUS group, then you cannot use the same VRF with another RADIUS group. When the VRF is removed, then the corresponding RADIUS group is also removed automatically.
PAGE 1387
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The key configured on the switch must match the key configured on the RADIUS server daemon. If you configure the key parameter in the radius-server host command, the key configured with the radius-server key command is the default key for all RADIUS communications. Related Commands • radius-server host — configures a RADIUS host.
PAGE 1388
Related Commands Version Description pre-6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. • radius-server host — configures a RADIUS host. radius-server timeout To reply to a request, configure the amount of time the RADIUS client (the switch) waits for a RADIUS host server . Syntax radius-server timeout seconds To return to the default value, use the no radius-server timeout command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds between an unsuccessful attempt and the Dell Networking OS times out.
PAGE 1389
TACACS+ Commands Dell Networking OS supports TACACS+ as an alternate method for login authentication. tacacs-server group Creates a group of TACACS servers to be used for Authentication, Authorization, and Accounting.. Syntax aaa tacacsgroup group-name To delete a group of TACACS servers, use the no tacacs-server group group-name command . Parameters group-name Enter the name of the TACACS server group. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1390
debug tacacs+ To assist with troubleshooting, view TACACS+ transactions. Syntax debug tacacs+ To disable debugging of TACACS+, use the no debug tacacs+ command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1391
• For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. • For a Null interface, enter the keyword null then the Null interface number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 1392
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series. Usage Information You can associate a TACACS server group with a VRF. Example Dell(conf)# tacacs-server group group1 Dell(conf-tacacs-group)# tacacs-server host 1.1.1.1 key secret Dell(conf-tacacs-group)# tacacs-server host 2.2.2.
PAGE 1393
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.
PAGE 1394
tacacs-server key Configure a key for communication between a TACACS+ server and a client. Syntax tacacs-server key [encryption-type] key To delete a key, use the no tacacs-server key key command. Parameters encryption-type key (OPTIONAL) Enter either zero (0) or 7 as the encryption type for the key entered. The options are: • 0 is the default and means the key is not encrypted and stored as clear text. • 7 means that the key is encrypted and hidden.
PAGE 1395
tacacs-server vrf Create an association between a TACACS server group and a VRF and source interface. Syntax tacacs-server vrf vrf-name [source-interface interface] To delete the association between a TACACS server group and a VRF and source interface, use the no tacacsserver vrf vrf-name [source-interface interface] command. Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to associate a TACACS server group with that VRF.
PAGE 1396
Dell(conf)# tacacs-server group group2 Dell(conf-tacacs-group)# tacacs-server vrf default Port Authentication (802.1X) Commands An authentication server must authenticate a client connected to an 802.1X switch port. Until the authentication, only Extensible Authentication Protocol over LAN (EAPOL) traffic is allowed through the port to which a client is connected. After authentication is successful, normal traffic passes through the port.
PAGE 1397
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. • dot1x authentication (Interface) — enable dot1x on an interface.
PAGE 1398
Related Commands • dot1x authentication (Configuration) — enable dot1x globally. dot1x auth-fail-vlan Configure an authentication failure VLAN for users and devices that fail 802.1X authentication. Syntax dot1x auth-fail-vlan vlan-id [max-attempts number] To delete the authentication failure VLAN, use the no dot1x auth-fail-vlan vlan-id [maxattempts number] command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 1399
dot1x auth-server Configure the authentication server to RADIUS. Syntax dot1x auth-server radius Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1400
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, S-Series, and E-Series. 802.1X authentication is enabled when an interface is connected to the switch.
PAGE 1401
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.4 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. To disable MAC authentication bypass on a port, enter the no dot1x mac-auth-bypass command.
PAGE 1402
Related Commands • interface range — configure a range of interfaces. dot1x port-control Enable port control on an interface. Syntax dot1x port-control {force-authorized | auto | force-unauthorized} Parameters force-authorized Enter the keywords force-authorized to forcibly authorize a port. auto Enter the keyword auto to authorize a port based on the 802.1X operation result. force-unauthorized Enter the keywords force-unauthorized to forcibly de-authorize a port.
PAGE 1403
Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1404
Related Commands Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. • interface range — configures a range of interfaces. dot1x reauth-max Configure the maximum number of times a port can re-authenticate before the port becomes unauthorized.
PAGE 1405
dot1x server-timeout Configure the amount of time after which exchanges with the server time-out. Syntax dot1x server-timeout seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x server-timeout command. Parameters seconds Enter a time-out value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 300, where 300 is implementation dependant. The default is 30. Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1406
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1407
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. show dot1x interface Display the 802.1X information on an interface. Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Example show dot1x interface interface interface Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1408
Dot1x Status: Port Control: Port Auth Status: Re-Authentication: Untagged VLAN id: Guest VLAN: Guest VLAN id: Auth-Fail VLAN: Auth-Fail VLAN id: Auth-Fail Max-Attempts: Mac-Auth-Bypass: Mac-Auth-Bypass Only: Tx Period: Quiet Period: ReAuth Max: Supplicant Timeout: Server Timeout: Re-Auth Interval: Max-EAP-Req: Host Mode: Auth PAE State: Backend State: Dell# Enable AUTO UNAUTHORIZED Disable None Disable NONE Disable NONE NONE Disable Disable 30 seconds 60 seconds 2 30 seconds 30 seconds 3600 seconds 2 SINGL
PAGE 1409
crypto key generate Generate keys for the SSH server. Syntax NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access. For more information, contact your Dell Networking representative. crypto key generate {rsa | rsa1} Parameters rsa Enter the keyword rsa then the key size to generate a SSHv2 RSA host keys. The range is from 1024 to 2048 if you did not enable FIPS mode; if you enabled FIPS mode, you can only generate a 2048-bit key. The default is 1024.
PAGE 1410
This command requires user interaction and generates a prompt prior to overwriting any existing host keys. NOTE: Only a user with superuser permissions should generate host-keys. Example Dell(conf)# crypto key generate rsa Enter key size <1024-2048>. Default<1024> : Host key already exists. Overwrite (y/n)?y Generating 1024-bit SSHv2 RSA key. ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! Dell(conf)# Dell(conf)# crypto key generate rsa1 Enter key size <1024-2048>. Default<1024> : Host key already exists.
PAGE 1411
server Enter the keyword server to enable collecting debug information on the server. Defaults Disabled on both client and server. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1412
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. To configure the switch as an SCP server, use the ip ssh server command.
PAGE 1413
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. This command specifies the maximum number of attempts to authenticate a user on an SSH connection with the remote host for password authentication. SSH disconnects when the number of password failures exceeds authentication-retries. ip ssh challenge–response–authentication Enable challenge response authentication for SSHv2.
PAGE 1414
Defaults • aes128-ctr • aes128-cbc • 3des-cbc The default list of ciphers is in the order as shown below: • aes256-ctr • aes256-cbc • aes192-ctr • aes192-cbc • aes128-ctr • aes128-cbc • 3des-cbc Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 1415
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1416
Usage Information Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. If you enable this command, clients can log in without a password prompt. This command provides two levels of authentication: • rhost-authentication is done with the file specified in the ip ssh rhostfile command. • checking client host-keys is done with the file specified in the ip ssh pub-key-file command.
PAGE 1417
Usage Information Version Description pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The server-generated key is used for SSHv1 key-exchange. ip ssh mac Configure the list of MAC algorithms supported on both SSH client and SCP. Syntax Parameters ip ssh mac mac-list mac mac-list Enter the keyword mac then a space-delimited list of message authentication code (MAC) algorithms supported by the SSH client. The following MAC algorithms are available.
PAGE 1418
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON, S6000, S6000–ON, S5000, S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, MXL, C9010, S3100 series, and Z9100-ON. • You can select one or more MAC algorithms from the list. • Client-supported MAC list gets preference over the server-supported MAC list in selecting the MAC algorithm for the SSH session. • When the MAC (-m) option is used with the SSH CLI, it overrides the configured or default MAC list.
PAGE 1419
ip ssh rekey Configures the time rekey-interval or volume rekey-limit threshold at which to re-generate the SSH key during an SSH session. Syntax ip ssh rekey [time rekey-interval] [volume rekey-limit] To reset to the default, use no ip ssh rekey [time rekey-interval] [volume rekey-limit] command. Parameters time minutes Enter the keywords time then the amount of time in minutes. The range is from 10 to 1440 minutes.
PAGE 1420
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1421
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1422
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.
PAGE 1423
• aes128-ctr • aes192-ctr • aes256-ctr The default cipher list is used. mac hmacalgorithm • 3des-cbc • aes128-cbc • aes192-cbc • aes256-cbc • aes128-ctr • aes192-ctr • aes256-ctr Enter the keyword mac then a space-delimited list of hash message authentication code (HMAC) algorithms supported by the SSH server for keying hashing for the message authentication.
PAGE 1424
• diffie-hellman-group14-sha1 port port-number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword port then the port number of the listening port of the SSH server. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 22. [version {1 | 2}] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword version then the SSH version 1 or 2 to specify only SSHv1 or SSHv2. NOTE: If you enable FIPS mode, you can only select version 2. Defaults • Default listening port is 22.
PAGE 1425
Usage Information This command enables the SSH server and begins listening on a port. If a port is not specified, listening is on SSH default port 22. NOTE: Starting with Dell Networking OS Release 9.2(0.0), SSH server is enabled by default. Example Dell# conf Dell(conf)# ip ssh server port 45 Dell(conf)# ip ssh server enable Dell# ip ssh server vrf Configure an SSH server on either a specific VRF or a management VRF. Syntax NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access.
PAGE 1426
If the SSH server is enabled on a VRF with name vrf1, then use the following command to restart the SSH server on a VRF with name vrf2: ip ssh server vrf vrf2. If the SSH server is enabled on a VRF with name vrf1, then use the following command to restart the SSH server on the default VRF: ip ssh server vrf.
PAGE 1427
Usage Information The source-interface interface attribute is applicable for both the SSH client as well as the COPY (SCP) commands. Using these attributes the client session tags an error to the user during run time, in case there is a mismatch between this command and the ip ssh vrf command. Example Dell(conf)#ip ssh source-interface tengigabitethernet 1/42 Dell(conf)#do ssh 10.10.10.2 -l admin Dell(conf)#no ip ssh source-interface ip ssh vrf Specify a VRF for an outgoing SSH connections.
PAGE 1428
show crypto Display the public part of the SSH host-keys. Syntax NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access. For more information, contact your Dell Networking representative. show crypto key mypubkey {rsa | rsa1} Parameters Key Enter the keyword key to display the host public key. mypubkey Enter the keyword mypubkey to display the host public key. rsa Enter the keyword rsa to display the host SSHv2 RSA public key.
PAGE 1429
zAs8V5STalGq4/+S+6H9axpQnA+A0xweeo5iR5hvPP6Vc+HS+uWoQH+ VOJ8H5Jxsm347XnYv/gpSqhgjZ/C5UwFiucVkVfYu8RDcJVIuQhLv PEebIF5Q+sD8K89MXU90MAS/UdoiJZSOIlbaCuSTW1Q== Dell# Related Commands • crypto key generate — generates the SSH keys. show ip ssh Display information about established SSH sessions. Syntax NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access. For more information, contact your Dell Networking representative.
PAGE 1430
md5-96. SSH server kex algorithms : diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1,diffie-hellmangroup1-sha1,diffie-hellman-group14-sha1. Password Authentication : enabled. Hostbased Authentication : disabled. RSA Authentication : disabled. Challenge Response Auth : enabled. Vty Encryption HMAC Remote IP 2 aes128-cbc hmac-md5 10.16.127.141 4 aes128-cbc hmac-md5 10.16.127.141 * 5 aes128-cbc hmac-md5 10.16.127.141 Dell# Related Commands • ip ssh server — configures an SSH server.
PAGE 1431
om 2200:2200:2200:2200:2200::2202 ssh-rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAABIwAAAIEAu5NoTbmnLxBknaeXZmUJMupNwNUoGlo1/ yLPI5eehQTyaldRPHtGyPlcmMbCH +QJkqtyiwDPmH4njyDMYDCXY85vc55ibWsN9qalagklnh2cj2q4nYj5x8+8OOhYeFPaHiygd8U/ FXict61jWs84Co1UTsAgRzDJ9aUSS75TVac= root@dt-maa-li nux-1.force10networks.com 10.16.151.
PAGE 1432
U9tMwhS8vy8AVxdH4x4km3c3t5Jvc= freedom@poclab4 Dell# Related Commands • ip ssh rsa-authentication (Config) — configures the RSA authorized keys. ssh Open an SSH connection specifying the hostname, username, encryption cipher, HMAC algorithm, port number, and version of the SSH client. Syntax NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access. For more information, contact your Dell Networking representative.
PAGE 1433
-l username (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword -l then the user name used in this SSH session. The default is the user name of the user associated with the terminal. -m HMAC algorithm Enter one of the following HMAC algorithms to use. (For v2 clients only): "no fips mode enable"(disable) will support v1 & v2 client. • hmac-md5: Force ssh to use hmac-md5 HMAC algorithm. • hmac-md5-96: Force ssh to use hmac-md5-96 HMAC algorithm. • hmac-sha1: Force ssh to use hmac-sha1 HMAC algorithm.
PAGE 1434
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Added support for the -c and -m parameters on the S4810. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Added IPv6 support. Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Dell Networking OS supports both inbound and outbound SSH sessions using IPv4 or IPv6 addressing. Inbound SSH supports accessing the system through the management interface as well as through a physical Layer 3 interface.
PAGE 1435
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. • show ip dhcp snooping — display the contents of the DHCP binding table. ip dhcp relay Enable Option 82. Syntax Parameters ip dhcp relay information-option [trust-downstream | vrf] trust-downstream Configure the system to trust Option 82 when it is received from the previous-hop router.
PAGE 1436
ip dhcp snooping Enable DHCP Snooping globally. Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON.
PAGE 1437
interface type Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands Enter the keyword interface then the type of interface to which the host is connected. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383.
PAGE 1438
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1439
ip dhcp source-address-validation Enable IP source guard. Syntax [no] ip dhcp source-address-validation Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1440
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. When enabled, the system begins creating entries in the binding table for the specified VLANs. NOTE: Learning only happens if there is a trusted port in the VLAN.
PAGE 1441
Role-Based Access Control Commands With Role-Based Access Control (RBAC), access and authorization is controlled based on a user’s role. Users are granted permissions based on their user roles, not on their individual user ID. User roles are created for job functions and through those roles they acquire the permissions to perform their associated job function. This section describes the syntax and usage of RBAC-specific commands.
PAGE 1442
Related Commands 1 Locally define a system administrator user role.This will give you access to login with full permissions even if network connectivity to remote authentication servers is not available. 2 Configure login authentication on the console. This ensures that all users are properly identified through authentication no matter the access point 3 Specify an authentication method (RADIUS, TACACS+, or Local). 4 Specify authorization method (RADIUS, TACACS+ or Local).
PAGE 1443
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. • userrole — creates user roles. show role Display information on permissions assigned to a command, including user role and/or permission level.
PAGE 1444
Dell# show role mode configure management route Role access: netadmin, sysadmin Dell# show role mode configure management crypto-policy Role access: secadmin, sysadmin Related Commands • userrole — create user roles. show userroles Display information on all defined user roles.
PAGE 1445
userrole Create user roles for the role-based security model. Syntax userrole name inherit existing-role-name To delete a role name, use the no userrole name command. Note that the reserved role names may not be deleted. Parameters name Enter a text string for the name of the user up to 63 characters. It cannot be one of the system defined roles (sysadmin, secadmin, netadmin, netoperator).
PAGE 1446
role mode { { { addrole | deleterole } role-name } | reset } command – Modifies (adds or deletes) command permissions for newly created user roles and system defined roles. Related Commands • role mode { { { addrole | deleterole } role-name } | reset } command — modifies (adds or deletes) command permissions for newly created user roles and system defined roles.
PAGE 1447
Table 6.
PAGE 1448
Usage Information When the drop icmp feature is configured, the system drops the ICMP reply messages on the front end and management interfaces. By default, the Dell Networking OS responds to all the ICMP messages. NOTE: There is no separate CLI to enable IP ID randomness. By default, the IP ID in the kernel is randomized. For more information on the ICMP message types, see the ICMP Commands section.
PAGE 1449
47 Service Provider Bridging Service provider bridging is composed of virtual local area network (VLAN) Stacking, Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling, and Provider Backbone Bridging as described in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide Service Provider Bridging section. This section includes command line information (CLI) for the Dell Networking OS Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling (L2PT). L2PT enables protocols to tunnel through an 802.1q tunnel. Dell Networking OS supports L2PT on Dell Networking OS.
PAGE 1450
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. • For a port-channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then the portchannel ID.
PAGE 1451
stp Enter the keyword stp to enable protocol tunneling on a spanning tree, including STP, MSTP, RSTP, and PVST. Defaults none Command Modes CONF-IF-VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Related Command Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1452
Usage Information Related Command Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, and S-Series. 7.4.1.
PAGE 1453
Usage Information Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced Dell Networking OS must have the default CAM profile with the default microcode before you enable L2PT. protocol-tunnel rate-limit Enable traffic rate limiting per box. Syntax protocol-tunnel rate-limit rate To reset the rate limit to the default, use the no protocol-tunnel rate-limit rate command. Parameters rate Enter the rate in frames per second. The range is from 75 to 3000. The default is 75. Defaults 75 frames per second.
PAGE 1454
Related Commands • show protocol-tunnel — displays tunneling information for all VLANs. • show running-config — displays the current configuration. show protocol-tunnel Display protocol tunnel information for all or a specified VLAN-Stack VLAN. Syntax show protocol-tunnel [vlan vlan-id] Parameters vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID to display information for the one VLAN. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 1455
Related Commands • show running-config — displays the current configuration.
PAGE 1456
48 sFlow The Dell Networking OS supports sFlow commands. The Dell Networking OS sFlow monitoring system includes an sFlow Agent and an sFlow Collector. • The sFlow Agent combines the flow samples and interface counters into sFlow datagrams and forwards them to the sFlow Collector. • The sFlow Collector analyses the sFlow Datagrams received from the different devices and produces a network-wide view of traffic flows.
PAGE 1457
sflow collector Configure a collector device to which sFlow datagrams are forwarded. Syntax sflow collector {ip-address | ipv6-address} agent-addr {ip-address | ipv6address} [number [max-datagram-size number]] | [max-datagram-size number] [vrf management] To delete a configured collector, use the no sflow collector {ip-address | ipv6-address} agent-addr {ipv4-address | ipv6-address} [number [max-datagram-size number]] | [max-datagram-size number] [vrf management] command.
PAGE 1458
Usage Information Version Description 8.4.2.3 Added support for IPv6 sFlow collectors and agents on the E-series, C-Series, and SSeries. 8.4.1.1 Added support for IPv6 sFlow collectors and agents on the E-series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Expanded the no form of the command to mirror the syntax used to configure. 6.2.1.
PAGE 1459
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1460
NOTE: After a physical port is a member of a LAG, it inherits the sFlow configuration from the LAG port. Related Commands • sflow enable (Global) — turn sFlow globally. sflow extended-switch enable Enable packing information on a switch only. Syntax sflow extended-switch enable To disable packing information, use the no sflow extended-switch [enable] command. Parameters enable Enter the keyword enable to enable global extended information. Defaults Disabled.
PAGE 1461
sflow max-header-size extended Set the maximum header size of a packet to 256 bytes. Syntax sflow max-header-size extended To reset the maximum header size of a packet, use the[no] sflow max-header-size extended command. Parameters extended Defaults 128 bytes Command Modes CONFIGURATION Enter the keyword extended to copy 256 bytes from the sample packets to sFlow datagram. INTERFACE Command History Example This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1462
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.7.1.
PAGE 1463
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1464
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Sample-rate is the average number of packets skipped before the sample is taken. This command changes the global default sampling rate.
PAGE 1465
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. This command changes the sampling rate for an interface. By default, the sampling rate of an interface is set to the same value as the current global default sampling rate.
PAGE 1466
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The dropEvent counter (sFlow samples dropped due to sub-sampling) shown in the following example always displays a value of zero.
PAGE 1467
49 Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) and Syslog This section contains commands to configure and monitor the simple network management protocol (SNMP) v1/v2/v3 and Syslog. Both features are supported on Dell Networking OS. Topics: • SNMP Commands • Syslog Commands SNMP Commands The following SNMP commands are available in the Dell Networking OS.
PAGE 1468
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1469
• Command History Example Related Commands EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1470
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information The following Example displays a group named ngroup.
PAGE 1471
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1472
Example Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. unknown Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#config!------command run on host connected to switch: --------------! > snmpwalk -c public 10.10.10.130 .1.3.6.1.2.1.31 | grep -i alias | more IF-MIB::ifAlias.134530304 = STRING: This is a port connected to Router2. This is a port connected to IF-MIB::ifAlias.
PAGE 1473
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.
PAGE 1474
Dell(conf)# snmp-server community guest ro snmp-ro-acl Dell(conf)# Related Commands • ip access-list standard — names (or selects) a standard access list to filter based on IP address. • ipv6 access-list — configures an access list based on IPv6 addresses or protocols. • show running-config — displays the current SNMP configuration and defaults. snmp-server contact Configure contact information for troubleshooting this SNMP node.
PAGE 1475
snmp-server enable traps Enable SNMP traps. Syntax snmp-server enable traps [notification-type] [notification-option] To disable traps, use the no snmp-server enable traps [notification-type] [notificationoption] command. Parameters notification-type notification-option Enter the type of notification from the following list: • bgp — Notification of changes in the BGP process. • config — Notification of changes to the startup or running configuration. • ecfm — Notification of changes to ECFM.
PAGE 1476
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Added the following two SNMP notification options: syslog-reachable and syslog-unreachable. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.
PAGE 1477
Format (as specified in RFC 3411): 12 octets. • The first four octets are set to the private enterprise number. • The remaining eight octets are the MAC address of the chassis. remote ip-address Enter the keyword remote followed by the IP address that identifies the copy of the SNMP on the remote device. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF that is used to reach the device. NOTE: Use this attribute to specify the VRF that is used by the SNMP engine to reach the device.
PAGE 1478
Related Commands • show snmp engineID — displays the SNMP engine and all the remote engines that are configured on the router. • show running-config snmp — displays the SNMP running configuration. snmp-server group Configure a new SNMP group or a table that maps SNMP users to SNMP views.
PAGE 1479
access-list-name ipv6 access-listname (Optional) Enter both an IPv4 and IPv6 access list name. Defaults As above. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1480
snmp-server host Configure the recipient of an SNMP trap operation. Syntax snmp-server host ip-address | ipv6-address [vrf vrf-name] traps | informs [version 1 | 2c | 3] [auth | no auth | priv] [community-string] [udp-port portnumber] [notification-type] To remove the SNMP host, use the no snmp-server host ip-address [vrf vrf-name] traps | informs [version 1 | 2c | 3] [auth | noauth | priv] [community-string] [udpport number] [notification-type] command.
PAGE 1481
NOTE: For version 1 and version 2c security models, this string represents the name of the SNMP community. The string can be set using this command; however, Dell Networking OS recommends setting the community string using the snmp-server community command before executing this command. For version 3 security model, this string is the USM user security name. udp-port portnumber (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords udp-port followed by the port number of the remote host to use. The range is from 0 to 65535.
PAGE 1482
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Added support for VRRP traps. 7.6.1.0 Added support for STP and xSTP notification types. Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information To configure the router to send SNMP notifications, enter at least one snmp-server host command.
PAGE 1483
snmp-server location Configure the location of the SNMP server. Syntax snmp-server location text To delete the SNMP location, use the no snmp-server location command. Parameters text Enter an alpha-numeric text string, up to 55 characters long. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 1484
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1485
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1486
• v1v2creadu — maps to a community with ro permissions. • 1v2cwriteu — maps to a community rw permissions. remote ip-address Enter the keywords udp-port then the user datagram protocol (UDP) port number on the remote device. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 162. vrf vrf-name Enter the keywords vrf and then the name of the VRF this is used to connect to the SNMP server. NOTE: Use this attribute to specify a VRF name that is used to connect to the remote host.
PAGE 1487
Defaults As above. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.6.(0.0) Added aes 128 encryption algorithm parameter.
PAGE 1488
Example Dell#conf Dell(conf)# snmp-server user n3user ngroup remote 172.31.1.3 udp-port 5009 3 auth md5 authpasswd Related Commands • show snmp user — displays the information configured on each SNMP user name. snmp-server user (for AES128-CFB Encryption) Specify that AES128-CFB encryption algorithm needs to be used for transmission of SNMP information. The Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) Cipher Feedback (CFB) 128-bit encryption algorithm is in compliance with RFC 3826.
PAGE 1489
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Added support for the AES128-CFB encryption algorithm on the S4820T, S4810, S6000 and Z-Series platforms To enable robust, effective protection and security for SNMP packets transferred between the server and the client, you can use the snmp-server user username group groupname 3 auth authentication-type auth-password priv aes128 priv-password to specify that AES128-CFB encryption algorithm needs to be used.
PAGE 1490
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information The oid-tree variable is a full sub-tree starting from 1.3.6 and cannot specify the name of a sub-tree or a MIB.
PAGE 1491
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z9000. Use this command to bind an SNMP agent to a VRF. The SNMP agent processes the requests from the interfaces that belong to the specified VRF. If no VRF is specified, then the default VRF is used. • show snmp user — display the information configured on each SNMP user name. snmp trap link-status Enable the interface to send SNMP link traps, which indicate whether the interface is up or down.
PAGE 1492
Syslog Commands The following commands allow you to configure logging functions on all Dell Networking switches. clear logging Clear the messages in the logging buffer. Syntax clear logging Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1493
Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the MXL.
PAGE 1494
Version Description E-Series legacy command Related Commands • logging buffered — set the logging buffered parameters. default logging console Return the default settings for messages logged to the console. Syntax default logging console Defaults level = 7 or debugging Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 1495
Defaults level = 7 or debugging Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 1496
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Related Commands • logging trap — limit messages logged to the Syslog servers based on severity.
PAGE 1497
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Added udp and tcp keywords for the Z9500. 9.5(0.
PAGE 1498
Parameters level (OPTIONAL) Indicate a value from 0 to 7 or enter one of the following equivalent words: emergencies, alerts, critical, errors, warnings, notifications, informational, or debugging. The default is 7 or debugging. size (OPTIONAL) Indicate the size, in bytes, of the logging buffer. The number of messages buffered depends on the size of each message. The range is from 40960 to 524288. The default is 40960 bytes.
PAGE 1499
To return to the default values, use the default logging console command. To disable logging to the console, use the no logging console command. Parameters level (OPTIONAL) Indicate a value from 0 to 7 or enter one of the following parameters: emergencies, alerts, critical, errors, warnings, notifications, informational, or debugging. The default is 7 or debugging. Defaults level = 7; size = debugging Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1500
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.
PAGE 1501
• local2 (local use) • local3 (local use) • local4 (local use) • local5 (local use) • local6 (local use) • local7 (local use) • lpr (line printer system) • mail (mail system) • news (USENET news) • sys9 (system use) • sys10 (system use) • sys11 (system use) • sys12 (system use) • sys13 (system use) • sys14 (system use) • syslog (Syslog process) • user (user process) • uucp (Unix to Unix copy process) The default is local7.
PAGE 1502
Related Commands • logging — enables logging to a Syslog server • logging on — enables logging. logging history Specify which messages are logged to the history table of the switch and the SNMP network management station (if configured). Syntax logging history level To return to the default values, use the no logging history command.
PAGE 1503
logging history size Specify the number of messages stored in the Dell Networking logging history table. Syntax logging history size size To return to the default values, use the no logging history size command. Parameters size Indicate a value as the number of messages to be stored. The range is from 0 to 500. The default is 1 message. Defaults 1 message Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1504
To disable logging to terminal connections, use the no logging monitor command. Parameters level Indicate a value from 0 to 7 or enter one of the following parameters: emergencies, alerts, critical, errors, warnings, notifications, informational, or debugging. The default is 7 or debugging. Defaults 7 or debugging Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1505
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1506
• For a port-channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then the portchannel ID. • For a Null interface, enter the keyword null then the Null interface number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 1507
Parameters all Enter the keyword all to ensure that all levels are printed asynchronously. level level Enter the keyword level then a number as the severity level. A high number indicates a low severity level and vice versa. The range is from 0 to 7. The default is 2. all Enter the keyword all to turn off all. limit number-ofbuffers Enter the keyword limit then the number of buffers to be queued for the terminal after which new messages are dropped. The range is from 20 to 300. The default is 20.
PAGE 1508
logging trap Specify which messages are logged to the Syslog server based the message severity. Syntax logging trap [level] To return to the default values, use the default logging trap command. To disable logging, use the no logging trap command. Parameters level Indicate a value from 0 to 7 or enter one of the following parameters: emergencies, alerts, critical, errors, warnings, notifications, informational, or debugging. The default is 6 or informational.
PAGE 1509
logging version Displays syslog messages in a RFC 3164 or RFC 5424 format. Syntax logging version {0|1} Defaults 0 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1510
Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL. Dell(conf)# show logging auditlog Related Commands • clear logging auditlog — clear the audit log. show logging Display the logging settings and system messages logged to the internal buffer of the switch.
PAGE 1511
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1512
Parameters defaults Enter the keywords stack-unit followed by the stack member ID of the switch for which you want to display the driver log. none Command Modes Command History Example stack-unit stackunit-number • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1513
10:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 55]EEPROM LIB ERR: f10EepromBlkRead@psu0eeprom: Redundant block failed errcode 6 Usage Information This command displays internal software driver information, which may be useful during troubleshooting switch initialization errors, such as a downed Port-Pipe. terminal monitor Configure the Dell Networking OS to display messages on the monitor/terminal. Syntax terminal monitor To return to default settings, use the terminal no monitor command.
PAGE 1514
50 SNMP Traps This section lists the traps sent by the Dell Networking OS. Each trap is listed by the fields Message ID, Trap Type, and Trap Option. Table 7. SNMP Trap List Message ID Trap Type Trap Option COLD_START SNMP COLDSTART WARM_START SNMP WARMSTART COPY_CONFIG_COMPLETE SNMP NONE SNMP LINKDOWN SNMP LINKUP SNMP AUTH EGP_NEIGHBOR_LOSS SNMP NONE OSTATE_DOWN SNMP LINKDOWN SNMP LINKUP SNMP NONE %SNMP-5-SNMP_COLD_START: SNMP COLD_START trap sent.
PAGE 1515
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option SNMP NONE SNMP NONE SNMP NONE SNMP NONE SNMP NONE SNMP NONE NONE NONE CHM_CARD_PROBLEM ENVMON NONE CHM_ALARM_CUTOFF ENVMON NONE CHM_SFM_UP ENVMON NONE CHM_SFM_DOWN ENVMON NONE CHM_RPM_UP ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE rising threshold alarm from SNMP OID RMON_FALLING_THRESHOLD %RPM0-P:CP %SNMP-4RMON_FALLING_THRESHOLD: RMON falling threshold alarm from SNMP OID RMON_HC_RISHING_THRESHOLD %RPM0-P:CP %SNMP-4RMON_HC_RISING_THRESHOLD: RMON hi
PAGE 1516
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY %CHMGR-2-RPM_DOWN: RPM 0 down card removed CHM_RPM_PRIMARY %RAM-5-COLD_FAILOVER: RPM Failover Completed %RAM-5-HOT_FAILOVER: RPM Failover Completed %RAM-5-FAST_FAILOVER: RPM Failover Completed CHM_SFM_ADD %TSM-5-SFM_DISCOVERY: Found SFM 1 CHM_SFM_REMOVE %TSM-5-SFM_REMOVE: Removed SFM 1 CHM_MAJ_SFM
PAGE 1517
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON TEMP ENVMON TEMP ENVMON TEMP ENVMON TEMP ENVMON FAN ENVMON FAN ENVMON FAN %CHMGR-1-MINOR_PS: Minor alarm: power supply non-redundant CHM_MIN_ALARM_PS_CLR %CHMGR-5-MINOR_PS_CLR: Minor alarm cleared: power supply redundant CHM_MIN_ALRM_TEMP %CHMGR-2-MINOR_TEMP: Minor alarm: chassis temperature CHM_MIN_ALRM_TEMP_CLR %CHMRG-5-MINOR_TEMP_CLR: Minor alarm cleared: chassis temperature normal (%s %d temperature is within threshold of %dC) CHM_
PAGE 1518
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option ENVMON FAN ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE For the E1200: %CHMGR-2FAN_BAD: Minor alarm: some fans in fan tray %d are down For the E600 and E300: %CHMGR2-1FANBAD: Minor alarm: fan in fan tray is down CHM_MIN_FANBAD_CLR For E1200: %CHMGR-2-FAN_OK: Minor alarm cleared: all fans in fan tray %d are good For E600 and E300: %CHMGR-5FANOK: Minor alarm cleared: all fans in fan tray are
PAGE 1519
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option ENVMON NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE %CHMGR-1-PORT_TEMP_MINOR: Minor Alarm Interface %s temperature exceeds threshold PORT_TEMP_MAJOR_CLR %CHMGR-1-PORT_TEMP_MAJOR_CLR: Major Alarm cleared for Interface %s port temperature is lower than threshold VRRP_BADAUTH %RPM1-P:RP2 %VRRP-3VRRP_BAD_AUTH: vrid-1 on Gi 11/12 rcvd pkt with authentication type mismatch.
PAGE 1520
51 Stacking All commands in this chapter are specific to the Dell Networking OS. You can use the commands to pre-configure a switch, so that the configuration settings are invoked when the switch is attached to other S-Series units. For information about using the S-Series stacking feature, see the Stacking S-Series Switches section in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. CAUTION: You cannot enable stacking simultaneously with virtual link trunking (VLT).
PAGE 1521
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Added the members option.
PAGE 1522
Example Dell#redundancy force-failover stack-unit System configuration has been modified. Save? [yes/no]: yes ! Apr 20 11:44:03: %STKUNIT1-M:CP %FILEMGR-5-FILESAVED: Copied running-config to startup-config in flash by default Synchronizing data to peer stack-unit !!! ... Proceed with stack-unit hot failover [confirm yes/no]:yes redundancy protocol Enable hitless failover for a protocol.
PAGE 1523
Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.
PAGE 1524
Command History Usage Information Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 1525
show system stack-ports Display information about the stacking ports on all switches in the stack. Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Example show system stack-ports [status | topology] status (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword status to display the command output without the Connection field. topology (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword topology to limit the table to just the Interface and Connection fields.
PAGE 1526
5/4 5/12 0/4 2/4 42 42 up up Example (Status) Dell#show system stack-ports status Topology: Ring Interface Link Speed Admin Link (Gb/s) Status Status -------------------------------------------0/4 42 up up 0/120 42 up up 2/0 42 up up 2/4 42 up up 5/4 42 up up 5/120 42 up up Example (Topology) Dell#show system stack-ports topology Topology: Ring Interface Connection --------------------0/4 5/4 0/120 2/0 2/0 0/120 2/4 5/120 5/4 0/4 5/120 2/4 Dell# Related Commands up up • reset stack-unit – resets
PAGE 1527
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. • reload – reboots Dell Networking OS. stack-unit provision Preconfigure a logical stacking ID of a switch that joins the stack. This is an optional command that is executed on the management unit.
PAGE 1528
stack-unit stack-group Configure the stacking unit and stacking group by specifying an ID when adding units to a stack to ensure the unit is assigned to the correct group. Syntax stack-unit unit-id stack-group stack-group-id To remove the current stack group configuration, use the no stack-unit unit-id stack-group stack-id command. Parameters unit-id Enter the stack unit ID. stack-group-id Enter the stack group ID. The range is from 0 to 31.
PAGE 1529
system Enter the keyword system to copy the Dell Networking OS image from the management unit to the designated stack members. stack-unit Enter the stack-unit number. For the S6000, the range is from 0 to 5. all Enter the keyword all to copy the designated image to all stack members. A Enter the keyword A to upgrade all stacked units in System A ( only). B Enter the keyword B to upgrade all stacked units in System B ( only).
PAGE 1530
52 Storm Control The Dell Networking OS storm control feature allows you to limit or suppress traffic during a traffic storm (Broadcast/Unknown Unicast Rate Limiting or Multicast on the C-Series and S-Series). Storm control is supported on Dell Networking OS. Important Points to Remember • Interface commands can only be applied on physical interfaces (virtual local area networks [VLANs] and link aggregation group [LAG] interfaces are not supported).
PAGE 1531
• show storm-control multicast • show storm-control unknown-unicast • storm-control broadcast (Configuration) • storm-control broadcast (Interface) • storm-control PFC/LLFC • storm-control multicast (Configuration) • storm-control multicast (Interface) • storm-control unknown-unicast (Configuration) • storm-control unknown-unicast (Interface) polling-interval You can set the time interval to poll the queue depth and egress counters.
PAGE 1532
Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-storm-control-pfc) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6000, S6000–ON, S61000–ON, Z9100–ON. Usage Information The xoff-state threshold polling-count command is used to set the number of times the polling should be done.
PAGE 1533
Defaults 0 Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-storm-control-pfc) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6000, S6000–ON, S61000–ON, Z9100–ON. Usage Information The queue-drop backoff-force polling—count command is used to remove the queue-drop state unconditionally after the specified number of polling is done.
PAGE 1534
storm-control pfc in queue-drop-state clear You can clear the queue-drop state on an interface where the PFC storm has been triggered. Syntax storm-control pfc in queue-drop-state clear Parameters None Defaults None Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6000, S6000–ON, S61000–ON, Z9100–ON.
PAGE 1535
show storm-control pfc status You can view the status of the PFC storm on a stack unit with specific port set. Syntax Parameters show storm-control pfc status stack-unit {unit-number} port-set {portpipe-number} unit-number Enter the stack unit number. portpipe-number Enter the port set number. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege. Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Comma Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1536
Usage Information The clear storm-control pfc drop-counters command is used to clears all the ingress & egress drop counters and time since discard on the specified stack unit and port set. Related Commands show storm-control pfc status — view the status of the PFC storm on a stack unit with a specific port set. show storm-control pfc statistics You can view the statistical details of the PFC storm on a stack unit with specified port set.
PAGE 1537
clear storm-control pfc statistics Clears the discard state count and cleared count statistics. If the queue is in discard state during clear, the discard state count will start from 1. Syntax Parameters clear storm-control pfc statistics stack-unit {unit-number} port-set {portpipenumber} unit-number Enter the stack unit number. portpipe-number Enter the port set number. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege. Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1538
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1539
Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 1540
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1541
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-MUX (PMUX) mode only. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1542
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 E-Series Only: Added the percentage decimal value option. 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1543
Parameters packets_per_secon d in Enter the packets per second of multicast traffic allowed into the network. The range is from 0 to 33554368. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1544
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-series and S-Series.
PAGE 1545
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 E-Series Only: Added the percentage decimal value option. 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Unknown Unicast Storm-Control is valid for Layer 2 and Layer 2/Layer 3 interfaces. storm-control unknown-unicast (Interface) Configure percentage of unknown-unicast traffic allowed on an interface (ingress only).
PAGE 1546
Storm Control Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 E-Series Only: Added the percentage decimal value option. 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1547
53 Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) The commands in this section configure and monitor the IEEE 802.1d spanning tree protocol (STP) and are supported on the Dell Networking switch/routing platform. Topics: • bridge-priority • bpdu-destination-mac-address • debug spanning-tree • description • disable • forward-delay • hello-time • max-age • protocol spanning-tree • show config • show spanning-tree 0 • spanning-tree bridge-priority Set the bridge priority of the switch in an IEEE 802.
PAGE 1548
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1549
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. debug spanning-tree Enable debugging of the spanning tree protocol and view information on the protocol. Syntax debug spanning-tree {stp-id [all | bpdu | config | events | exceptions | general | root] | protocol} To disable debugging, use the no debug spanning-tree command. Parameters stp-id Enter zero (0). The switch supports one spanning tree group with a group ID of 0.
PAGE 1550
Usage Information Related Commands When you enable debug spanning-tree bpdu for multiple interfaces, the software only sends information on BPDUs for the last interface specified. • protocol spanning-tree — enters SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. description Enter a description of the spanning tree. Syntax description {description} To remove the description from the spanning tree, use the no description {description} command.
PAGE 1551
Defaults Enabled (that is, the spanning tree protocol is disabled.) Command Modes SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1552
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1553
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. • forward-delay — changes the wait time before STP transitions to the Forwarding state. • max-age — changes the wait time before STP refreshes protocol configuration information.
PAGE 1554
Related Commands Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. • forward-delay — changes the wait time before STP transitions to the Forwarding state. • hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs. protocol spanning-tree To enable and configure the spanning tree group, enter SPANNING TREE mode. Syntax protocol spanning-tree stp-id To disable the Spanning Tree group, use the no protocol spanning-tree stp-id command. Parameters stp-id Enter zero (0).
PAGE 1555
Related Commands • disable — disables spanning tree group 0. To enable spanning tree group 0, use the no disable command. show config Display the current configuration for the mode. Only non-default values display. Syntax show config Command Modes SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.
PAGE 1556
brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display a synopsis of the spanning tree group configuration information. guard (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword guard to display the type of guard enabled on an STP interface and the current port state. interface interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface and the type slot/port of the interface you want displayed. Type slot/port options are the following: • For a port-channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then the portchannel ID.
PAGE 1557
Example Field Description “Bridge Identifier...” Lists the bridge priority and the MAC address for this STP bridge. “Configured hello...” Displays the settings for hello time, max age, and forward delay. “We are...” States whether this bridge is the root bridge for the STG. “Current root...” Lists the bridge priority and MAC address for the root bridge. “Topology flag...” States whether the topology flag and the detected flag were set. “Number of...
PAGE 1558
BPDU: sent:18, received 0 The port is not in the portfast mode Port 28 (TenGigabitEthernet 1/3) is Forwarding Port path cost 4, Port priority 8, Port Identifier 8.28 Designated root has priority 32768, address 0001.e800.0a56 Designated bridge has priority 32768, address 0001.e800.0a56 Designated port id is 8.
PAGE 1559
To disable Spanning Tree group on an interface, use the no spanning-tree stp-id {cost cost | {loopguard | rootguard} | portfast [bpduguard [shutdown-on-violation]] | priority priority} command. Parameters stp-id Enter the STP instance ID. The range is 0. cost cost Enter the keyword cost then a number as the cost. The range is from 1 to 65535. The defaults are: • 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface = 4. • 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface = 2. • Port Channel interface with 100 Mb/s Ethernet = 18.
PAGE 1560
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.10.1 Introduced the loopguard and rootguard options on the S4810. 8.4.2.1 Introduced the loopguard and rootguard options on the E-Series, C-Series, and SSeries. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced the shutdown-on-violation option. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1561
54 SupportAssist SupportAssist sends troubleshooting data securely to Dell. SupportAssist in this Dell Networking OS release does not support automated email notification at the time of hardware fault alert, automatic case creation, automatic part dispatch, or reports. SupportAssist requires Dell Networking OS 9.9(0.0) and SmartScripts 9.7 or later to be installed on the Dell Networking device. For more information on SmartScripts, see Dell Networking Open Automation guide.
PAGE 1562
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator and FN IOM. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL. • When you run the command, the system displays a message with the information directing to the URL for further information.
PAGE 1563
Reject the EULA: Dell(conf)#eula-consent support-assist reject Aug 24 22:35:38: %STKUNIT1-M:CP %SUPPORT_ASSIST-6-SUPASSIST_EVT: Event monitor service stopped I do not accept the terms of the license agreement. The SupportAssist feature has been deactivated and can no longer be used. To enable SupportAssist configurations, accept the terms of the license agreement by configuring this command 'eula-consent support-assist accept'.
PAGE 1564
Usage Information Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator and FN IOM. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL. You are guided through a series of queries to configure SupportAssist.
PAGE 1565
SupportAssist Commands Dell Networking OS supports the following SupportAssist mode commands. activity Move to the SupportAssist Activity mode for an activity. Allow the user to configure customized details for a specific activity. Syntax activity {activity-name} To remove all customized detail for a specific activity, use the no activity {activity-name} command. Parameters activity-name Enter one of the following keywords: • Enter the keyword full-transfer to enable or disable full transfer.
PAGE 1566
Parameters company-name Enter the name for the company. If there are multiple words in the name, use optional additional fields. company-nextname (OPTIONAL) Enter the next components of the company name, up to 5 components are allowed. Command Modes SUPPORTASSIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.11(0.
PAGE 1567
Usage Information Each contact person must be unique by their name. You can configure only one contact person. It is not possible to remove the first name or last name. The no form of the command removes the entire contactperson entry. This command is optional for SupportAssist service configuration. enable Enable all activities and severs for the SupportAssist service. Syntax enable all To disable the SupportAssist activities temporarily, use the no enable all command.
PAGE 1568
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator and FN IOM. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL.
PAGE 1569
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL. The remote file specification for full transfer includes the protocol that is used to copy the file from the remote system. The default Manifest-file for full transfer includes records like alarms, logs, operational, and configuration data. Related Commands • action-manifest install — configure the action-manifest to use for a specific activity.
PAGE 1570
• action-manifest remove — remove the action-manifest file for an activity. action-manifest remove Remove the action-manifest file from Dell Networking OS. Syntax action-manifest remove } Parameters Command Modes local-file-name Enter the name of the local action-manifest file. Allowable characters are: a to z, A to Z, 0 to 9, -, _, and space.
PAGE 1571
Related Commands Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator and FN IOM. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL. • action-manifest get — copy an action-manifest file for an activity to the system. • action-manifest install — configure the action-manifest to use for a specific activity.
PAGE 1572
address Configure the address information for the company. Syntax address [city company-city] [{province | region | state} name] [country company-country] [{postalcode | zipcode] company-code] To remove a portion of the company address information, use the no address [city | province | region | state | country | postalcode | zipcode] command. For example, to remove the city alone, use the no address city command. To remove the complete company contact information, use the no address command.
PAGE 1573
street-address Configure the street address information for the company. Syntax street-address {address1} [address2]…[address8] To remove the street address, use the no street-address command. Parameters address1 Enter the street address for the company. address2..address8 (OPTIONAL) Enter the street address of the company site. Up to 8 fields are allowed. Command Modes SUPPORTASSIST COMPANY Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1574
SupportAssist Person Commands Dell Networking OS supports the following SupportAssist Person mode commands. email-address Configure the email addresses to reach the contact person. Syntax email-address primary email-address [alternate email-address] To remove an email address, use the no email-address command. To remove the primary and the alternate email addresses, use the no email-address primary and no email-address alternate commands respectively.
PAGE 1575
Parameters primary phone Enter the keyword primary then the primary phone number for the person. alternate phone Enter the keyword alternate then the alternate phone number for the person. Command Modes SUPPORTASSIST PERSON Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator and FN IOM. 9.10(0.
PAGE 1576
• phone — configure phone numbers to reach the contact person. time-zone Configure the time zone for contacting the person. Syntax time-zone zone +-HH:MM[start-time HH:MM] [end-time HH:MM] To remove the time zone, use the no time-zone [zone | start-time | end-time] command. Parameters zone +-HH:MM Enter the keyword zone then a time difference from GMT expressed as HH:MM. This number may be preceded by either a + or – sign.
PAGE 1577
NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. NOTE: To use the IPv6 address, the Open Automation package should also support IPv6 communications. For this purpose, SupportAssist requires Dell Networking Open Automation 9.10(0.0) package or later. port port-number Enter the keyword port then the TCP/IP port number. The port number range is from 1024 to 65534. username userid (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword username then the user ID used for the proxy server.
PAGE 1578
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL. • server — configure the name of the remote SupportAssist server. url Configure the URL to reach the SupportAssist remote server. Syntax url uniform-resource-locator To delete the URL for the server, use the no url command.
PAGE 1579
Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator and FN IOM. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL.
PAGE 1580
show running-config Display the current configuration and changes from the default values. Syntax show running-config support-assist Parameters support-assist Enter the keyword support-assist to view the detailed configuration for the feature. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.11(0.
PAGE 1581
Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator and FN IOM. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL.
PAGE 1582
55 System Time and Date The commands in this section configure time values on the system, either using the Dell Networking OS, or the hardware, or using the network time protocol (NTP). With NTP, the switch can act only as a client to an NTP clock host. For more information, see “Network Time Protocol” of the Management section in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 1583
start-day Enter the number of the day. The range is from 1 to 31. You can enter the name of a month to change the order of the display to time day month year. start-year Enter a four-digit number as the year. The range is from 1993 to 2035. start-time Enter the time in hours:minutes. For the hour variable, use the 24-hour format; example, 17:15 is 5:15 pm. end-day Enter the number of the day. The range is from 1 to 31.
PAGE 1584
clock summer-time recurring Set the software clock to convert to daylight saving time on a specific day each year. Syntax clock summer-time time-zone recurring [start-week start-day start-month starttime end-week end-day end-month end-time [offset]] To delete a daylight saving time zone configuration, use the no clock summer-time command. Parameters time-zone Enter the three-letter name for the time zone. This name is displayed in the show clock output. You can enter up to eight characters.
PAGE 1585
Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.
PAGE 1586
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.
PAGE 1587
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1588
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. You also must configure an authentication key for NTP traffic using the ntp authentication-key command. ntp broadcast client Set up the interface to receive NTP broadcasts from an NTP server. Syntax ntp broadcast client To disable broadcast, use the no ntp broadcast client command.
PAGE 1589
ntp disable Prevent an interface from receiving NTP packets. Syntax ntp disable To re-enable NTP on an interface, use the no ntp disable command. Defaults Disabled (that is, if you configure an NTP host, all interfaces receive NTP packets) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.
PAGE 1590
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.
PAGE 1591
ntp offset-threshold Configure the threshold time interval before which the system generates an NTP audit log message if the time difference from the NTP server is greater than a threshold value (offset-threshold). Syntax ntp offset-threshold threshold-value To disable the threshold value, use the no ntp offset-threshold command. Parameters offset-threshold threshold-value (Optional) Enter the keyword offset-threshold and then the threshold value. The range is from 0 to 999. Defaults Not enabled.
PAGE 1592
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.6(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 1593
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. • For a port-channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then the portchannel ID. • For VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1594
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1595
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.2.1.0 Added options [0 | 7] for entering the authentication key. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1596
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Dell#show clock 11:05:56.
PAGE 1597
Usage Information Example Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ntp associations command shown in the Example below.
PAGE 1598
show ntp vrf associations Displays the NTP servers configured for the VRF instance . Syntax show ntp [vrf] associations. Command Modes EXECEXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.6(0.
PAGE 1599
Usage Information Example Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ntp status command shown in the Example below. Field Description “Clock is..
PAGE 1600
56 Tunneling Tunneling is supported on Dell Networking OS. Topics: • ip unnumbered • ipv6 unnumbered • tunnel allow-remote • tunnel destination • tunnel dscp • tunnel flow-label • tunnel hop-limit • tunnel keepalive • tunnel-mode • tunnel source ip unnumbered Configure a tunnel interface to operate without a unique IPv4 address and select the interface from which the tunnel borrows its address.
PAGE 1601
Usage Information Version Description 9.4(0.1) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000 and Z9000. 9.3(0.1) Introduced on the S5000 and Z9000. The ip unnumbered command fails in two conditions: • If the logical ip address is configured. • If Tunnel mode is ipv6ip (where ip address over tunnel interface is not possible). To ping the unnumbered tunnels, the logical address route information must be present at both the ends.
PAGE 1602
Usage Information Version Description 9.3(0.1) Introduced on the S6000 and Z9000. The ipv6 unnumbered command fails in two conditions: • If the logical IP address is configured. • If Tunnel mode is ipv6ip (where ip address over tunnel interface is not possible). To ping the unnumbered tunnels, the logical address route information must be present at both the ends. NOTE: The ipv6 unnumbered command can specify an interface name that does not exist or does not have a configured IPv6 address.
PAGE 1603
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000 and Z9000. 9.3(0.1) Introduced on the S6000 and Z9000. You can configure up to eight allow-remote entries on any multipoint receive-only tunnel.
PAGE 1604
Usage Information Version Description 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000 and Z9000. The tunnel interface is inoperable without a valid tunnel destination address for the configured Tunnel mode. To establish a logical tunnel to the particular destination address, use the destination address of the outer tunnel header. If you configure a tunnel interface or source address, the tunnel destination must be compatible. tunnel dscp Configure the method to set the DSCP in the outer tunnel header.
PAGE 1605
A value of 0 copies original packet DSCP (IPv4)/Traffic Class (IPv6) to the tunnel header DSCP (IPv4)/Traffic Class (IPv6) depending on the mode of tunnel. tunnel flow-label Configure the method to set the IPv6 flow label value in the outer tunnel header. Syntax tunnel flow-label value To return to the default value of 0, use the no tunnel flow-label value command. Parameters value Enter a value to set the IPv6 flow label value in the tunnel header. The range is from 0 to 1048575.
PAGE 1606
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000, S4810, S4820T, Z9000.
PAGE 1607
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000 and Z9000. Enabling tunnel keepalive causes ICMP echo packets to be sent to the keepalive target.
PAGE 1608
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Added the decapsulate-any command. 9.3(0.1) Introduced on the S6000 and Z9000. To enable a tunnel interface, use this command. You must define a tunnel mode for the tunnel to function. If you previously defined the tunnel destination or source address, the tunnel mode must be compatible.
PAGE 1609
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Added the tunnel source anylocal command. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000 and Z9000. Added an optional keyword “anylocal” to the tunnel source command.
PAGE 1610
57 Uplink Failure Detection (UFD) Uplink failure detection (UFD) provides detection of the loss of upstream connectivity and, if you use this with NIC teaming, automatic recovery from a failed link.
PAGE 1611
Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10.0.2 Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50.
PAGE 1612
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. • clear ufd-disable — re-enable downstream interfaces that are in a UFD-Disabled Error state. description Enter a text description of an uplink-state group. Syntax description text Parameters text Text description of the uplink-state group. The maximum length is 80 alphanumeric characters.
PAGE 1613
To delete an uplink-state group, enter the no downstream interface command.
PAGE 1614
downstream auto-recover Enable auto-recovery so that UFD-disabled downstream ports in an uplink-state group automatically come up when a disabled upstream port in the group comes back up. Syntax downstream auto-recover To disable auto-recovery on downstream links, use the no downstream auto-recover command. Defaults The auto-recovery of UFD-disabled downstream ports is enabled. Command Modes UPLINK-STATE-GROUP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1615
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10.0.2 Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.
PAGE 1616
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. • uplink-state-group — create an uplink-state group and enables the tracking of upstream links. show running-config uplink-state-group Display the current configuration of one or more uplink-state groups.
PAGE 1617
Related Commands • show uplink-state-group — displays the status information on a specified uplink-state group or all groups. • uplink-state-group — creates an uplink-state group and enables the tracking of upstream links. show uplink-state-group Display status information on a specified uplink-state group or all groups.
PAGE 1618
Uplink State Group : 3 Status: Enabled, Up Upstream Interfaces : Te 1/25(Up) Te 1/28(Up) Downstream Interfaces : Te 5/1(Up) Te 5/1(Up) Te 5/3(Up) Te 5/5(Up) Te 5/6(Up) Uplink State Group : 5 Status: Enabled, Down Upstream Interfaces : Te 1/1(Dwn) Te 1/3(Dwn) Te 1/5(Dwn) Downstream Interfaces : Te 5/2(Dis) Te 5/4(Dis) Te 5/11(Dis) Te 5/12(Dis) Te 5/13(Dis) Te 5/14(Dis) Te 5/15(Dis) Uplink State Group : 6 Status: Enabled, Up Upstream Interfaces : Downstream Interfaces : Uplink State Group : 7 Status: Enabled,
PAGE 1619
Usage Information Version Description 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. After you enter the command, to assign upstream and downstream interfaces to the group, enter Uplink-StateGroup Configuration mode. An uplink-state group is considered operationally up if at least one upstream interface in the group is in the Link-Up state. An uplink-state group is considered operationally down if no upstream interfaces in the group are in the Link-Up state.
PAGE 1620
Usage Information Version Description 9.10.0.2 Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. You can assign physical port or port-channel interfaces to an uplink-state group.
PAGE 1621
58 VLAN Stacking With the virtual local area network (VLAN)-stacking feature (also called stackable VLANs and QinQ), you can “stack” VLANs into one tunnel and switch them through the network transparently. The Dell Networking OS supports this feature. For more information about basic VLAN commands, see the Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands section in Layer 2.
PAGE 1622
dei enable Enable packets to be dropped based on their DEI value. Syntax dei enable Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1623
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Enable DEI before using this command.
PAGE 1624
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Enable DEI before using this command. member Assign a stackable VLAN access or trunk port to a VLAN. The VLAN must contain the vlan-stack compatible command in its configuration. Syntax member interface To remove an interface from a Stackable VLAN, use the no member interface command.
PAGE 1625
Related Commands • vlan-stack compatible — enables stackable VLAN on a VLAN. stack-unit stack-group Configure a stacking group specified by an ID. Syntax [no] stack-unit unit-id stack-group stack-group-id To remove the current stack group configuration, use the no stack-unit unit-id stack-group stack-id command. Parameters unit-id Enter the stack unit ID. stack-group-id Enter the stack group ID. The range is from 0 to 16.
PAGE 1626
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1627
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. E-Series original Command Usage Information Prior to disabling the stackable VLAN feature, remove the members.
PAGE 1628
Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 1629
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. C-Series and S-Series accept both bytes of the 2-byte S-Tag TPID. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 1630
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. C-Series and S-Series accept both bytes of the 2-byte S-Tag TPID. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1631
Dell(conf-if-vl-20)# show config ! interface Vlan 20 no ip address tagged TenGigabitEthernet 1/42 shutdown Dell(conf-if-vl-20)# do show vlan Codes: * - Default VLAN, G - GVRP VLANs Q: U - Untagged, T - Tagged x - Dot1x untagged, X - Dot1x tagged G - GVRP tagged, M - Vlan-stack NUM Status Description * 1 Inactive 20 Active 100 Active Dell(conf-if-vl-20)# Example 2 Q Ports T Te 1/42 M Te 1/42 Dell(config)# vlan-stack protocol-type 88A8 Dell(config)# interface TenGigabitethernet 3/10 Dell(conf-if-te-3/10)# n
PAGE 1632
59 Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) Virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) allows multiple instances of a routing table to coexist on the same router at the same time.
PAGE 1633
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S–Series. Use this command to add the IPv4 catch-all route (0.0.0.0/0) in the LPM route forwarding table if it was deleted using the no ip unknown-unicast command previously. This will be the default configuration after reload.
PAGE 1634
To undo the HTTP client configuration, use the ip http vrf command. Parameters management Enter the keyword management for configuring the management VRF that uses an HTTP client. vrf-name Enter a VRF name that the HTTP client uses. If you do not specify a VRF name, the HTTP client uses the default VRF. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1635
Version Description 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series. ip vrf forwarding Attach an interface to a VRF. Syntax ip vrf forwarding {vrf-name | management} To delete an interface associated with a configured VRF, use the no ip vrf forwarding {vrf-name | management} command. Parameters vrf-name Enter name of the VRF that you want to associate the interface to. management Enter the keyword management to associate an interface to the management VRF.
PAGE 1636
ip vrf red 4 description "Red Network" Dell(conf-vrf)# Dell(conf-if-te-1/45)# int te 7/46 Dell(conf-if-te-1/46)# no shut Dell(conf-if-te-1/46)# ip vrf forwarding red Dell(conf-if-te-1/46)# ip add 100.1.1.1/24 Dell(conf-if-te-1/46)# Dell(conf-if-te-1/46)# Dell(conf-if-te-1/46)# Dell(conf-if-te-1/46)# show config ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/46 ip vrf forwarding red ip address 100.1.1.1/24 no shutdown Dell(conf-if-te-1/46)# ip route-export Enables route leaking between VRFs.
PAGE 1637
Usage Information To export all the routes corresponding to a source VRF, you can use the ip route-export tag command without specifying the route-map attribute. This action exposes source VRF routes to various other VRFs, which then import these routes using the ip route-import tag command. In Dell Networking OS, you can configure one route-export per VRF as you can only expose one set of routes for leaking.
PAGE 1638
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, and Z9500. It is possible to configure multiple import conditions per VRF depending on the exporting VRF. The export-target and import-target support only the match protocol and match prefix-list options. Other options that are configured in the route-maps are ignored. Related Commands • ip route-export – exports routes to another VRF. ipv6 route-export Enables route leaking between VRFs.
PAGE 1639
In Dell Networking OS, you can configure one route-export per VRF as you can only expose one set of routes for leaking. However, you can configure multiple route-import targets because a VRF can accept routes from multiple VRFs. You can expose a unique set of routes from the source VRF for leaking to other VRFs. When two VRFs leak or export routes, there is no option to discretely filter leaked routes from each source VRF.
PAGE 1640
The export-target and import-target support only the match the protocol and prefix-list options. Other options that you configure in the route-maps are ignored. Related Commands • ipv6 route-export — exports IPv6 routes to another VRF. match source-protocol Specify matching source-protocol criteria while exporting or importing routes. Syntax match source-protocol {bgp | isis | ospf | connected | static} Parameters bgp Enter the keyword bgp to leak or share routes corresponding to the BGP protocol.
PAGE 1641
Parameters imported-bgp Enter the keywords imported-bgp to redistribute leaked routes that are learned using the BGP protocol. imported-ospf Enter the keywords imported-ospf to redistribute leaked routes that are learned using the OSPF protocol. imported-isis Enter the keywords imported-isis to redistribute leaked routes that are learned using the ISIS protocol. route-map Enter the name of the route-map to specify the filtering criteria for imported routes.
PAGE 1642
Usage Information Version Description 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z9000. When you use this command, the management ports corresponding to both the active unit and the standby unit are associated with the management VRF. maximum dynamic-routes Specify the maximum number of dynamic (protocol) routes a VRF can have.
PAGE 1643
show ip vrf Displays information corresponding to the VRFs that you configure in the system. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Example show ip [vrf vrf-name] vrf vrf-name • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Enter the keyword vrf then the name of the VRF to display information corresponding to that VRF. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 1644
show run vrf Displays configuration information corresponding to all the VRFs in the system. Syntax show run vrf vrf-name Parameters Command Modes Command History vrf vrf-name • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON.
PAGE 1645
60 VLT Proxy Gateway The virtual link trucking (VLT) proxy gateway feature allows a VLT domain to locally terminate and route L3 packets that are destined to a Layer 3 (L3) end point in another VLT domain. Enable the VLT proxy gateway using the link layer discover protocol (LLDP) method or the static configuration. For more information, see the Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1646
3 Example The proxy-gateway LLDP configuration is applied. Dell(conf)# vlt-domain 1 Dell(conf-vlt-domain)# proxy-gateway lldp Dell(conf-vlt-domain)# proxy-gateway static Enables the proxy-gateway feature using static configurations. S6000 Syntax [no] proxy-gateway static Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 1647
mac-address Enter the 48-bit hexadecimal address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. vlan-range Enter the VLAN IDs in which proxy gateway is not needed. The VLANs are excluded from doing proxy gateway. The value can be a single VLAN ID, comma-separated VLAN IDs, a range of VLAN IDs, or a combination. For example: Comma-separated: 3, 4, 6 Range: 5-10 Combination: 3, 4, 5-10, 8 Command Modes VLT DOMAIN PROXY GW STATIC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1648
vlan-range Enter the VLAN IDs that you want to exclude from the proxy gateway. The value can be a single VLAN ID, comma-separated VLAN IDs, a range of VLAN IDs, or a combination. For example: Comma-separated: 3, 4, 6 Range: 5-10 Combination: 3, 4, 5-10, 8 Command Modes VLT DOMAIN PROXY GW LLDP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 1649
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Removed the default value on the S-Series and Z-Series. 9.4(0.
PAGE 1650
This configuration is applicable only for an LLDP proxy gateway. A typical use example is a square VLT topology with single link connecting to the remote peers. Example Dell(conf-vlt-domain-proxy-gw-lldp)# vlt-peer-mac transmit show vlt-proxy-gateway Displays the VLT proxy gateway configuration.
PAGE 1651
Example Dell#show vlt proxy-gateway VLT Proxy Gateway Brief ------------------------Config Mode: Global LLDP Config Status: peer-mac-transmit Status: LLDP Enabled Disabled Dell#show vlt proxy-gateway info static Mac Address Exclude Vlan ---------------------00:01:e8:8a:e8:f7 3,7-8 00:01:e8:8b:1c:c0 3,7-8 Dell#show vlt proxy-gateway info lldp LagId Mac Address Exclude Vlan ----- ---------------------Po 55 00:01:e8:8a:e8:f7 3,7-8 << Macs learnt via port-channel 55 Po 55 00:01:e8:8b:1c:c0 3,7-8 VLT Proxy G
PAGE 1652
61 Virtual Link Trunking (VLT) Virtual link trunking (VLT) allows physical links between two chassis to appear as a single virtual link to the network core. VLT eliminates the requirement for Spanning Tree protocols by allowing link aggregation group (LAG) terminations on two separate distribution or core switches, and by supporting a loop-free topology.
PAGE 1653
• show vlt private-vlan • show vlt role • show vlt statistics • show vlt statistics igmp-snoop • unit-id • vlt domain • vlt-peer-lag port-channel back-up destination Configure the IPv4 or IPv6 address of the management interface on the remote VLT peer used as the VLT backup link endpoint for sending out-of-band (OOB) hello messages. Syntax Parameters back-up destination {[ipv4–address] | [ipv6 ipv6–address] [interval seconds]} ipv4–address Enter the IPv4 address of the backup destination.
PAGE 1654
clear vlt statistics Clear the VLT operation statistics. Syntax clear vlt statistics [arp | domain | igmp-snoop | mac | multicast | ndp] Parameters domain Clear the VLT statistics for the domain. multicast Clear the VLT statistics for multicast. mac Clear the VLT statistics for the MAC address. arp Clear the VLT statistics for ARP. igmp-snoop Clear the VLT statistics for IGMP snooping. ndp Clear the VLT statistics for NDP. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1655
delay-restore Configure the delay in bringing up VLT ports after reload or peer-link restoration between the VLT peer switches. Syntax Parameters delay-restore delay-restore Enter the amount of time, in seconds, to delay bringing up the VLT ports after the VLTi device reloads or after the peer-link restores between VLT peer switches. The range from 1 to 1200. The default is 90 seconds. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1656
To remove the boot up timer value, use the no delay-restore abort-threshold command. Parameters interval Enter the interval value (in seconds) for the delay restore timer to abort. The range is from 1 to 1800 seconds. The default is 60 seconds. This delay restore timer applies only during reload/boot-up and not in other scenarios (for example, during ICL flap). Defaults 60 seconds Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1657
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Added port-channel parameter on the S4810. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1658
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. peer-link port-channel Configure the specified port channel as the chassis interconnect trunk between VLT peers in the domain.
PAGE 1659
Usage Information To configure the VLAN from where the VLT peer forwards packets received over the VLTi from an adjacent VLT peer that is down, use the peer-down-vlan option. When a VLT peer with bare metal provisioning (BMP) is booting up, it sends untagged DHCP discover packets to its peer over the VLTi. To ensure that the DHCP discover packets are forwarded to the VLAN that has the DHCP server, use this configuration. peer-routing Enable Layer 3 (L3) VLT peer-routing.
PAGE 1660
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for default value on the S-Series and Z-Series. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 1661
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. After you configure a VLT domain on each peer switch and connect (cable) the two VLT peers on each side of the VLT interconnect, the system elects a primary and secondary VLT peer device. To configure the primary and secondary roles before the election process, use the primary-priority command.
PAGE 1662
Version : Local System MAC address : Remote System MAC address : Remote system version : Delay-Restore timer : Delay-Restore Abort Threshold : Peer-Routing : Peer-Routing-Timeout timer : Multicast peer-routing timeout: Dell# 6(3) 00:01:e8:8a:e9:91 00:01:e8:8a:e9:76 6(3) 90 seconds 60 seconds Disabled 0 seconds 150 seconds show vlt backup-link Displays information about the backup link operation. Syntax show vlt backup-link Default Not configured.
PAGE 1663
show vlt counters Displays counter information. Syntax Parameters show vlt counters [arp| igmp-snoop | interface | mac | ndp] arp Enter the keyword arp to display the ARP counter information for the VLT. igmp-snoop Enter the keywords igmp-snoop to display the igmp-snooping counter information for the VLT. interface Enter the keyword interface to display the interface counter information for the VLT. mac Enter the keyword mac to display the MAC address counter information for the VLT.
PAGE 1664
Example (igmpsnoop interface port-channel) Dell#show vlt counter igmp-snoop interface port-channel 2 VLT Port-ID: 2 IGMP Counter ----------------------IGMP MRouter Vlans count : 0 IGMP Mcast Groups count : 5 Dell# show vlt counter igmp-snoop interface port-channel 100 VLT Port-ID: 100 IGMP Counter ----------------------IGMP MRouter Vlans count : 1 IGMP Mcast Groups count : 0 Ve Example (NDP and Non-VLT ARP) Dell#show vlt counters Total VLT Counters ------------------L2 Total MAC-Address Count: Total Arp
PAGE 1665
Example Dell# Dell(conf-if-vl-100)#show vlt detail Local LAG Id Peer LAG Id Local Status Peer Status Active VLANs ------------ ----------- ------------ ----------- ------------10 10 UP UP 100, 200, 300, 400, show vlt inconsistency Display run-time inconsistencies in the incoming interface (IIF) for spanned multicast routes (mroutes). Syntax show vlt inconsistency ip mroute Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1666
Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced support for Q-in-Q implementation over VLT on the S-Series and Z-Series. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 1667
------128 ----mt ---mu Vlan-stack protocol-type -----------------------Local ----0x4100 Peer ---0x8100 VLT-VLAN config --------------Local Lag --------128 Peer Lag Local VLANs -------- ----------128 4094 Peer VLANs ---------100 Dell# show vlt private-vlan Display the private VLAN (PVLAN) associated with the VLT LAG for VLT peer nodes. Syntax show vlt private-vlan Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1668
50(C) 60 (I) T T show vlt role Displays the VLT peer status, role of the local VLT switch, VLT system MAC address and system priority, and the MAC address and priority of the local VLT device. Syntax show vlt role Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.
PAGE 1669
show vlt statistics Displays VLT operations statistics. Syntax Parameters show vlt statistics [arp | domain | igmp-snoop | mac | multicast | ndp] arp Enter the keyword arp to display the ARP VLT statistics. domain Enter the keyword domain to display the domain VLT statistics. igmp-snoop Enter the keywords igmp-snoop to display the IGMP snooping VLT statistics. mac Enter the keyword mac to display the VLT MAC addresses VLT statistics.
PAGE 1670
ICL Hello's Received: Domain Mismatch Errors: Version Mismatch Errors: Config Mismatch Errors: 910 0 0 0 VLT MAC Statistics ---------------L2 Info Pkts sent:6, L2 Mac-sync Pkts Sent:0 L2 Info Pkts Rcvd:3, L2 Mac-sync Pkts Rcvd:2 L2 Reg Request sent:1 L2 Reg Request rcvd:2 L2 Reg Response sent:1 L2 Reg Response rcvd:1 VLT Igmp-Snooping Statistics ------------------------------IGMP Info Pkts sent: 4 IGMP Info Pkts Rcvd: 1 IGMP Reg Request sent: 1 IGMP Reg Request rcvd: 2 IGMP Reg Response sent: 1 IGMP Reg R
PAGE 1671
Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1672
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. When you create a VLT domain on a switch, the Dell Networking OS automatically assigns a unique unit ID (0 or 1) to each peer switch. The unit IDs are used for internal system operations. To explicitly configure the unit ID of a VLT peer, use the unit-id command. Configure a different unit ID (0 or 1) on each peer switch.
PAGE 1673
vlt-peer-lag port-channel Associate the port channel to the corresponding VLT peer port channel for the VLT connection to an attached device. Syntax Parameters vlt-peer-lag port-channel id-number id-number Enter the respective VLT port-channel number of the peer device. The range is from 1 to 128. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE PORT-CHANNEL Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1674
62 Virtual Extensible LAN (VXLAN) Virtual Extensible LAN (VXLAN) is supported on Dell Networking OS.
PAGE 1675
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S6000–ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON, and Z9100–ON. Use this command to clear the remote VTEP and access port statistics. clear mac-address-table dynamic all Clear the MAC address table of all MAC address learned dynamically.
PAGE 1676
Defaults Disabled Command Modes VXLAN INSTANCE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 1677
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. Usage Information You must configure feature VXLAN to configure VXLAN-instance. Related Commands vxlan-instance — Enable VXLAN Instance configuration on the platform. fail-mode Configures failure-mode on the platform.
PAGE 1678
Command Modes VXLAN INSTANCE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. vxlan-instance — Enable VXLAN Instance configuration on the platform.
PAGE 1679
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. Usage Information The retry interval value caps at the value configured on the max-backoff.
PAGE 1680
To remove the association, use the no vnid command. Parameters VNID-Range Enter the range of VNIDs that need to be members of the specific VNI profile. The range is from 1 to 16777215. Defaults None. Command Modes VNI-PROFILE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.11(0.
PAGE 1681
Parameters instance ID Enter the VXLAN instance ID. The platform supports only the instance ID 1 in the initial release. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S4048–ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1682
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S4048–ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. Usage Information You must disable vxlan-instance before unconfiguring VAP. Related Commands feature vxlan — Enable VXLAN configuration globally on the platform. vxlan-instance static Enable VXLAN instance configuration to be static on the platform.
PAGE 1683
vxlan-vnid Associate VNID to VLAN. Syntax vxlan-vnid VNID To remove the association, use the no vxlan-vnid command. Parameters VNID Enter the logical network identifier. Defaults None Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the S4048, S4048T, S6000, S6010, S6100, and Z9100.
PAGE 1684
feature vxlan ! vxlan-instance 1 static local-vtep-ip 1.1.1.1 no shutdown vni-profile ni1 vnid 1 remote-vtep-ip 2.2.2.2 vni-profile ni1 Controller Mode: Dell#show running-config vxlan ! feature vxlan ! vxlan-instance 1 gateway-ip 3.3.3.3 fail-mode secure controller 1 192.168.122.6 port 6632 ssl no shutdown Related Commands vxlan-instance- Enable VXLAN Instance configuration on the platform. show vxlan vxlan-instance Displays information related to Network Virtualization Overlay (NVO) Gateway.
PAGE 1685
Local vtep ip Port List : 101.101.101.101 : Fo 0/116 Dell#show vxlan vxlan-instance 1 Instance : 1 Admin State : enabled Management IP : 192.168.200.200 Gateway IP : 3.3.3.3 MAX Backoff : 30000 Controller 1 : 192.168.122.6:6632 ssl (connected) Fail Mode : secure Port List : Fo 0/4 Te 0/16 Te 0/80 Po 2 Related Commands vxlan-instance- Enable VXLAN Instance configuration on the platform.
PAGE 1686
Port Vlan Bindings: Te 1/1/9/1: VLAN: 2 (0x80000001) Dell#show vxlan vxlan-instance 1 logical-network Instance : 1 Total LN count : 1 Name bffc3be0-13e6-4745-9f6b-0bcbc5877f01 4656 VNID Dell#$n-instance 1 logical-network n 2a8d5d19-8845-4365-ad04-243f0b6df252 Name : 2a8d5d19-8845-4365-ad04-243f0b6df252 Description : Tunnel Key : 2 VFI : 28674 Unknown Multicast MAC Tunnels: 192.168.122.
PAGE 1687
Related Commands vxlan-instance — Enable VXLAN Instance configuration on the platform. show vxlan vxlan-instance statistics interface Displays the port VLAN statistics information related to Network Virtualization Overlay (NVO) Gateway. Syntax Parameters show vxlan vxlan-instance instance ID statisitics interface Command Modes Command History Example VLAN-ID instance ID Enter the VXLAN instance ID. The platform supports only the instance ID 1 in the initial release.
PAGE 1688
show vxlan vxlan-instance statistics remote-vtep-ip Displays VXLAN statistics for a specific VXLAN tunnel. Syntax show vxlan vxlan-instance instance ID statistics remote-vtep-ip IP Address Parameters Command Modes Command History Example instance ID Enter the VXLAN instance ID. The platform supports only the instance ID 1 in the initial release. remote-vtep-ip Enter the keyword remote-vtep-ip followed by the IP Address of the remote VTEP.
PAGE 1689
• Command History Example EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced the static mode on the S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S6000–ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON, and Z9100–ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.
PAGE 1690
Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced the static mode on the S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S6000–ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON, and Z9100–ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. Example Dell# show vxlan vxlan-instance <1> unicast-mac-remote Total Local Mac Count: 1 VNI MAC TUNNEL 4656 00:00:01:00:00:01 36.1.1.
PAGE 1691
63 Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) Virtual router redundancy protocol (VRRP) is supported by the Dell Networking OS. Topics: • IPv4 VRRP Commands • IPv6 VRRP Commands IPv4 VRRP Commands The following are IPv4 VRRP commands. advertise-interval Set the time interval between VRRP advertisements. Syntax advertise-interval {seconds | centisecs centisecs } To return to the default settings, use the no advertise-interval command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds.
PAGE 1692
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell Networking recommends keeping the default setting for this command. If you do change the time interval between VRRP advertisements on one router, change it on all routers. authentication-type Enable authentication of VRRP data exchanges.
PAGE 1693
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The system encrypts the password and the show config command displays the encrypted text string. clear counters vrrp Clear the counters maintained on VRRP operations.
PAGE 1694
Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Example NOTE: This command also enables you to clear the port configurations corresponding to a range of ports. However, for Open Networking (ON) platforms the notation for specifying port range in the command is different from how you specify in non-ON platforms. • For non-ON platforms, you can specify multiple ports as slot/port-range.
PAGE 1695
timer Enter the keyword timer to enable debugging of the VRRP timer. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.
PAGE 1696
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. disable Disable a VRRP group. Syntax disable To re-enable a disabled VRRP group, use the no disable command.
PAGE 1697
Related Commands • virtual-address — specify the IP address of the virtual router. hold-time Specify a delay (in seconds) before a switch becomes the MASTER virtual router. By delaying the initialization of the VRRP MASTER, the new switch can stabilize its routing tables. Syntax hold-time {seconds | centisecs centisecs} To return to the default value, use the no hold-time command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is zero (0) seconds.
PAGE 1698
preempt To preempt or become the MASTER router, configure a BACKUP router with a higher priority value. Syntax preempt To prohibit preemption, use the no preempt command. Defaults Enabled (that is, a BACKUP router can preempt the MASTER router). Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.
PAGE 1699
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1700
Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(conf-if-vrid-4)# show config vrrp-group 4 virtual-address 119.192.182.
PAGE 1701
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 1702
Description Te 1/37 3 100 Y Master 1.1.1.1 1.1.1.2 Te 1/37 4 100 Y Master 200.200.200.200 200.200.200.206 200.200.200.207 ... short desc Te 1/37 254 254 Y Master 200.200.200.200 200.200.200.204 200.200.200.205 Dell> Usage Information The following describes the show vrrp command. Item Description TenGigabitEthernet 1/3... Displays the interface, VRRP group ID, and network address. If the interface is not sending VRRP packets, 0.0.0.0 appears as the network address. State: master...
PAGE 1703
Authentication: (none) Tracking states for 1 interfaces: Up TenGigabitEthernet 1/17 priority-cost 10 -----------------TenGigabitEthernet 1/4, VRID: 2, Net: 10.1.2.253 VRF: 0 default State: Master, Priority: 110, Master: 10.1.2.253 (local) Hold Down: 10 sec, Preempt: TRUE, AdvInt: 1 sec Adv rcvd: 0, Adv sent: 1862, Gratuitous ARP sent: 0 Virtual MAC address: 00:00:5e:00:01:02 Virtual IP address: 10.1.2.
PAGE 1704
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series (S50 only). 7.5.1.
PAGE 1705
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced support for telnetting to the VRRP group IP address assigned using this command. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The VRRP group only becomes active and sends VRRP packets when you configure a virtual IP address.
PAGE 1706
Usage Information Related Command This command applies to a single interface. When you use this command with the vrrp delay reload command, the later timer rules VRRP enabling. For example, if vrrp delay reload is 600 and vrrp delay minimum is 300: • When the system reloads, VRRP waits 600 seconds (10 minutes) to bring up VRRP on all interfaces that are up and configured for VRRP.
PAGE 1707
For the delay timers to take effect, save the configuration and reload the system. Related Command • vrrp delay minimum — sets the delay time for VRRP initialization after a line card reboot. vrrp-group Assign a VRRP ID to an interface. You can configure up to 12 VRRP groups per interface. Syntax Parameters vrrp-group vrrp-id vrrp-id Enter a number as the group ID. The range is from 1 to 255. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1708
To return to the default setting, use the no version command. Parameters 2 Enter the keyword 2 to specify VRRP version 2 as defined by RFC 3768, Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol. 3 Enter the keyword 3 to specify VRRP version 3 as defined by RFC 5798, Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol. both Enter the keyword both for in-service migration from VRRP version 2 to VRRP version 3. Defaults 2 Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1709
• vrrp-ipv6-group The following commands apply to IPv4 and IPv6: • advertise-interval • description • disable • hold-time • preempt • priority • show config • virtual-address clear counters vrrp ipv6 Clear the counters recorded for IPv6 VRRP groups. Syntax Parameters clear counters vrrp ipv6 [vrid | vrf vrf-name] vrid (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of an IPv6 VRRP group; range is from 1 to 255.
PAGE 1710
Usage Information NOTE: You can also clear the port configurations corresponding to a range of ports. For Open Networking (ON) platforms, the notation for specifying the port range in the command is different from how you specify the port range in non-ON platforms. • For non-ON platforms, you can specify multiple ports as slot/port-range.
PAGE 1711
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series, C-Series, and S-Series. Support was added for IPv6 VRRP groups in nondefault VRF instances. 8.3.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series. If you do not specify an option, debugging is active on all interfaces and all VRRP groups. show vrrp ipv6 View the active IPv6 VRRP groups.
PAGE 1712
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show vrrp ipv6 command. Line starting with Description GigabitEthernet... Displays the interface, VRRP group ID, and network address. If the interface is not sending VRRP packets, 0.0.0.0 appears as the network IP address.
PAGE 1713
TenGigabitEthernet 5/6, IPv6 VRID: 255, Version: 3, Net: fe80::201:e8ff:fe7a:6bb9 State: Master, Priority: 101, Master: fe80::201:e8ff:fe7a:6bb9 (local) Hold Down: 0 centisec, Preempt: TRUE, AdvInt: 100 centisec Accept Mode: FALSE, Master AdvInt: 100 centisec Adv rcvd: 0, Bad pkts rcvd: 0, Adv sent: 64 Virtual MAC address: 00:00:5e:00:02:ff Virtual IP address: 1::255 fe80::255 vrrp-ipv6-group Assign an interface to a VRRP group.
PAGE 1714
NOTE: For all routers to interoperate, configure the same VRID on neighboring routers (Dell Networking or non-Dell Networking) in the same VRRP group. Related Commands 1714 • virtual-address — assigns up to 12 virtual IP addresses per VRRP group.
PAGE 1715
64 X.509v3 X.509v3 is a standard for public key infrastructure (PKI) to manage digital certificates and public key encryption. This standard specifies a format for public-key certificates or digital certificates. Dell Networking OS supports X.509v3 standards.
PAGE 1716
Usage Information The following RBAC roles are allowed to issue this command: • sysadmin • secadmin Before deleting a CA certificate, the system checks whether that certificate is an issuer of other installed certificate on the system. If so, the system informs you to delete other installed certificates first. Related Commands crypto ca-cert installcrypto cert generatecrypto ca-cert install crypto ca-cert install Downloads and installs the certificate of a Certificate Authority (CA) on to the device.
PAGE 1717
crypto cert delete Deletes a trusted certificate. Syntax crypto cert delete Defaults NA. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command: Usage Information Version Description 9.11.0.0 Introduced the command.
PAGE 1718
cert-path Enter the path to locally store the self-signed certificate or CSR. The path can be a full path or a relative path. If the system accepts this path, a notification is sent indicating the location where the CSR file is stored. You can then export the CSR to a CA using the “copy” command. Following is an example of a path that you can specify: flash:// certs/s4810-001-request.csr. key-file Enter the keyword key-file to specify the private key.
PAGE 1719
Usage Information Version Description 9.11.0.0 Introduced the command. The following RBAC roles are allowed to issue this command: • sysadmin • secadmin If the cert-file option is not specified in the command, then the system interactively prompts you to fill in various fields of the certificate signing request (CSR). You are prompted to fill out some metadata information for the certificate.
PAGE 1720
NOTE: After the certificate is successfully installed, the private key is deleted from the specified location and copied to the hidden location in NVRAM. password passphrase (Optional) Enter the keyword password followed by the password phrase used to decrypt the private key. NOTE: You can generate the private key and certificate on another host. While doing so, you must keep the private key encrypted with a passphrase so that the private key is not compromised during transport.
PAGE 1721
crypto x509 ocsp Configures the OCSP behavior. Syntax Parameters crypto x509 ocsp [nonce] [sign-requests] nonce Enter the keyword nonce to use the nonce feature for the OCSP requests to OCSP responder communication. This is a one-time value that must be returned in the OCSP response. If the OCSP responder is using precomputed responses, then it does not reply with the nonce. The nonce feature is off by default. The no version of the command disables the nonce feature.
PAGE 1722
reject Defaults Enter the keyword reject to reject the presented certificate and log in if OCSP retrieval fails. crypto x509 revocation ocsp accept Command Modes Command History • CONFIGURATION Mode This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command: Related Commands Version Description 9.11.0.0 Introduced this command.
PAGE 1723
logging secure Creates a log file for various events related to X.509v3 certificates. Syntax Parameters logging {hostname} {secure | tcp | udp} [vrf vrf-name] [sha1 fingerprint] [port port-number] hostname Enter the name of the host or device for which you wish to record logs corresponding to the certificates. NOTE: The hostname can be an IPV4 address, an IPV6 address, or a DNS hostname—with or without DNS suffix.
PAGE 1724
Related Commands • crypto cert install • crypto ca-cert install • crypto cert generate crypto x509 ca-keyid Creates a per-certificate configuration context using the specified subject key identifier. Syntax crypto x509 ca-keyid subject-key-identifier Use to the no crypto x509 ca-keyid command to remove this configuration. Parameters Defaults subject-keyidentifier Enter the content of the SubjectKeyIdentifier field from the CA certificate.
PAGE 1725
ocsp-server Configures OCSP server on a CA. Syntax Parameters ocsp-server url [nonce] [sign-requests] url Enter the URL for the OCSP responder using standard URI format. Either http or https protocol can be used. For example, http://[1100::101]:8888. nonce Enter the keyword nonce to use the nonce feature for the OCSP requests to OCSP responder communication. This number is a one-time value that must be returned in the OCSP response.
PAGE 1726
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command: Usage Information Version Description 9.11.0.0 Introduced this command.
PAGE 1727
show crypto cert Displays the certificate information that is specified. Syntax Parameters show crypto cert {path} path (OPTIONAL) Enter the path to a local file where a certificate chain is stored in PEM format. If a path is not specified, display the certificate that is currently installed on the system. Defaults None. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.